378 VISTA OWNERS MANUAL - Four Winns · 378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual ™ 378 LABEL LOCATIONS The NMMA Yacht Certification plate and various warning labels are placed at different

378 VISTA OWNERS MANUAL

FOUR WINNS L.L.C., 925 Frisbie Street, Cadillac, MI 49601 Phone (231) 775-1343

WARRANTY REGISTRATION TRANSFER REQUEST

Original Owner Name & Address: ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Original Date of Purchase: ___________________________________________________ Hull Identification Number: ___________________________________________________ Boat Model: ___________________________________________________ Selling Dealer: ___________________________________________________ Name and address of new purchaser: ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Telephone & E-Mail Address: ___________________________________________________ Date of Purchase: ___________________________________________________ Transfer Fee*: $100.00 – All models. The warranty may be transferred only once. Registration of the second owner is required and the amount of the transfer fee is $100.00. Transfer of the remainder of the warranty must occur within five (5) years of the original retail sale. The transfer fee must be paid within fifteen (15) days of purchase of the used boat by check, money order or cashier’s check payable to Four Winns. We will notify the appropriate engine manufacturer of the engine warranty transfer. This warranty registration request if accepted, transfers the warranty coverage remaining on the boat to the new purchaser. Acceptance of this request does not create any additional warranties or obligation on Four Winns. Warranty Expiration Date: ___________________________________________________ Four Winns Transfer Acceptance Date: ___________________________________________________ Four Winns Authorized Signature: ___________________________________________________ Mail to Four Winns L.L.C., 925 Frisbie Street, Cadillac, MI 49601, Attn: Customer Service Department. *Subject to change without notice.

NAME / ADDRESS CHANGE FORMName & Address: ___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

Telephone & E-Mail Address: ___________________________________________________

Hull Identification Number: ___________________________________________________

Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: ___________________


___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________



Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: ___________________


___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________



Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: __________________

PLEASE FOLD IN HALF & SEAL.



PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY.



NOTE: For warranty transfer please use the WarrantyTransfer Request Form also included in front of manual.



Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

TO:

TO:

TO:

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual PrefacePage 1

™378 ™378

This manual will acquaint you with the use and maintenance of your new Four Winns boat. This manual alsoprovides special information critical to the safety of the passengers, and longevity of the equipment. The informationon the following page lists the graphics used to increase the visibility of these important messages. Also included inyour owner’s packet is the “Boating Basics, A Guide to Responsible Boating”. This publication covers the boatingbasics and should be read along with your Four Winns Owner’s Manual before operating your boat. Review thisinformation completely before using your new boat.

Four Winns continually strives to improve its products. Unit specifications, including standard and optional equip-ment are constantly being modified. Equipment availability is also subject to change. The most current andaccurate information available at the time of publication is included in this manual. Some variation inequipment, description, location, and details can result.

The information in this manual focuses upon the equipment designed and manufactured by Four Winns on specificmodels. When appropriate, please utilize the information pertinent to your specific boat model.

Equipment such as engines, and other accessories are manufactured by others. The information provided in thismanual is intended to be used in conjunction with the information provided by the manufacturers of this equipment.All information available at the time of manufacture has been included with your owner’s packet.

Read this entire manual carefully before operating your new boat. Many instructions may require direct perfor-mance of the activity to fully understand the correct method. If you choose to read this manual at home, rememberto take it to the boat with you.

Your Four Winns dealer knows your boat best and is interested in your complete satisfaction. Return to the dealerfor service or other assistance. If you find it necessary to contact Four Winns directly, please refer to the addressinformation listed below. Be sure to include the boat model, hull identification number, your daytime telephonenumber, and specifics of the information desired.

This manual has been specifically developed for the 378 Vista™ model. Please record the model and hull identi-fication number information below.

Model Hull Identification Number

________________________ __________________________

This manual should be considered part of the boat. Should you sell the boat, pass this manual on to the new owner.Take special care of this manual. Certain information in this manual may not be available in a replacement manual.

Thank you for joining the Four Winns family. We appreciate your purchase and welcome the opportunity to demon-strate our commitment to you.

Four Winns Customer Service Department925 Frisbie Street

Cadillac, Michigan 49601231-775-1343 (Phone)

231-779-2345 (FAX)E-Mail Address: [email protected]

©FOUR WINNS L.L.C. 2003. All Rights Reserved.

PREFACE

PrefacePage 2

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual

™378

Congratulations on your new boat purchase and welcome to our boating family!

We want your boating experience to be the most enjoyable possible. The more you know about your new boat, themore you’ll enjoy the time you spend aboard. That’s why we prepared this manual. It’s your guide for safe opera-tion as well as understanding your boat’s system and equipment. It has been written for the beginning boater butexperienced boaters will find helpful information as well. Be sure to read the contents thoroughly.

The popularity of boating and other water sports has grown tremendously in the past few years. Because of this,safety is an important issue for everyone who shares our waterways.

Remember that along with the freedom and exhilaration of boating comes the responsibility that you have for thesafety of your passengers and the other boaters who share the water with you. Throughout this manual, specificprecautions and symbols identify safety-related information. Be sure to pay close attention to them.

This symbol means “pay attention!” Here is important information for your safety. If you don’t follow theseinstructions, you can damage your boat, hurt yourself or someone else or, even worse, have a fatal accident.

This symbol and signal word indicate a potentially hazardous situation. If you ignore this safety message,property damage or minor or moderate personal injury MAY or CAN result.

This symbol and signal word indicate a potential hazard. If you ignore this safety message, serious injuryor death CAN result.

This symbol and signal word indicates an immediate hazard. If you ignore this safety message, seriouspersonal injury or death WILL result.

The precautions in this manual can’t and don’t cover every boating situation. If a specific method or procedure isnot recommended, you must make sure that what you do is safe for you and others. Always use common sensewhen boating! Remember to make sure that every safe boating excursion is a happy experience.

We’d also like to remind you to be kind to our environment while you’re boating. Don’t throw garbage and other refuseoverboard. Do your best to keep harmful compounds like gasoline and antifreeze out of the water.

This manual has been compiled to help you operate your boat with safety and pleasure. It contains thedetails of the boat, the equipment supplied or fitted, its systems, and information on its operation andmaintenance. Please read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the boat before using it.

If this is your first boat, or if you are changing to a type of boat you are not familiar with, for your own comfortand safety, please ensure that you obtain handling and operating experience before “assuming command”of the boat. Your dealer or national sailing federation or yacht club will be pleased to advise you of local seaschools and competent instructors.

PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL IN A SECURE PLACE, AND HAND IT OVER TO THE NEW OWNERWHEN YOU SELL THE BOAT.


™378 ™378

162

DIMENSIONAL DATA

A. LOAB. BEAMC. KEEL TO W/S SHELFD. TOTAL HEIGHTE. TRANSOM ANGLEF. DEAD RISEG. OB TRANSOM HEIGHTH. BRIDGE CLEARANCEI. COCKPIT HEIGHT

STERNJ. COCKPIT

HEIGHT HELMK. FREEBOARDL. DRAFTM. STORAGE LENGTH - With outdrive in raised position

M

SPECIFICATIONS

104

378 VISTAS P E C I F I C A T I O N S * U S M E T R I C

L O A : 4 1 ' 3 " 12.6 mLength w/o Swim Platform: 3 7 ' 9 " 11.5 mMaximum Sleeping Depth (V-Berth): 8 0 " 2.03 mMaximum Sleeping Width (V-Berth): 6 6 " 1.68 mMaximum Sleeping Depth (Mid Cabin): 6 2 " 1.58 mMaximum Sleeping Width (Mid Cabin): 8 1 " 2.06 mB e a m : 1 2 ' 9 " 3.89 mKeel to W/S Shelf: 9 ' 3 " 2.82 mKeel to Top of Windshield: 1 0 ' 1 1 " 3.33 mTotal Height: 13'4" w/arch 4.07 m w/archD e a d r i s e : 1 9 ̊ 1 9 ̊Bridge Clearance: 11'6" w/arch 3.51 m w/archCockpit Height (stern): 3 0 " 76 cmCockpit Height (helm): 2 5 ” 64 cmHeadroom (max): 6 ' 5 " 1.96 mFreeboard (min.): 5 8 " 1.47 mDraft (static): 4 2 " 107 cmF u e l : 300 gal 1134 LPotable Water: 66 gal 249 LH o l d i n g : 42 gal 159 LGray Water: 45 gal 170 LP a s s e n g e r s : 1 4 1 4Maximum Capacity: Y a c h t Y a c h tGenerator: gasoline 7.3 kw @ 110 VAC

6.5 kw @ 220 VACd i e s e l 8.0 kw @ 110 VAC

6.5 kw @ 220 VAC*Dimensional diagram is located on page 184.

POWER RATINGS & WEIGHTSE n g i n e Propshaft Power Boat & Engine WeightsT y p e H P K W L B S K GTwin MC8.1S 370 EA 276 EA 1 8 0 0 0 8 1 6 0Twin VPTAMD63P 370 EA 276 EA 2 0 0 0 0 9 0 7 0Twin VP8.1Gi 375 EA 280 EA 1 8 0 0 0 8 1 6 0Twin CAT3126 385 EA 287 EA 2 0 0 0 0 9 0 7 0Twin MC8.1SHO 420 EA 313 EA 1 8 0 0 0 8 1 6 0Twin VP8.1GXi 420 EA 313 EA 1 8 0 0 0 8 1 6 0

RECOMMENDED /ENGINE(S)/EQUIPMENT AVG. WEIGHTSM o d e l Eng. Type B o a t E n g . B a t t e r y F u e l A c c e s s .L B S3 7 8 V Twin VP8.1Gi 1 6 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 4 0 1 8 0 0 1 3 0 0K G3 4 8 V Twin VP8.1Gi 7 2 6 0 9 0 7 1 0 9 8 1 6 5 9 0

PrefacePage 4


™378

LABEL LOCATIONS

The NMMA Yacht Certification plate and various warning labels are placed at different locations on your 378Vista™ for your safety. Additional warnings for fuel leakage, blower operation, and other important informa-tion will be imprinted or located on the dash. Many of these stickers and labels are not required by the U.S.Coast Guard but are important to ensure the safe operation of your Four Winns® boat. In addition, the HullIdentification Number plate is permanently attached below the deck-hull joint on the starboard aft corner.

NOTICENot all of the warning label stickers are depicted in the following pages. Some of thesestickers will be found on appliances i.e. microwave, TV/DVD player, generator, shore powercord. Be sure to read and follow all manufacturer’s literature and warning label(s) relating totheir product(s).

Below are locations along with the descriptions of some of the labels found on the boat. See the followingpages for the actual wording of each of these various warning labels found on your boat. Additional labels arealso included however the locations may not be shown.

Figure 1: Label & Sticker Locations

Hull Identification Number Plate Gasoline Vapor-Blower Warning

Helm Boarding Ladder Warning

Rotating Prop Boarding Ladder

Leaking FuelNMMA Yacht

Certification Plate

Winning Edge Sticker NMMA Certified Sticker

Prevent Falls Overboard Label

Shore Power InletWarning Label

Dockside Inlet AirConditioning Label


™378 ™378

CAPACITY & WARNING LABELS

NMMA Yacht Certification Plate

WARNINGGASOLINE VAPORS CAN EXPLODE RESULTINGIN INJURY OR DEATH. BEFORE STARTING ENGINE-CHECK ENGINE BILGE COMPARTMENT FORGASOLINE OR VAPORS, AND-OPERATE BLOWER FOR FOUR MINUTES, ANDVERIFY BLOWER OPERATION.RUN BLOWER WHEN VESSEL IS OPERATING BE-LOW CRUISING SPEED.

Gasolone Vapors - Blower Warning Label

Shaft Alignment Tag

CAUTION

ENGINES MUST BE ALIGNEDAND COUPLINGS SECUREDPRIOR TO COMMISSIONING.

PrefacePage 6


™378

Sling Location Labels

Ensure slings are in proper location as indicated by the sling label location. Failure to do so may resultin permanent hull structure damage and will invalidate the hull structure warranty.


™378 ™378

Oil Discharge Plate

DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITEDTHE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THEDISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVI-GABLE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, OR THE WATERS OF THECONTIGUOUS ZONE, OR WHICH MAY EFFECT NATURAL RE-SOURCES BELONGING TO, APPERTAINING TO, OR UNDER THE EX-CLUSIVE MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY OF THE UNITED STATES, IFSUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR DISCOLORATION OF THESURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A SLUDGE OR EMULSIONBENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. VIOLATORS ARE SUB-JECT TO SUBSTANTIAL CIVIL PENALTIES AND/OR CRIMINAL SANC-TIONS INCLUDING FINES AND IMPRISONMENT.

Trash Overboard Decal

Dockside Air Conditioning Inlet Label

Microwave Caution Label

PrefacePage 8


™378

Rotating Propeller - Helm Warning Label

Rotating Propeller - Ladder Warning Label

Leaking Fuel Warning Label

Gasoline Vapor-Blower Warning Label


™378 ™378

No Ventilation - Do Not Store Fuel Warning Label

Prevent Falls Overboard Warning Label

Carbon Monoxide - Swim Platform & Lounging Area Warning Label

Shore Power Inlet Warning Label

PrefacePage 10


™378

Carbon Monoxide Warning Label Carbon Monoxide - Canvas Warning Label

Carbon Monoxide - Cabin Doors Warning Label


™378 ™378

I. Winning Edge Sticker

J. NMMA Certified Sticker

K. Flush Out Warning Label (Optional)

Page 1Table of Contents378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual

™378

TABLE OF CONTENTSOPERATION ............................................................................................................................................. 1

A - 1 GENERAL................................................................................................................... 1 A - 2 COMPONENT SYSTEMS ........................................................................................... 1 A - 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................ 1 A - 4 PASSENGER SAFETY ............................................................................................... 1 A - 5 “RULES OF THE ROAD” ............................................................................................. 1 A - 6 LIGHTNING ................................................................................................................. 1 A - 7 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL ............................................................................................. 2 A - 8 PRE-CRUISE SYSTEM CHECK .................................................................................. 2

A. Before Starting The Engines ............................................................................. 2B. After Starting The Engine ................................................................................. 2

A - 9 ENGINE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES .................................................................... 2 A. Before Starting ................................................................................................. 2

B. Cold Engine Start (EFI Engines) ........................................................................ 3C. Warm Engine Starting ....................................................................................... 4D. Shifting and Control Speed................................................................................ 4E. Stopping Engine ................................................................................................ 4

A - 10 GROUNDING AND TOWING ....................................................................................... 5 A - 11 BOATING EDUCATION ............................................................................................... 5

A. Boating Courses .............................................................................................. 5 B. Boating Manuals and Literature ........................................................................ 5 C. Charts and Maps ............................................................................................. 5

D. Laws and Regulations ..................................................................................... 6A - 12 BOAT OWNER REGISTRATION................................................................................. 6A - 13 INSURANCE .............................................................................................................. 6A - 14 ACCIDENT REPORTING ............................................................................................ 6A - 15 DISCHARGE OF OIL ................................................................................................. 7A - 16 DISPOSAL OF PLASTICS & OTHER GARBAGE ...................................................... 7A - 17 MARPOL TREATY ..................................................................................................... 7

SAFETY & SAFETY EQUIPMENT................................................................................................ 1

B - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 1A. Required Safety Equipment .............................................................................. 1B. Personal Floatation Devices (PFDs) ................................................................... 1C. PFD Types ......................................................................................................... 1D. PFD Pointers ..................................................................................................... 2E. Fire Extinguisher ................................................................................................ 2F. Fire Extinguisher System ................................................................................... 3G. Visual Distress Signal Devices ........................................................................... 3H. Sound Signaling Devices .................................................................................... 3I. Navigation Lights ................................................................................................ 4J. Additional Recommended Equipment ................................................................. 4

B - 2 CARBON MONOXIDE ................................................................................................. 4A. Properties and Characteristics of Carbon Monoxide ........................................... 5B. What Makes Carbon Monoxide ......................................................................... 5C. How a Person is Affected by Carbon Monoxide.................................................. 5D. Effects of Carbon Monoxide .............................................................................. 5E. Symptoms ....................................................................................................... 5F. Treatment (Evaluate, Ventilate, Evacuate, Investigate, Take Corrective Action) ... 6

Table of ContentsPage 2


™378

G. Inspection ........................................................................................................ 6H. Operation ......................................................................................................... 6I. Boathouses, Sea Walls and Other Boats .......................................................... 6J. The Effect of Boats Moored Along Side ............................................................ 7K. Backdrafting (Station Wagon Effect) .................................................................. 7L. Accumulation of Exhaust Gases - Swim Platform ............................................ 8M. Dangerous Activity - “Teak Surfing”/”Dragging” .................................................... 8N. Cabin Appliances .............................................................................................. 8O. Air Conditioning ................................................................................................ 8P. Ventilation of Accommodation (Occupied) Spaces .............................................. 8Q. Running of Engines in Idle .................................................................................. 9R. Altitude and Sea Conditions .............................................................................. 9S. Portable Generator Sets ................................................................................... 9T. Maintenance - Engine Performance ................................................................... 9U. Maintenance - External Conditions .................................................................... 9V. Maintenance - Exhaust System Integrity ...........................................................10W. Maintenance - Ventilation Systems ...................................................................10X. Maintenance - Bulkhead and Deck Integrity ......................................................10Y. Maintenance - Air Conditioning Systems ...........................................................10Z. Maintenance - Liquid Drains ..............................................................................10AA. CO Detection System..................................................................................... 10

B - 3 SAFE BOATING PRACTICES ..................................................................................... 11A. Drugs and Alcohol ............................................................................................. 11B. Safe Operation .................................................................................................. 11C. Passenger Safety ..............................................................................................12D. Propeller ...........................................................................................................12E. First Aid ............................................................................................................12F. Operation By Minors .........................................................................................12G. “Rules of the Road” ...........................................................................................12H. Voluntary Inspection .........................................................................................12I. Safe Boating Courses .......................................................................................13

B - 4 WATER SPORTS ........................................................................................................13A. Water Sport Guidelines .........................................................................................14

BASIC SEAMANSHIP ................................................................................................................................ 1

C - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1A. Boating Regulations .......................................................................................... 1B. Rules of Seamanship ........................................................................................ 1

C - 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS .................................................................................................. 3A. International Association of Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B) .............. 3B. Lateral Markers ................................................................................................. 3C. Safe Water Markers .......................................................................................... 3D. The Uniform State Waterway Marking System ................................................... 4E. A Special Sign ................................................................................................... 4F. Noise................................................................................................................. 4G. Anchoring .......................................................................................................... 4

C - 3 RECOMMENDED READING ....................................................................................... 5C - 4 CONTACTS.................................................................................................................. 5C - 5 OWNER’S LOGS AND RECORDS .............................................................................. 6C - 6 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS CHART ...................................................................................... 6


™378

WARRANTY AND SERVICE ...................................................................................................................... 1

D - 1 FOUR WINNS WARRANTY POLICY .......................................................................... 1D - 2 DECK/HULL STRUCTURE WARRANTY ..................................................................... 1D - 3 WARRANTY REGISTRATION ..................................................................................... 1D - 4 TRANSFER OF WARRANTY...................................................................................... 1D - 5 PRE-OWNED UNIT REGISTRATION ........................................................................... 1D - 6 INSURANCE COVERAGE .......................................................................................... 2D - 7 SERIAL NUMBER RECORD....................................................................................... 2D - 8 PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE ......................................................................................... 2D - 9 REPLACEMENT PARTS............................................................................................. 2D - 10 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................. 3D - 11 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS.................................................................................. 3D - 12 WINNGEAR™ ............................................................................................................ 3

ENGINES AND INSTRUMENTATION ........................................................................................................ 1

E - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 1E - 2 ENGINE EXHAUST ..................................................................................................... 1

A. Carbon Monoxide ............................................................................................. 1B. Carbon Monoxide Monitor ................................................................................. 2

E - 3 ENGINE & DRIVE SYSTEM....................................................................................... 2A. Engine ............................................................................................................. 2B. Inboard V-drives ................................................................................................ 2

E - 4 UNDERWATER EQUIPMENT (Inboards) .................................................................... 3A. Shaft Log ......................................................................................................... 3B. Strut ................................................................................................................... 3C. Propeller Shaft ................................................................................................... 4D. Propellers ........................................................................................................... 5

E - 5 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMS..................................................................................... 6E - 6 RUNNING ANGLE ....................................................................................................... 6E - 7 TRIM TABS................................................................................................................. 7

A. Control Listing .................................................................................................. 7B. Induce Planing & Controlling Trim Angle ............................................................. 8C. Trim Tab Maintenance ........................................................................................ 8

E - 8 ENGINE INSTRUMENTATION ...................................................................................... 8A. Tachometer ....................................................................................................... 8B. Speedometer ..................................................................................................... 9C. Temperature Gauge ........................................................................................... 9D. Oil Pressure Gauge ........................................................................................... 9E. Voltmeter ........................................................................................................... 9F. Fuel Gauge ....................................................................................................... 9G. Depthsounder .................................................................................................... 9H. Gas Vapor Detector .......................................................................................... 9I. Engine Hour Meter ........................................................................................... 10J. Ignition Switch ................................................................................................ 10K. Engine Synchronizer Gauge ............................................................................ 10L. Alarm Systems ............................................................................................... 10M. Rudder Angle Indicator Gauge ......................................................................... 10N. Navigation Packages (Optional) .........................................................................10O. Instrument Maintenance.................................................................................... 11



™378

CONTROL SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................... 1

F - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 1F - 2 CONTROL OPERATION.............................................................................................. 1

A. General ............................................................................................................. 1B. Shifting and Control Speed ................................................................................ 1

F - 3 NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH ...................................................................................... 2F - 4 CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ......................................................................... 2

STEERING SYSTEMS............................................................................................................................... 1

G - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 1A. Tilt Steering ....................................................................................................... 1B. Hydraulic Steering ............................................................................................. 1

G - 2 STEERING LOAD ....................................................................................................... 2G - 3 RUDDER .................................................................................................................... 2G - 4 RUDDER ANGLE/POSITION INDICATOR ................................................................... 2G - 5 PROPELLER TORQUE .............................................................................................. 3G - 6 STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ........................................................................ 3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS........................................................................................................................... 1

H - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 1H - 2 DUAL ENGINE - QUAD BATTERY SYSTEM............................................................... 1

A. Installation ......................................................................................................... 1B. Operation .......................................................................................................... 2C. Battery Charger ................................................................................................. 2

H - 3 VOLTMETER .............................................................................................................. 2H - 4 12 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT........................................................................... 3

A. Helm Equipment ................................................................................................ 3B. Installation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment ......................................................... 4C. Interior Equipment ............................................................................................. 4

H - 5 120 (220) VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ...................................................................... 5H - 6 DOCKSIDE OPERATION ............................................................................................ 5

A. Shore Power Connections .................................................................................. 6B. 120 Volt AC Equipment ...................................................................................... 6C. Reverse Polarity Indicator .................................................................................. 7D. Ground Fault Current Interrupter ......................................................................... 7

H - 7 GENERATOR OPTION ............................................................................................... 8H - 8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ..................................................................... 8

A. Battery Maintenance ......................................................................................... 8B. Electrical Wiring Maintenance ............................................................................ 9

H - 9 STRAY CURRENT CORROSION ................................................................................ 9A. General ............................................................................................................. 9B. Galvanic Corrosion ............................................................................................. 9C. Corrosion Prevention ........................................................................................ 10


™378

FUEL SYSTEMS ....................................................................................................................................... 1

I - 1 GASOLINE FUEL SYSTEMS...................................................................................... 1A. Fuel Tank Selector Switch & Fuel Tank Selector Operation ................................ 1B. System Testing ................................................................................................ 1C. Fuel Fills .......................................................................................................... 2D. Fuel Vents ........................................................................................................ 2E. Anti-Siphon Valves ............................................................................................ 2F. Fuel Gauge ...................................................................................................... 3G. Fuel Sender...................................................................................................... 3H. Fuel Filters ......................................................................................................... 3I. Gas Vapor Detector .......................................................................................... 4J. Use and Maintenance ........................................................................................ 4

I - 2 FUEL STANDARDS .................................................................................................... 4` A. Problems With Alcohol In Gasoline .................................................................... 4

B. Recommendations ............................................................................................. 4I - 3 FUELING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................... 5

WATER AND WASTE SYSTEMS............................................................................................................... 1

J - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 1J - 2 PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM .............................................................................. 2

A. Priming The System ......................................................................................... 2B. System Operation ............................................................................................ 2C. Water Heating Systems.................................................................................... 2D. Using The Shower ............................................................................................ 2

J - 3 GREY WATER SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 3J - 4 SHORE WATER CONNECTION .................................................................................. 3J - 5 TRANSOM SHOWER................................................................................................. 4J - 6 HEADS ...................................................................................................................... 4

A. VacuFlush® Sanitation System........................................................................ 4B. Head with Overboard Discharge........................................................................ 5C. Dockside Pump-Out ......................................................................................... 6

J - 7 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................... 6A. Clean Vents and Screens .................................................................................. 6B. Winterizing the Water System ........................................................................... 7C. Winterizing the Waste System .......................................................................... 7

VENTILATION AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS .............................................................................................. 1

K - 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VENTILATION .................................................................... 1A. Gravity Ventilation System ................................................................................ 1B. Forced Air Ventilation ........................................................................................ 1C. Engine Ventilation System Maintenance ........................................................... 1

K - 2 CABIN VENTILATION.................................................................................................. 1K - 3 HULL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS...................................................................................... 1

A. Transom Drain .................................................................................................. 1B. Bilge Pumps .................................................................................................... 2C. Sump ................................................................................................................. 2D. Bilge Compartment Drainage ............................................................................ 2E. Cockpit Drainage .............................................................................................. 2



™378

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................................ 1

L - 1 GALLEY EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................ 1A. Electric Stove ................................................................................................... 1B. Microwave Oven ................................................................................................ 1C. Refrigerator ...................................................................................................... 1

L - 2 REFRESHMENT CENTER - ICEMAKER AND REFRIGERATOR .................................. 1L - 3 ENTERTAINMENT CENTER ....................................................................................... 2

A. Stereo System ................................................................................................. 2B. TV/DVD PLAYER ............................................................................................. 2

L - 4 AIR CONDITIONING .................................................................................................... 2L - 5 CENTRAL VACUUM ..................................................................................................... 4

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................... 1

M - 1 RAILS & DECK HARDWARE...................................................................................... 1M - 2 TRANSOM DOOR ...................................................................................................... 1M - 3 COMPANIONWAY DOOR ........................................................................................... 1M - 4 WINDOWS ................................................................................................................. 2

A. Windshields and Cabin Windows ...................................................................... 2B. Plexiglass ........................................................................................................ 2

M - 5 FOREDECK HATCHES .............................................................................................. 3M - 6 EXTENDED SWIM PLATFORM .................................................................................. 3M - 7 COCKPIT STORAGE .................................................................................................. 3M - 8 ENGINE DAY HATCH w/ ELECTRIC LIFT ................................................................... 4M - 9 TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER ................................................................................ 5M - 10 BOW PLATFORM w/ ANCHOR ROLLER ..................................................................... 5M - 11 ANCHOR STORAGE LOCKER .................................................................................... 6M - 12 WINDLASS ................................................................................................................ 6M - 13 NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................... 7

A. Compass.......................................................................................................... 7B. Depthsounder ................................................................................................... 7C. Ship to Shore VHF Radio .................................................................................. 7D. GPS/Chart Plotter ............................................................................................ 7E. Auto Pilot and Radar ........................................................................................ 7F. Radar Arch ....................................................................................................... 8

M - 14 SPOTLIGHT................................................................................................................ 8

UPHOLSTERY .................................................................................................................................. 1

N - 1 INTERIOR SEATING ................................................................................................... 1A. Cabin Tables .................................................................................................... 1B. V-berth or Forward Cabin .................................................................................. 1C. Mid Cabin (Aft Cabin) Berth .............................................................................. 2

N - 2 EXTERIOR SEATING .................................................................................................. 2A. Helm Seat ........................................................................................................ 2B. Stern Seat ........................................................................................................ 2C. Port Helm Lounger ........................................................................................... 4D. Cockpit Table .................................................................................................... 4E. Deck Sunpads ................................................................................................... 4

N - 3 INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE ................................................................................ 5A. Cleaning Interior Fabric/Upholstery ................................................................... 5B. Interior Carpets ................................................................................................. 5C. Privacy Curtains ............................................................................................... 6


™378

N - 4 EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE ............................................................................... 6A. Cleaning Vinyl .................................................................................................. 6B. Exterior Carpets ............................................................................................... 7C. Cleaning and Maintenance ................................................................................. 7D. Stain Removal Testing ........................................................................................ 7E. Stain Removal Procedure ................................................................................... 7

N - 5 REPLACEMENT UPHOLSTERY ................................................................................. 7

WEATHER COVERS ................................................................................................................................. 1

O - 1 GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................... 1O - 2 TRAILERING .............................................................................................................. 1O - 3 BIMINI TOP .................................................................................................................. 2O - 4 CAMPER ................................................................................................................... 2O - 5 COCKPIT COVER ........................................................................................................ 3O - 6 USE OF WEATHER COVERS AND CARBON MONOXIDE......................................... 3O - 7 WINTER STORAGE ................................................................................................... 4O - 8 MAINTENANCE .......................................................................................................... 4CANVAS HARDWARE INSTALLATION DRAWING......................................................................... 5

FIBERGLASS AND HULL INFORMATION ................................................................................................ 1

P - 1 HULL DESIGN INFORMATION .................................................................................... 1P - 2 FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................. 1P - 3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ...................................................................................... 1P - 4 FIBERGLASS CARE & MAINTENANCE ..................................................................... 2

A. General Maintenance ........................................................................................ 2B. Weathering Effects on Gel Coat ........................................................................ 2C. Stains ............................................................................................................... 3

P - 5 FIBERGLASS REPAIRS ............................................................................................. 3A. Scratches ........................................................................................................ 4B. Gouges & Cracks ............................................................................................. 4C. Osmotic Blistering ............................................................................................ 5

P - 6 ANTIFOULING PAINT.................................................................................................. 5P - 7 HULL SUPPORT ........................................................................................................ 5BOTTOM LINE PAINT LOCATION DRAWING ................................................................................. 6

WOODWORK AND COMPOSITES ........................................................................................................... 1

Q - 1 HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE CARE .......................................................................... 1Q - 2 CHERRY .................................................................................................................... 1Q - 3 STAR BOARD ............................................................................................................ 1Q - 4 BURLWOOD MAHOGANY ENHANCEMENTS ........................................................... 1Q - 5 GRANICOAT™ GALLEY COUNTERTOP...................................................................... 1Q - 6 CORIAN® MATERIAL................................................................................................... 1Q - 7 ACRYLIC PLASTIC - (PLEXIGLASS) ............................................................................ 2

GENERAL MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................... 1

R - 1 WINTERIZATION ......................................................................................................... 1A. Prior to Lifting for Winter Lay-up ........................................................................ 1B. After Lifting ....................................................................................................... 1C. Prior to Winter Storage ..................................................................................... 2

R - 2 GENERAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE .................................................................. 3-5



™378

PRELAUNCH AND UNDERWAY ............................................................................................................... 1

S - 1 LAUNCH AND CRUISE CHECKLIST ............................................................................ 1S - 2 FUELING ..................................................................................................................... 2

A. Recommendations .............................................................................................. 2B. Preliminary Guidelines ........................................................................................ 2C. Pumping Fuel ..................................................................................................... 2D. After Fueling ....................................................................................................... 2

S - 3 LOADING PASSENGERS AND GEAR ......................................................................... 3S - 4 STARTING PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 3

A. Preliminary Checks ............................................................................................ 3B. Starting ............................................................................................................... 3

S - 5 MANEUVERING .......................................................................................................... 3A. Leaving the Dock ................................................................................................ 4B. Stopping ............................................................................................................. 4

S - 6 ACCELERATION .......................................................................................................... 4S - 7 TRIMMING YOUR BOAT .............................................................................................. 5S - 8 NAVIGATION LIGHTS ................................................................................................... 6S - 9 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS ......................................................................................... 6

A. Storms ................................................................................................................ 6B. Fog ..................................................................................................................... 6C. Running Aground ................................................................................................ 7D. Warning Markers ................................................................................................ 7

S - 10 REACTING TO EMERGENCIES .................................................................................. 7A. Flooding ............................................................................................................. 7B. Capsizing and Man Overboard ............................................................................ 7C. Capsizing ........................................................................................................... 7D. Man Overboard ................................................................................................... 8E. Collision ............................................................................................................. 8F. Fire ..................................................................................................................... 8G. Medical Emergency ............................................................................................ 9H. Propulsion Failure ............................................................................................... 9I. Control Failure .................................................................................................... 9J. Steering Failure .................................................................................................. 9K. Additional Underway Information ......................................................................... 9

S - 11 RETURNING TO SHORE ............................................................................................. 9A. Docking .............................................................................................................. 9B. Mooring ...............................................................................................................10

GLOSSARY ............................................................................................................................................. 1-7

FLOAT PLAN ........................................................................................................................................... 1

FUEL LOG ............................................................................................................................................. 1-3

SERVICE LOG ....................................................................................................................................... 1-3

SERVICE INFORMATION ......................................................................................................................... 1

378 VISTA LOCATOR DRAWING ............................................................................................................. 1

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS ................................................................................................................ 1-30

Section APage 1


™378

A - 1 GENERAL

Before starting the boat, become familiar with all of thevarious systems and related operations. Be sure allnecessary safety equipment is on-board. Know the “Rulesof the Road”. Have an experienced operator brief you onthe general operation of your new boat. Perform a “Pre--Cruise Systems Check”. This manual is a part of yourboat’s equipment. Always keep it on board.

A - 2 COMPONENT SYSTEMS

Before you can really enjoy your boat, a thorough under-standing of its systems and their operation is essential.This manual and the associated manufacturers informa-tion are included in the owner’s packet. This informa-tion is provided to enhance your knowledge of the boat.Read this information carefully.

After becoming familiar with the boat and its systems,reread this manual. Maintenance and service tips areincluded to help keep the boat in like-new condition.

A - 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Besides the equipment installed on the boat byFour Winns, L.L.C., certain other equipment is requiredfor passenger safety. A brochure listing the Federal equip-ment requirements is included in the owner’s packet oris available through your local U.S. Coast Guard Sta-tion. Remember that these laws are for your protectionand are minimum requirements. Check your local andstate regulations, also.

Items like a sea anchor, working anchor, extra dock lines,flare pistol, a line permanently secured to your ring buoy,etc. could at some time save your passengers lives, orsave your boat from damage.

The Coast Guard Auxiliary offers a “Courtesy Examina-tion.” This inspection will confirm the boat is equippedwith all of the necessary safety equipment.

A - 4 PASSENGER SAFETY

You are responsible for the safety of your passengers aswell as for their behavior while aboard. Make sure:

1. Each passenger is properly instructed in PersonalFlotation Device (PFD) use and keeps one withinreach in case of emergency. All non-swimmers andchildren should wear a PFD at all times when under-way.

2. Passengers do not sit on gunwales, open decks, el-evated pedestal seats or on seat backs when theboat is underway. This could cause them to be thrownoverboard during a sudden maneuver.

3. At least one other person knows how to operate theboat in case of an emergency.

A - 5 “RULES OF THE ROAD”

As in driving an automobile, there are a few rules thatmust be known if safe boating operation is to be main-tained. The Coast Guard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, Depart-ment of Natural Resources or your local boat club spon-sor courses in boat handling, including “rules of the road”.Such courses are strongly recommended. Books on thissubject are also available from local libraries.

A - 6 LIGHTNING

When boating, it is important to be aware of the weatheraround you. When the weather changes for the worse,DO NOT jeopardize your safety by trying to “ride out thestorm”. If possible, return to safe harbor and dock yourvessel immediately.

If caught in a storm, seek shelter inside the cabin andwait for the storm to pass. With open bow models, suntopsand campers will provide some protection, but should notbe relied on if you are able to return to shore. Exercisecare when high winds are present!

OPERATION

Section APage 2


™378

Lightning will seek a ground when it strikes. Avoid con-tact with metal parts such as bow rails, control handle, orwindshield.

A - 7 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL

Please keep in mind that along with the fun of boatingcomes responsibility. As the owner or operator of a plea-sure boat, you are obligated (morally and legally) to usegood judgement while underway in providing for the safetyand well-being of your passengers and other boatersaround you.

A common and flagrant violation of good judgement andthe law by mariners involves the use of alcohol or drugs.Each year, about half of all accidents involving fatalitiesinvolve the use of alcohol or drugs.

It is a federal offense to operate a boat while intoxicated.Criminal penalties may include the termination of operat-ing privileges for up to one year. Many states have passedsimilar laws.

Alcohol or drugs have an inhibiting effect on the judge-ment and reaction time of the boat operator and his/herpassengers. Heed the advice of experts and statisti-cians...DO NOT drink or use drugs when operating a boat.NEVER allow an obviously intoxicated person to take thehelm.

Have fun in your Four Winns® boat, but also have thegood sense to be mentally alert and physically capableof operating the boat in a safe manner.

A - 8 PRE-CRUISE SYSTEM CHECK

Before leaving the dock, the following items should bechecked:

A. Before Starting The Engine

1. Check the weather forecast. Determine if the cruiseplanned can be made safely.

2. Be sure all necessary safety equipment is on boardand operative. This includes items such as the run-ning lights, horn, spotlight, life saving devices, etc.

3. Check the bilge water level and bilge pump opera-tion. Check the engine and drive fluid levels. Lookfor other signs of potential problems. Check for thescent of fuel fumes.

4. Activate the Bilge Blower. Check the blower output.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting in injuryor death. Before starting the engine, checkengine compartment bilge for gasoline or vapors.Operate blower for four minutes, and verify bloweroperation. ALWAYS run the blower when thevessel is operating below cruising speed.

5. Ensure an adequate amount of fuel is on board.

6. Be sure you have sufficient water and other provi-sions on board for the cruise planned.

7. Leave a written message listing details of the plannedcruise with a close friend ashore.

B. After Starting The Engine

1. Visibly check the engine to be sure there are no ap-parent water or oil leaks.

2. Check the gauges. Make sure the oil pressure, wa-ter temperature, voltmeter, etc. are reading normally.

3. Have a safe cruise and enjoy yourself.

Always be sure to raise the anchor and ensurethe chain stop is engaged prior to operating yourboat. Failure to raise and secure anchor beforegetting underway could result in damage to boatand even severe injury or death from a rebound-ing anchor.

A - 9 ENGINE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURESNotice: Additional engine information is

located in Section S.

A. Before Starting

1. Check the engine compartment for water, gas, and/or oil leaks of any kind. Keep the bilge in a cleancondition to prevent blower and bilge pump damage,and fire hazards.

Section APage 3


™378

Figure A1: 378V Helm Station

2. For gasoline engines, turn key switch to START po-sition and hold until engine starts. DO NOT hold inSTART position for more than ten seconds.

2b. For diesel engines, you must first turn the ignitionkey to the ON position and wait 30 seconds, allow-ing preheaters to activate. After 30 seconds, turnkey switch to START position and hold until enginestarts. DO NOT hold in START position for morethan ten seconds.

If engine floods:

• The shifter levers remain in the neutral detent posi-tion. Move throttle levers to full throttle position.

• Turn key switch to the START position.

• Immediately move the throttle levers to the idle posi-tion when the engine starts.

NOTICEFailure to move the throttle handle to the idleposition immediately when engine starts will al-low engine to “over-rev” and engine damage couldresult. “Over-revving” engine after off-season stor-age could also damage the water pump impeller.When starting engine for the first time afteroff-season storage, always idle engine forone minute to allow the water pump toprime.

3. As soon as engine starts:

a. Release key to the ON or RUN position.

2. Check the fluid levels of the engine oil and powersteering system daily. Fill oil or steering fluid as re-quired by the indications on the dip sticks. Refer tothe Table 1: “SAE Viscosity Chart - Gas” and yourengine manual included in the owner’s packet. DONOT USE MULTIGRADE OIL.

Diesel engines use a Series IIID oil, SAE15W/40.Refer to your diesel engine owner’s manual for fur-ther information.

The hydraulic steering uses a fluid which meets MilH5606 specifications. Please note that automatictransmission fluid (Dexron II) may be used in anemergency. Never use brake fluid. Check the fluidlevel of the transmission as often as practical.

Table 1: SAE Viscosity Chart - Gas

3. Start and operate the bilge blower system for at leastfour (4) minutes before start-up.

B. Cold Engine Start (EFI Engines)

1. Move the twin lever shifter to the neutral detent po-sition. Place the twin lever throttle levers in the idleposition. See Figure A1. When in the neutral de-tent, the detent buttons will click into place. Tomove the levers to the desired positions after start-ing you simply push or pull the shifter and throttlelevers. The buttons are color coded. Black buttonsrepresent the shifter and red buttons represent thethrottles.

IF THE LOWESTANTICIPATED

TEMPERATURE IS*

THE FOLLOWINGSAE VISCOSITY OILSARE RECOMMENDED

32O F (0o C) and above SAE 30

0O F (-18O C) to 32O F (0O C) SAE 20W-20

Below 0O F (-18O C) SAE 10W

*Temperature range you expect to operate.Note: Use only single viscosity oils.

Twin Lever -Single Action

Throttle(w/ Red Buttons)

Twin Lever -Single Action

Shift(w/ Black Buttons)

Section APage 4


™378

NOTICEPriming is not necessary for EFI engines. Referto the engine owner’s manual for additionalinformation.

C. Warm Engine Starting

1. Move shifter levers to the neutral detent position andthrottle levers to the idle position.

2. Turn key switch to START position and hold until en-gine starts, but DO NOT hold in start position for morethan ten seconds. If engine does not start, let gomomentarily, then try again.

2b. For diesel engines, you must first turn the ignitionkey to the ON position and wait 30 seconds, allow-ing preheaters to activate. After 30 seconds, turnkey switch to START position and hold until enginestarts. DO NOT hold in START position for more thanten seconds.

3. As soon as engine starts, release key to the ON orRUN position.

NOTICENEVER turn key to START position when engineis running.

D. Shifting and Control Speed

NOTICEIf your boat is equipped with a non-OEM remotecontrol system, ask your dealer how to properlyoperate it.

1. Move shifter levers to the neutral detent position andthrottle levers to the idle position. Placing the shifterlevers in the neutral detent position will engage neu-tral start switch and allow engine to start.

DO NOT shift into FORWARD or REVERSE un-less engine is running. Damage to the shift sys-tem could result from trying to shift without theengine running. Carefully check function of allcontrol and engine systems before leaving thedock.

2. To go FORWARD - Briskly move the shifter leversforward. Once forward gear engagement is complete,push throttle levers forward until desired speed isachieved.

3. To go in REVERSE - Briskly move the shifter leversrearward. Once rearward gear engagement is com-plete, push throttle levers forward until desired speedis achieved.

DO NOT shift from forward to reverse when theboat is planing.

NOTICEDO NOT shift if engine speed is above 800 RPM.

4. To go from FORWARD to REVERSE, or REVERSEto FORWARD; always pause at NEUTRAL and al-low engine speed to return to idle.

5. After shifting is completed, slowly push throttle le-vers forward until desired speed is achieved.

Any time the boat is operated, be aware ofchanges in shift system operation. A suddenincrease in shift effort of the shifter levers, orother abnormal operation, indicates a possibleproblem in the shift system. If this occurs, thefollowing precautions must be taken:

• With engine running and boat securely tiedto the dock, shift drive into forward and re-verse to ensure there is gear engagement.

• When docking the boat, all docking maneu-vers must be performed at slow speed. Payspecial attention to other boaters. Passen-gers should be informed of potential prob-lems and precautions taken.

If you suspect there is a problem, see your MerCruiser®,Caterpillar® or Volvo Penta® dealer as soon as pos-sible for proper diagnosis and required service or adjust-ment. Continued operation could result in damage tothe shift mechanism and loss of control.

E. Stopping Engine

1. Move shifter levers to the NEUTRAL position. Placethrottle levers in idle position.

2. Turn ignition key to the OFF position.

Section APage 5


™378

NOTICEDO NOT stop engine at speeds above idle or“speed up” engine while turning off ignition. En-gine damage could result.

A - 10 GROUNDING AND TOWING

If the boat should become disabled, or if assist-ing another craft that is disabled, great care mustbe taken. The stress applied to a boat duringtowing may become excessive. Excessivestress can damage the structure of the boat andcreate a safety hazard for those aboard.

Four Winns® boats are not designed nor intended to beused as a towing vessel. The mooring cleats onFour Winns® boats are not designed or intended to beused for towing purposes. These cleats are specificallydesigned as mooring cleats for securing the boat to adock, pier, etc. DO NOT use these fittings for towing orattempting to free a grounded vessel.

Freeing a grounded vessel or towing a boat that is dis-abled requires specialized equipment and knowledge.Line failure and structural damage caused by impropertowing have resulted in fatal injuries. Because of this,Four Winns strongly suggests that these activities beleft to those who have the equipment and knowledge suchas the U.S. Coast Guard or Sea Tow, to safely accom-plish the towing task.

Running aground can cause serious damage toa boat and associated underwater gear. If theboat should become grounded, distribute per-sonal flotation devices and inspect the boat forpossible damage. Thoroughly inspect the bilgearea for signs of leakage. An experienced ser-vice facility should check the hull and underwatergear at the first opportunity. DO NOT continueto use the boat if the condition of the hull or un-derwater equipment is questionable.

If towing or being towed is absolutely necessary, use thestrongest lines available, and attach them to the boweyes or stern eyes only. Have all passengers slip on lifejackets and take a seat in the cabin or other protectedarea.

Lines can snap or other hardware can be loos-ened or broken while towing. Under certain con-ditions, this can cause severe injury or fatality.

A - 11 BOATING EDUCATION

A. Boating Courses

Boating education classes are offered throughout the coun-try. The United States Coast Guard Auxiliary offers freecourses on different topics usually during the off-season.The most popular course is the “Boating Skills & Sea-manship Course,” and information can be obtained bycalling 1-800-336-BOAT.The United States Power Squadron also offers free coursesranging from basic seamanship to celestial navigation.For information, contact your local Power Squadron, orwrite: U.S.P.S., P.O. Box 30423, Raleigh, NC 27622.

The Red Cross offers power boating and canoeing classes.Contact: Director of Water Safety, American National RedCross, 17th & D Streets N.W., Washington, DC 20006.

The Canadian Power and Sail Squadron offers seaman-ship courses. Information can be obtained by calling1-800-268-3579 (Canada only).

B. Boating Manuals and Literature

A good source of information is the U.S. Coast Guard’shome study book called “The Skipper’s Course”. Thisbook may be purchased through: Superintendent of Docu-ments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC20402, Stock # 050-012-00159-6.

Another good source of boating information is Chapman’s“Piloting, Seamanship and Small Boat Handling”. Also,check the local library or bookstore for additional informa-tion on boating.

C. Charts and Maps

U.S. nautical charts are sold throughout the country atGovernmental Printing Office stores and other agents. Achart catalog is available by writing to: National Oceanicand Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Survey,Rockville, MD 20852.

Section APage 6


™378

In addition, many federal agencies publish recreationalmaps, including the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, theForest Service, the National Park Service, and the Ten-nessee Valley Authority.

Addresses of all state boating agencies are listed in “ABoater’s Guide”. For a free copy, write to: National Ma-rine Manufacturers Association, 401 N. Michigan Avenue,Chicago, IL 60611.

D. Laws and Regulations

The U.S. Coast Guard is the authority of the waterways;they are there to help the boating public. State boatingregulations are enforced by local authorities. You are sub-ject to marine traffic laws and “Rules of the Road” for bothfederal and state waterways; you must stop if signaled todo so by enforcement officers, and permit to be boardedif asked.

There are many pamphlets, prepared by the Coast Guard,available to you. These pamphlets explain “Rules of theRoad,” signal lights, buoys, safety, international and in-land regulations and other information which goes beyondthe scope of this manual. For more information contactyour local U.S. Coast Guard Unit or call the Coast GuardBoating Safety Hotline at 1-800-368-5647.

A - 12 BOAT OWNER REGISTRATION

Federal and state laws require that every boat equippedwith propulsion machinery of any type must be registeredin the primary state of usage. Registration numbers andvalidation stickers must be displayed on the boat accord-ing to regulations. In most states, this means registrationwith the designated state agency. In a few jurisdictions,the Coast Guard retains registration authority. Your dealerwill either supply registration forms or tell you where theymay be obtained. The registration agency will issue youa certificate that must be carried on board when the boatis in use. Some states require additional registration whenan out of state boat is used within their boundaries.

Your boat has a hull identification number on the star-board side of the hull. Figure A2 shows a typical identifi-cation number. Use this hull identification number for reg-istration and to identify your boat for warranty service.

Figure A2: HIN

A - 13 INSURANCE

In most states, the boat owner is legally responsible fordamages or injuries he or she causes, even if someoneelse is operating the boat at the time of the accident.Common sense dictates that you carry adequate per-sonal liability and property damage insurance on yourboat, just as you would on an automobile. You shouldalso protect your investment by insuring your boat againstphysical damage or theft.

A - 14 ACCIDENT REPORTING

The operator of the boat is responsible for filing a reportwith the appropriate authorities. In general, reports arenecessary for accidents involving loss of life, injury, ordamage over $500. In the case of accidents with report-able injuries or death, a formal report is required within 48hours. If only property damage is involved, a report mustbe made within ten days. The 1971 Boating Safety Actmay impose a $1,000 civil fine for people who fail to sub-mit a boating accident report. Ask your insurance agentfor more information.

If you see a distress signal, you must assume it is a realemergency and render assistance immediately. The mas-ter or person in charge of a boat is obligated by law toprovide assistance to any individual in danger at sea. How-ever, you should not put your boat or crew in a dangeroussituation which exceeds your capabilities or those of yourboat. The 1971 Boating Safety Act grants protection to a

Section APage 7


™378

Good Samaritan boater offering good faith assistance,and absolves a boater from any civil liability arising fromassistance given.

A - 15 DISCHARGE OF OIL

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act prohibits the dis-charge of oil waste into or upon the navigable waters ofthe United States or the waters of the contiguous zone ifsuch discharge causes a film or sheen upon or a discol-oration of the surface of the water or causes a sludge oremulsion beneath the surface of the water. Violators aresubject to a penalty of $5,000.

A - 16 DISPOSAL OF PLASTICS & OTHER GARBAGE

Plastic refuse dumped in the water can kill fish and ma-rine wildlife and can foul boat propellers and cooling waterintakes. Other forms of waterborne garbage can litter ourbeaches and make people sick. U.S. Coast Guard andmost state regulations prohibit the dumping of plasticrefuse or other garbage mixed with plastic into the wateranywhere, and restrict the dumping of other forms of gar-bage within specified distances from shore.

A - 17 MARPOL TREATY

Boats 26 feet or longer must display a sign stating thedisposal regulations of the Federal Water Pollution Con-trol Act. The U.S. Coast Guard has issued these regula-tions to implement Annex V of the International Conven-tion for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, com-monly known as Annex V of the MARPOL (Marine Pollu-tion) Treaty 73/78. They apply to all U.S. boats whereverthey operate (except waters under the exclusive jurisdic-tion of a State) and foreign boats operating in U.S. watersout to and including the Exclusive Economic Zone (200miles). It is important to know these regulations and ad-here to them.

The regulations require U.S. recreational boaters, if yourboat is 26 feet or more in length, to affix one or moreUSCG Trash Dumping Restrictions placards to your boat.The placard warns against the discharge of plastic andother forms of garbage within the navigable waters of theUnited States and specify discharge restrictions beyondthe territorial sea. (The territorial sea generally ends threenautical miles from the seashore.) In addition, the plac-ard must contain the warning that a person who violatesthese requirements is liable to civil ($25,000) and crimi-nal (Imprisonment) penalties. The placard also must note

that State and local regulations may further restrict thedisposal of garbage.

Operators shall display one or more placards in a promi-nent location and in sufficient numbers so they can beobserved and read by crew and passengers. These loca-tions might include embarkation points, food service ar-eas, galleys, garbage handling spaces and common deckspaces frequented by crew and passengers. We recom-mend that these placards may be purchased from localmarinas, boat dealerships and marine equipment suppli-ers. A special placard is available for boats operating onthe Great Lakes.

IMPORTANT: It is illegal to discharge waste from yourmarine sanitary device (toilet) into the water in most ar-eas. It is your responsibility to be aware of and adhere toall local laws concerning waste discharge. Consult withthe Coast Guard, local marina or your dealer for addi-tional information.

NOTE: Some states and localities have legal limits onspeed, noise and trailer specifications. It is your respon-sibility to be aware of these laws and limits and to insurethat your boat (and trailer) comply. Consult with your lo-cal Marine Patrol or local Coast Guard office.

Section BPage 1


™378

B - 1 GENERAL

As the owner/operator of the boat, you are responsiblefor assuring that all required safety equipment is aboard.You should also consider supplying additional equipmentas needed for your safety and that of your passengers.Check state and local regulations and call the U.S. CoastGuard Boating Safety Hotline at 1-800-368-5647 for in-formation about required safety equipment.

A. Required Safety Equipment

Most of the safety equipment required by federal regu-lations is provided as standard equipment. PersonalFloatation Devices (life jackets) must fit the person wear-ing it. If local regulations require additional equipment,it must be approved by the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG).Minimum requirements include the following:

• Personal Floatation Devices• Visual Distress Signal• Bell or Whistle• Fire Extinguisher• Navigation Lights

NOTICEAs the owner/operator of the boat, you are re-sponsible for assuring that all required safetyequipment is aboard and meets the boatingregulations as prescribed by both federal andlocal authorities in your area.

B. Personal Floatation Devices (PFDs)

Federal regulations require that you have at least oneCoast Guard approved personal floatation device (PFD)for each person in a recreational boat. You should notuse your boat unless all PDFs are in serviceable condi-tion, readily accessible, legibly marked with the CoastGuard approval number, of an appropriate size (withinthe weight range and chest size marked on the PDF)for each person aboard.

A PFD provides buoyancy to help keep your head abovethe water and to help you remain in a satisfactory posi-tion while in the water. Body weight and age should beconsidered when selecting a PFD. The buoyancy pro-vided by the PFD should support the person’s weight inthe water.

The size of the PFD should be appropriate for thewearer. Body weight or chest size are common meth-ods used to size PFDs. It is your responsibility to en-sure that you have the proper number and types ofPFDs on board and that your passengers know whereand how to use them.

C. PFD Types

Five types of PFDs have been approved by the U.S.Coast Guard. The PFDs are described as follows:

PFD Type 1, Wearable (Figure B1) has the greatestrequired buoyancy. Its design allows for turning mostunconscious persons in the water from face down po-sition to a vertical or slightly backward, face-up posi-tion. It can greatly increase the chances of survival.Type 1 is most effective for all waters, especially off-shore when rescue may be delayed. It is also the mosteffective in rough waters.

Figure B1: Type I, Wearable

PFD Type II, Wearable (Figure B2) turns its wearer inthe same way as Type I, but not as effectively. TheType II does not turn as many persons under the sameconditions as a Type I. You may prefer to use this PFDwhere there is a probability of quick rescue such as inareas where other people are commonly involved inwater activities.

Figure B2: Type II, Wearable

SAFETY & SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Section BPage 2


™378

PFD Type III, Wearable (Figure B3) allows the wearerto place themselves in a vertical or slightly backwardposition. It does not turn the wearer. It maintains thewearer in a vertical or slightly backward position andhas no tendency to turn the wearer face down. It hasthe same buoyancy as a Type II PFD and may be ap-propriate in areas where other people are commonlyinvolved in water activities.

Figure B3: Type III, Wearable

PFD Type IV, Throwable (Figure B4) is required in ad-dition to the PFDs previously discussed. The most com-mon Type IV PFD is a buoyant cushion or ring buoy. Itis designed to be thrown to a person in the water,grasped and held by the user until he or she is res-cued. A Type IV PFD should always be in serviceablecondition and immediately available for use. Graspingthis PFD may be difficult if the rescue is delayed or ifthe user is overcome by hypothermia (loss of body heat).

Figure B4: Type IV, Throwable

PFD Type V, Wearable (Figure B5) when inflated, itprovides buoyancy equivalent to Type I, II, or III PFDs.When it is deflated, however, it may not support somepeople.

Figure B5: Type V, Wearable

D. PFD Pointers

The purpose of a PFD is to help save your life. If youwant it to support you when you are in the water, it needsto fit, float, and be in good condition.

1. Try the PFD on and adjust it until it fits comfortablyin and out of the water. Mark your PFD if you arethe only wearer.

2. To make sure the PFD works, wear it in the water.This will show you how it works and give you confi-dence when you use it.

3. Teach children how to put a PFD on and allow themto try it in the water. That way, they know what thePFD is for and how it works. They will feel morecomfortable with it if they suddenly find themselvesin the water.

4. If the PFD is wet, allow it to dry thoroughly beforestoring it. Do not dry it in front of a radiator or heater.Store it in a well ventilated area.

5. Keep PFDs away from sharp objects which cantear the fabric or puncture the floatation pads.

6. For their own safety and the safety of others, allnonswimmers, poor swimmers, and small childrenshould wear PFD’s at all times, whether the boat isstationary or moving.

7. Check the PFD frequently to make sure that it isnot torn, that floatation pads have no leaks, andthat all seams and joints are securely sewn.

8. If a PFD contains kapok, the kapok fibers may be-come waterlogged and lose their buoyancy afterthe vinyl inserts are punctured. If the kapok be-comes hard or if it is soaked with water, replace it.It may not work when you need it.

E. Fire Extinguisher

As the owner/operator of the boat, you are responsiblefor supplying a fire extinguisher approved by the U.S.Coast Guard.

Hand-held portable extinguisher(s) should be mountedin a readily accessible location(s) away from the en-gine compartment. All persons aboard should knowthe location(s) and proper operation of the fireextinguisher(s).

Section BPage 3


™378

ritorial seas up to a point where the waters are less thantwo miles (3.2km) wide. Visual distress signal equip-ment may be of the pyrotechnic or non-pyrotechnic type.Regulations prohibit display of visual distress signalson the water under any circumstances except whenassistance is required to prevent immediate or potentialdanger to persons on board a vessel.

The equipment must be approved by the U.S. CoastGuard, be in serviceable condition, and be stowed in areadily accessible location. Equipment having a datefor serviceable life must be within the specified usagedate shown. Careful selection and proper stowage ofvisual distress equipment is very important if young chil-dren are aboard.

DAY USE ONLYNIGHT USE

ONLYDAY AND

NIGHT USE

Three orangesmoke signals(one hand heldand two floating)or one orangeflag with blacksquare and disk.

One S-O-Selectric distresslight.

Three flares ofthe hand held,meteor orparachute type.

Distress Signal Table

The minimum visual distress signals required in coastalwaters for a Class 2 powerboat is the following:

One orange flag with black square-and disc(daytime); and an S-O-S electric light (night-time); or three orange smoke signals, hand heldor floating (daytime); or three red flares of handheld, meteor, or parachute type (daytime/night-time).

NOTICENo single signaling device is appropriate for allpurposes. Consider keeping various types ofequipment on board.

H. Sound Signaling Devices

Class 2 powerboats (26 to less than 40 feet) are re-quired to carry a hand, mouth or power operated hornor whistle. It must produce a blast of two-second dura-tion and audible at a distance of at least one-half (1/2)mile. The 378 Vista™ model is equipped with a dualtrumpet horn which meets this requirement. See Fig-ure B6.

Fire!In case of fire do not open the engine compart-ment. Shut down engine(s), generator(s), andblower(s). Discharge entire contents of fixedfire suppression system. If using portable CO2fire extinguisher continuously discharge entirecontents. On European models, dischargecontents through fire port.

NOTICEUsing a portable fire extinguisher with an ac-cess/fire port in the engine compartment is pre-ferred to opening the engine compartment tofight the fire. However, using a portable extin-guisher in this way provides less protectionagainst fire than a fixed suppression system.

NOTICEDo not test fire extinguishers by squirting smallamounts of the extinguishing compound. Thefire extinguisher might not work when you re-ally need it.

All Class 2 powerboats (26 to less than 40 feet) arerequired to carry two (2) B-1 type approved hand por-table fire extinguishers or one (1) B-2 type approvedhand portable fire extinguisher. When a fixed fire ex-tinguishing system is installed in machinery space(s),at least one (1) B-1 type approved hand portable fireextinguisher is required.

F. Fire Extinguisher System

A self-contained, FE241 agent fire extinguisher systemis a standard feature on the 378 Vista™ model. Theequipment utilized has been so chosen, and located, toprovide sufficient volume and coverage of the entire en-gine compartment. While the system ensures excellentoverall bilge fire protection, it does not eliminate theU.S.C.G. requirement for hand-held fire extin-guishers. Refer to the manufacturer’s literature includedin the owner’s packet.

G. Visual Distress Signal Devices

Visual distress signal devices approved by the U.S.Coast Guard are required on all recreational boats op-erating on coastal waters and to boats owned in theUnited States when they are operating on the high seas.Coastal waters include territorial seas and those wa-ters directly connected to the Great Lakes and the ter-

Section BPage 4


™378

Gear For Extended CruisesFoul weather gear Parallel rulers DividersLoran or Global Positioning System navigation equipment

B - 2 CARBON MONOXIDE

Carbon Monoxide!Carbon monoxide (CO) can be harmful or fatalif inhaled. Brain damage or death can resultfrom prolonged exposure to carbon monoxide.Keep exhaust outlets clear of blockage. Pro-vide adequate ventilation. Open hatches,doors, windows and vents to insure adequateventilation. Close engine compartment doorsand hatches when engine or generator is run-ning. Avoid operating the boat for extendedperiods of time at idle speed, and be sensitiveto weather conditions that may prevent CO fromdissipating into the air. Do not stand or swimnear engine or generator exhausts when en-gines are running.

Carbon monoxide accumulation is affected by manyvariables (e.g., boat geometry, hatch, window and dooropening, ventilation openings, proximity to other struc-tures, swim platforms, canvas enclosures, location ofexhaust outlets, vessel attitude, wind direction, vesselspeed, boat systems maintenance, etc.) The technicalinformation included in this section is to inform the boatowner of possible cause and effects of carbon monox-ide exposure. This information has been reprinted withpermission from the American Boat and Yacht Council’s(ABYC) technical information report: “Educational In-formation About Carbon Monoxide”. This informationpertains to all gasoline powered boats manufactured byFour Winns.

NOTICEThe boat owner should be aware that other fac-tors may contribute to carbon monoxide accu-mulation. The most common ones are listed inthis section. If a person is exhibiting carbonmonoxide-type symptoms (Refer to B-2E Symp-toms), be sure to take the necessary precau-tions as prescribed later in this section.

Figure B6: Dual Trumpet Horn

The following are standard whistle signals:

• One Prolonged Blast Warning Signal• One Short Blast Pass on my Port Side• Two Short Blasts Pass on my Starboard Side• Three Short Blasts Engines in Reverse• Five or More Blasts Danger Signal

I. Navigation Lights

Navigation lights are intended to keep other vesselsinformed of your presence and course. If you are outon the water between sunset and sunrise, you are re-quired to display appropriate navigation lights.

J. Additional Recommended Equipment

Four Winns recommends that you acquire additionalequipment for safe, enjoyable cruising. This list, whichis not all inclusive, includes items you should consideracquiring.

Basic GearFlashlight Spare batteries Tow lineOar, paddle Mooring lines CompassDock fenders Distress signals First aid kitBoat hook VHF radio EPIRB*Sunscreen Extra warm clothing ChartsSecond anchor & lineDewatering device (pump or bailer)

Emergency supply of drinking water and food.*Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon

ToolsSpark plug wrench Hammer ScrewdriverJackknife Pliers Electrical tapeAdjustable wrench Lubricating oil Prop wrenchDuct tape

Spare PartsExtra bulbs Spare prop Extra fusesExtra drain plug Spark plugs Spare wireExtra prop nut/washer

Section BPage 5


™378

D. Effects of Carbon Monoxide

Carbon monoxide in high concentrations can be fatal ina matter of minutes. Lower concentrations must not beignored because the effects of exposure to CO are cu-mulative and can be just as lethal.

Certain health related problems and age will increasethe effects of CO. People who smoke or are exposed tohigh concentrations of cigarette smoke, consume alco-hol or have lung disorders or heart problems, are par-ticularly susceptible to an increase in the effects fromCO. However, all occupants’ health should be consid-ered. Physical exertion accelerates the rate at whichthe blood absorbs CO.

E. Symptoms

One or more of the following symptoms can signal theadverse effect of CO accumulation:

1. Watering and itchy eyes2. Flushed appearance3. Throbbing temples4. Inattentiveness5. Inability to think coherently6. Loss of physical coordination7. Ringing in the ears8. Tightness across the chest9. Headache10. Drowsiness11. Incoherence12. Slurred speech13. Nausea14. Dizziness15. Fatigue16. Vomiting17. Collapse18. Convulsions

NOTICEThe order of the above list is generally the se-quence of appearance of symptoms. However,the order of appearance may change for differ-ent people.

NOTICEThe symptoms of Carbon monoxide poison-ing may easily be mistaken for seasickness.

NOTICEBoats fueled by diesel have limited carbon mon-oxide present in the exhaust in comparison togasoline engine exhaust. However, the boatowner should still be aware of the causes andeffects of carbon monoxide which may occur indifferent boating situations.

A. Properties and Characteristics of Carbon Mon-oxide

1. Carbon Monoxide is a colorless, odorless and taste-less gas. It is commonly referred to as CO.

2. Its weight is about the same as air so it cannot beexpected to rise or fall like some other gases, butwill distribute itself throughout the space.

NOTICEDO NOT rely on the use of smell or sight ofother gases to detect CO, because it diffuses inthe air much more rapidly than easily detectablevapors (i.e. visible and aromatic vapors).

B. What Makes Carbon Monoxide

Any time a material containing carbon burns such asgasoline, natural gas, oil, propane, coal, or wood, CO isproduced.

Common sources of carbon monoxide are:

1. Internal combustion engines.

2. Open flame devices such as:

a. Cooking rangesb. Central heating plantsc. Space heatersd. Water heaterse. Fireplacesf. Charcoal grills

C. How a Person is Affected by CarbonMonoxide

Carbon monoxide is absorbed by the lungs and reactswith blood hemoglobin to form carboxyhemoglobin, whichreduces the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood. Theresult is a lack of oxygen for the tissues with the subse-quent tissue death and, if exposure is prolonged,death of the individual.

Section BPage 6


™378

F. Treatment (Evaluate, Ventilate, Evacuate, Inves-tigate, Take Corrective Action)

1. Evaluate the situation and ventilate the area if pos-sible.

2. Evacuate the area and move affected person(s) toa fresh air environment.

3. Observe the victim(s).

4. Administer oxygen if available.

5. Contact medical help. If the victim is not breathing,perform rescue breathing or approved cardiopul-monary resuscitation (CPR), as appropriate, untilmedical help arrives and takes over.

NOTICEPrompt action can make the difference betweenlife and death.

6. Investigate source of CO and take corrective ac-tion.

G. Inspection

Look and listen for leaks in the exhaust systems of boththe generator and propulsion engine(s). Look for discol-oration around joints in the system (water leaks, carbon,stains, etc.).

1. Make sure all exhaust clamps are in place and se-cured.

2. Make sure ventilation systems work and are not ob-structed or restricted.

3. Make sure gaps around the engine room plumbingand cableways and exhaust system doors, hatches,and access panels are minimized to reduce the op-portunity for CO to enter the accommodationspace(s).

H. Operation

Cold Start vs. Warm Start: CO production is greater whilethe combustion chamber surfaces and gas passagesare cold versus when they are warm. A boat operatorshould:

1. Pay attention to ventilating the boat.

2. Orient the boat so it will allow the maximum dissipa-tion of CO.

3. Minimize the time spent on getting underway.

4. In order to minimize CO buildup, do not warm upor run propulsion engine(s) for extended periodswhile the vessel is stationary.

The following are examples of possible situa-tions where carbon monoxide can accumulatewithin your boat while docked, anchored, or un-derway. Become familiar with these examplesand their precautions to prevent dangerousaccidents or death.

I. Boathouses, Sea Walls and Confined Spaces

A boat operator should be aware that dangerous con-centrations of CO can accumulate when a boat, genera-tor or other engine operated device is operated while theboat is moored in a confined area such as:

1. Boathouses,

2. Proximity to sea walls, or

3. Proximity to other boats.

Keep engine room hatches and doors closed whenoperating engines, including the generator.

Pay attention to prevailing conditions and provide forventilation to induce fresh air and minimize exhaust re-entry. Orient the boat for maximum dissipation of theexhaust. DO NOT run the boat or boat equipment forextended periods under these conditions. See FigureB7.

Figure B7: The effect of sea walls and other confined spaces.

Section BPage 7


™378

Figure B9: Backdrafting - Air flows over boat and behind transom.

1. Intentional or unintentional excessive trim anglecausing high bow angle. See Figure B10.

2. Excessive or unequally distributed weight.

Figure B10: Inefficient trim angles.

3. Canvas Configurations - Under various conditions,adding or removing canvas may raise or lower COlevels. See Figures B9, B10 & B12.

Exhaust Fumes!Hull exhaust from your boat can cause exces-sive accumulation of poisonous carbon monox-ide gas within cockpit areas when using protec-tive weather coverings (while underway or whilestationary). Provide adequate ventilation whenthe canvas top, side curtains and/or back (aft)curtains are in their closed protective positions.

4. Opening and closing ports, hatches, doors, and win-dows may raise or lower CO levels on board a boat.When airflow is moving forward inside the boat, COmay be entering the boat. See Figures B11 and B12.

Be aware that cockpit and deck drains can be a sourceof CO ingress into boats, especially boats with cockpitor decks enclosed with canvas or permanent boatstructures.

J. The Effect of Boats Moored Along Side

A boat operator should be aware that carbon monoxideis emitted from any boat’s exhaust. The operation,mooring, and anchoring in an area containing otherboats may be in an atmosphere containing CO not ofthe operator’s making. An operator likewise needs tobe aware of the effect of their boat on other boats in thearea. Of prime concern is the operation of an auxiliarygenerator where boats are moored along side eachother. Be aware of the effect your exhaust may haveon other boats and be aware that the operation of otherboats’ equipment may affect the carbon monoxide con-centration on your boat. See Figure B8.

Figure B8: The effect of boats moored along side.

K. Backdrafting (Station Wagon Effect)

Backdrafting or the “station wagon effect” is caused byair movement over or around a boat creating a low pres-sure area or suction area around the stern that can in-crease CO level on the boat. Backdrafting can be af-fected by relative wind direction , boat speed, and boattrim angle. See Figure B9 Backdrafting - Airflows OverBoat and Behind Transom”.

Under certain speed and operating conditions the lowpressure area may form in other regions and permitcarbon monoxide to enter the hull through openings thatare not on the back of the boat. Boat factors whichmay affect CO concentration:

Section BPage 8


™378

Figure B11: Desired air flow through the boat.

Figure B12: The effect of canvas configurations.

5. Operating a boat at slow speeds with a followingwind should be avoided. Consider changing direc-tion, adjusting speed, or both. See Figures B13.

Figure B13: Operating at Slow Speed with Following Wind

6. Be aware that cockpit and deck drains can be asource of CO ingress into boats, especially boatswith cockpit or decks enclosed with canvas or per-manent boat structures.

L. Accumulation of Exhaust Gases-Swim Platform

When the propulsion engine(s) or generator is running,CO is produced and may remain in the vicinity of theexhaust outlet (including underwater exhaust outletssuch as sterndrives and outboards):

1. Do not occupy aft lounging area(s) or swim plat-form.

2. Do not swim under or around swim platform.

3. Do not swim in the vicinity of the exhaust outlet.

Refer to Figure B14.

Figure B14: Exhaust Gas Accumulation at Swim Platform

M. Dangerous Activity - “Teak Surfing”/“Dragging”

Do not sit on, occupy or hang on any stern append-ages (e.g., swim platforms, boarding ladders, etc.) whileunderway. Do not body surf, commonly known as “teaksurfing” or “dragging”, etc. in the wake of the boat. Donot tow persons in close proximity to the stern of theboat. See Figure B15.

Figure B15: Exhaust Gas Accumulation - Dangerous Activity

N. Cabin Appliances

Boats having fuel burning appliances in accommodationareas should be provided with adequate ventilation andthe appliance should be maintained to function prop-erly.

O. Air Conditioning

Lack of system maintenance may cause CO to bebrought into the air-conditioned spaces by the air con-ditioner. Please refer to the air conditionermanufacturer’s literature for additional information.

P. Ventilation of Accommodation (Occupied)Spaces

Accommodation spaces need to be ventilated to intro-duce fresh air into the spaces. Ventilation methods (e.g.windows, hatches, doors, and blowers) used to accom-plish this may, under certain conditions, bring hazard-ous levels of CO into the occupied spaces. Care shouldbe taken to be aware of all prevailing conditions whenusing these ventilating methods.

Section BPage 9


™378

d. High float level

e. Incorrect idle mixture adjustment

f. Dirty or worn injectors

3. Ignition System

a. Fouled or worn spark plug.

b. Worn points or incorrect gap on points

c. Shorted or opened circuit high tension spark plugcables

d. Incorrect ignition timing.

4. General

a. Worn piston rings and valves

b. Engine temperature - Cold running engines in-crease CO production. Engine cooling watersystem design and selection of thermostat(s)are primary considerations affecting engine op-erating temperature. Generally, an engine pro-duces less CO if it operates at a relatively hightemperature within manufacturer’s specifica-tions.

c. Exhaust Back-Pressure - Certain alterations tothe exhaust system may increase engine ex-haust back pressure and CO production.

d. Restricted engine room or compartment venti-lation

U. Maintenance - External Conditions

External conditions that contribute to inefficient engineperformance can include:

1. Fouled hull bottom

2. Damaged and fouled running gear (i.e., shaft, strutpropeller, rudder and trim tabs)

3. Incorrect selection of propeller size

Q. Running of Engines in Idle

Engines running in idle exhaust carbon monoxide thatcan accumulate near the hull of the boat. Do not standor swim near the engine exhaust or outdrive when en-gines are idling or generator is running.

R. Altitude and Sea Conditions

Operation at altitudes greater than 5,000 feet contributesto inefficient engine performance and may require ad-justments to the ignition systems, fuel systems, or chang-ing the propeller’s size or gear ratio.

1. Failure to make adjustments to ignition systems and/or fuel systems for altitude conditions may causean increase in CO production.

2. Reduced power resulting from increased altitudemay require adjustments to propeller size.

3. Heavy sea or out of trim conditions tend to load en-gines resulting in reduced performance and therebyincreasing their CO production.

S. Portable Generator Sets

Gasoline powered portable generators are available inthe marine market place and are not an option availablethrough Four Winns. Portable generators will produceCO. These sets discharge their exhaust products in lo-cations which can lead to an increase in the accumula-tion of carbon monoxide in the accommodation (occu-pied) space. Do not use this equipment on FourWinns® boats.

T. Maintenance - Engine Performance

Efficient engine performance is vital to minimizing COproduction. The following items are those considered tohave the greatest effect on increased CO production:

1. Fuel Systems - Fuel that is contaminated, stale orincorrect octane number

2. Carburetors/Injectors

a. Dirty or clogged flame arrester

b. Malfunctioning automatic choke plate or faultyadjustment of manual choke plate

c. Worn float needle valve and seat

Section BPage 10


™378

X. Maintenance - Bulkhead and Deck Integrity

1. Seal all visible openings (e.g., cracks, crevices,holes, including openings around wiring and pipingruns) in bulkheads and decks that separate ma-chinery compartments from occupied compart-ments. These openings can permit migration ofCO vapors.

2. Check gaskets and sealing surfaces on hatches,doors, and access panels.

Y. Maintenance - Air Conditioning Systems

These systems can be a source of CO ingress andmigration of CO vapors.

1. Keep grilles and filters clean.

2. Seal bulkhead voids and openings at wiring andpiping runs in return air ducting, plenums, and airhandling equipment enclosures, especially thoseadjacent to machinery compartment bulkheads.

3. Check that water traps and condensate drains arepresent. These may be in the form of a doubleloop in the drain line or prefabricated p-traps. Anydrain that discharges below the waterline when theboat is underway is sealed, by virtue of its design,against CO intrusion.

Z. Maintenance - Liquid Drains

Sink, shower and condensate drains can be a sourceof CO ingress. Ensure that water traps are presentand contain fluid. These traps may be in the form of adouble loop in the drain line or prefabricated p-traps.Any drain that terminates below the waterline is, by vir-tue of its design, sealed against CO intrusion. Somedrains that are below the waterline when boat is under-way will be above the waterline when the boat is at rest.The location of drains, relative to the waterline, can beaffected by the dynamics of boat motion (i.e., under-way or at rest).

AA. CO Detection System

Four Winns has included two CO detectors as a stan-dard feature. One of the CO detectors is located in theforward V-berth and the other is located in the aft/midcabin. Check systems and maintain in accordance withthe manufacturer’s instructions.

V. Maintenance - Exhaust System Integrity

Gas tight integrity of exhaust systems must be main-tained to insure that leakage of CO within the boat doesnot occur. Disassembly may be required to carry out athorough inspection. Repair or replace componentsas indicated. Inspect the following:

1. Gaskets at cylinder head connection

2. Casting and pipe fittings in the dry section

3. All joints

4. Hoses

5. Clamps

6. Mufflers and their drain plugs

7. Thru-hull fittings

8. Hangers and other supports

W. Maintenance - Ventilation Systems

Boats are equipped with ventilation systems to elimi-nate gasoline vapors. Blowers and fans may also beprovided for ventilation and to mitigate the migration ofCO into occupied compartments. Attention should bepaid to the following:

1. Keeping ventilation intakes clear of debris

2. Replacing damaged hardware

3. Maintaining the integrity of the ducting material andits connections

4. Ensuring that position of ducting intake is not ob-structed or restricted, collapsed, kinked, or crushed

5. Eliminating sags in ducting that can form a watertrap

6. Checking hangers and other supports

7. Ensuring blower/fan is operational

8. Ensuring that airflow is present at discharge

9. Inspecting wiring to equipment

Section BPage 11


™378

A. Drugs and Alcohol

Alcohol consumption and boating do notmix! Operating under the influence endan-gers the lives of your passengers and otherboaters. Federal laws prohibit operating aboat under the influence of alcohol ordrugs.

Do not use drugs or drink alcohol while operating a boat.Like driving a car, driving a boat requires sober, atten-tive care. Operating a boat while intoxicated or underthe influence of drugs is not only dangerous, but it isalso a Federal offense carrying a significant penalty.These laws are vigorously enforced. The use of drugsand alcohol, singly or in combination, decreases reac-tion time, impedes judgement, impairs vision, and in-hibits your ability to operate a boat.

B. Safe Operation

Safe operation means that you do not misuse your boatnor do you allow your passengers to do so. Safe op-eration means using good judgement at all times. Itincludes, without limitation, the following actions:

• Observe all safety signs and warnings both inside the boat and in the immediate boating area.

• Become familiar with, and adhere to, the “Rules of the Road”.

• Maintain boat speed at or below the legal limits. Avoid excessive speed or speeds not appropriate for operating conditions.

• Be sure at least one other passenger is familiar with the operation and the safety aspects of the boat in case of an emergency.

• Load the boat within the limits listed on the capacity plate. Balance loads bow and stern and port to starboard.

• Do not use the boat in bad weather or sea conditions beyond the skill or experience of the operator or the comfortable capability of the boat or passengers.

CO monitors should be professionally installedand calibrated. Failure to do so may result inthe improper function of the CO detector.

Never disarm a CO detector. If a CO detectoralarms, immediately ventilate the area andcheck passengers for symptoms of CO intoxi-cation. See your Four Winns dealer for assis-tance in diagnosing the cause for the alarm.

NOTICEFor information on CO Detection Systems, seeAmerican Boat and Yacht Council (ABYCManual) Section A-24, “Carbon Monoxide De-tectors”.

Even with the best of boat design and construction plusutmost care in inspection, operation, and maintenanceof boat systems, hazardous levels of CO may still bepresent in accommodation spaces and exterior areasunder certain conditions. Vigilant observation of pas-sengers for CO sickness symptoms should be supple-mented by a marine CO detection device in the accom-modation space.

NOTICEA CO detector is not a gas/fuel vapor detector.Gas/fuel vapor detectors do not monitor thebuildup of carbon monoxide in an enclosedarea. For further information on the design,construction, and testing of boats in consider-ation of carbon monoxide, see ABYC TH-23.

NOTICEDetection devices should meet the requirementsof ABYC A-24 “Carbon Monoxide Detection Sys-tems on Boats”.

B - 3 SAFE BOATING PRACTICES

NOTICEYOU are responsible for your own safety, thesafety of your passengers, and the safety offellow boaters.

Section BPage 12


™378

• Make sure the passengers and gear do not obstruct the operator’s view or impede his ability to move.

• Do not exceed the maximum engine power rating stated on the certification plate located inside the boat.

C. Passenger Safety

Before getting underway, show all passengers whereemergency and safety equipment is stowed, and explainhow to use it. Everyone aboard should wear rubber-soledshoes which resist slipping on wet surfaces. While un-derway, passengers should remain seated inside the deckrails and gates. Do not allow passengers to drag theirfeet or hands in the water. Always use handholds andother safety hardware to prevent falls. All nonswimmers,poor swimmers and small children should wear PFDs atall times.

D. Propeller

Personal Injury!Do not allow anyone near a propeller, even whenthe engine is off. Propeller blades can be sharpand continue to turn even after the engine is shutoff. Do not allow anyone near the propeller whenthe throttle is in neutral position. Accidently en-gaging the shift can result in a serious injury ordeath. (See actual ladder warning labels andhelm boarding ladder warning label below.)

Never approach or use ladder when motor is run-ning. Severe injury or death will result from con-tact with rotating propeller.

Ladder Warning Label

Shut off motor when near swimmers. Severeinjury or death will result from contact with rotat-ing propeller.

Helm Boarding Ladder Warning Label

When pulling skiers do not turn on the en-gine until you are at least a boat length awayfrom the person in the water. When ap-proaching a downed skier, turn off the en-gine at least one boat length away beforereaching the skier in the water.

E. First Aid

As a boater, you should be familiar with the basic firstaid procedures that may be needed while you are outfar from help. Fish hook accidents or minor cuts andabrasions may be the most serious mishaps on boarda boat but you should also learn the proper proce-dures and be ready to deal with the truly serious prob-lems like mouth-to-mouth resuscitation, excessivebleeding, hypothermia, and burns. First aid literatureand courses are available through most Red Crosschapters.

F. Operation By Minors

Minors should always be supervised by an adult when-ever operating a boat. Many states have laws re-garding the minimum age and licensing requirementsof minors. Be sure to check local laws or contact thestate boating authorities for information.

G. “Rules of the Road”

As a responsible boater, you must comply with the“Rules of the Road,” the marine traffic laws enforcedby the U.S. Coast Guard. Navigating a boat is muchthe same as driving an automobile. Operating eitherone responsibly means complying with a set of rulesintended to prevent accidents. Just as you assumeother car drivers know what they are doing, other boat-ers assume you know what you are doing. Informa-tion regarding navigational rules and the “Rules ofthe Road” are discussed in further detail in C-1 & C-2 of the next section.

H. Voluntary Inspections

State boating officials in many states or the U.S. CoastGuard Auxiliaries offer courtesy inspections to checkout your craft. They will check for compliance withsafety standards and required safety equipment. Youmay voluntarily consent to one of these inspections,and you are allowed to make corrections without pros-ecution.

Section BPage 13


™378

Check with the appropriate state agency or the CoastGuard Auxiliary for details.

I. Safe Boating Courses

The local U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary and the U.S.Power Squadrons offer comprehensive safe boatingclasses several times a year. You may contact theBoat/U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-BOAT (2628) or,in Virginia, 1-800-245-BOAT (2628) for a coursescheduled in your area. Also contact the U.S. CoastGuard Auxiliary or Power Squadron Flotilla for thetime and place of their next scheduled class.

B - 4 WATER SPORTS

Personal Injury!

Four Winns® boats are not designed for andshould not be used for pulling parasails, kites,gliders or any device which can become air-borne. Use boat only for appropriate watersports. (See Preface for actual warning la-bel.)

Water skiing, kneeboarding, or riding a towed, inflat-able apparatus are some of the more popular watersports. Taking part in any water sport requires in-creased safety awareness by the participant and theboat operator. If you have never pulled someone be-hind your boat before, it is a good idea to spend somehours as an observer, working with and learning froman experienced driver. It is also important to be awareof the skill and experience of the person being pulled.Always have a second person on board to observethe person in the water so the driver can concentrateon operating the boat.

A. Water Sport Guidelines

Everyone participating in a water sport should observethese guidelines:

1. Allow only capable swimmers to take part in anywater sport.

2. Always wear a personal floatation device (PFD)approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. Wearing aproperly designed PFD helps a stunned or un-conscious person stay afloat.

3. Be considerate of others you share the water with.

4. Give immediate attention to a person who has fallen.He or she is vulnerable in the water alone and maynot be seen by other boaters.

5. Approach a person in the water from the lee side(opposite the direction of the wind). Turn off themotor at least a boat length from the person.

6. Turn engine off and anchor before swimming.

7. Always participate in water sports in safe areas. Stayaway from other boats, beaches, restricted areas,swimmers and heavily traveled waterways.

8. Swim only in areas designated as safe for swimming.These are usually marked with a swim area buoy (seeFigure B13). Do not swim alone or at night.

Figure B13: Swim Area Buoy

Rotating Propeller!

Rotating propeller can cut or sever causing seri-ous injury or death. Shut engine off and removeignition key when anyone is swimming nearby.(See Section B-3D.)

9. Do not allow anyone near the propeller(s), even whenthe engine is off. Propeller blades are sharp and cancontinue to turn even after the engine is off. Stay atleast 150 feet away from areas marked by diver downfloat. See Figure B14.

Figure B14: Diver Down Float

Section BPage 14


™378

10. Do not drive the boat directly behind a water skier. At25 miles per hour, the boat will overtake a fallen skierwho was 200 feet in front in about 5 seconds.

Section CPage 1


™378

Figure C1: Meeting Head-On

B. Rules of Seamanship

1. Right-of-way

In general, boats with less maneuverability have right-of-way over a more agile craft. You must stay out ofthe way of the following vessels:

dnammocrednutonlessevA.dnuorgaro

onevahslessevesehT.ytilibarevuenam

stinidetcirtserlessevA.ytilibarevuenam

gnimrofreperalessevesehTriehtstimilhcihwkrow

sahcusytilibarevuenamgniyal,gnigderd,gniyevrus

gnicivres,elbacroepipgnomasrekramlanoitagivan

.srehto

.gnihsifnidegagnelessevA gnihsifstaobedulcniesehTtontub;stenrolwart,senilhtiw

.senilgnillort

staobliaS yaw-fo-thgirehtevahstaobliaSfi,revewoh;staobrewoprevorelleporpagnisusitaobliasa

siti,drawrofevomotnevetaobrewopaderedisnoc

.puerasliasstifi

2. Meeting Head-On

When two boats meet head-on neither boat has right-of-way. Both boats should decrease speed and pass;port to port. However, if both boats are on the left sideof a channel, each vessel should sound two short hornblasts and pass to starboard to starboard. See FigureC1.

C - 1 GENERAL

Basic rules of seamanship, general information aboutnavigational aids, and sources for additional readingand boater education are presented in this portion ofyour owner’s manual.

A. Boating Regulations

The U.S. Coast Guard is the authority of the water-ways. State boating regulations are enforced by localauthorities. Your boat is subject to the marine trafficlaws known as “Rules of the Road,” which are enforcedby the U.S. Coast Guard. You are subject to marinetraffic laws and “Rules of the Road” for both federaland state waterways; you must stop if signaled to do soby enforcement officers, and permit them to board ifasked. The “Rules of the Road” can be obtained fromthe local U.S. Coast Guard Unit or the United StatesCoast Guard Headquarters by calling (202) 512-1800or faxing your request to (202) 512-2250, and askingfor the publication titled “Navigational Rules, Interna-tional-Inland.

Many pamphlets prepared by the Coast Guard are avail-able. They explain signal lights, buoys, safety, interna-tional and inland regulations and other information whichgoes beyond the scope of this manual. “Aids to Navi-gation” (U.S. Coast Guard pamphlet #123) explains thesignificance of various lights and buoys. Because ofproposed alterations to buoys and markers, contact theU.S. Coast Guard to stay informed of changes. Otherpamphlets, including the “Boating Safety TrainingManual” and “Federal Requirements For RecreationalBoats,” are also available from the U.S. Coast GuardHeadquarters.

NOTICEThe spoken word “MAYDAY” is the interna-tional signal for distress. “MAYDAY” shouldNEVER be used unless there is grave or im-minent danger, and you are in need of immedi-ate assistance.

BASIC SEAMANSHIP

HonkHonk

HonkHonk

Section CPage 2


™378

3. Crossing Situations

In a crossing situation, the boat on the right from the12-4 o’clock position has the right-of-way. It must holdcourse and speed. The boat without the right-of-waymust keep clear and pass to the stern. See Figure C2.

Figure C2: Crossing Situation

4. Overtaking

The boat overtaking the one ahead must yield the right-of-way to the boat being passed. The overtaking boatmust make necessary adjustments to keep out of itspath. The boat being passed should hold its courseand speed. See Figure C3.

Figure C3: Overtaking

5. The General Prudential Rule

The general prudential rule regarding right-of-way is thatif a collision appears unavoidable, neither boat has right-of-way. As prescribed in the “Rules of the Road”, bothboats must act to avoid collision.

6. Night Running

Boats operating between sunset and sunrise (hours varyby state), or in conditions of reduced visibility, must usenavigational lights. Nighttime operation, especially dur-ing bad weather or fog, can be dangerous. All “Rulesof the Road” apply at night, but it is best to slow downand stay clear of all boats regardless of who has right-of-way.

To see more easily at night, avoid bright lights whenpossible. Also, it is helpful to have a passenger keepwatch for other boats, water hazards, and navigationalaids.

To determine the size, speed and direction of other ves-sels at night, you should use running lights. A greenlight indicates the starboard side, and the red light indi-cates the port side. Generally, if you see a green light,you have the right-of-way; if you see a red light, giveway to the other vessel. See Figure C4.

Figure C4: Night Running

7. Whistle Signal

Out on the water, whistle signals are commonly used.Although using a whistle signal is not necessary everytime a boat is nearby, operators must signal their inten-tions when necessary to avoid potentially confusing or

Inland Rules

“I want to pass you on yourport side.

2 short blasts (1 sec.)

“Proceed”


International Rules

“I am altering my course to port.”


International Rules inNarrow Channels

“I intend to pass you on your portside.”

2 prolonged blasts (4-6 sec.)2 short blasts (1 sec.)

“Proceed.”

1 prolonged, 1 short1 prolonged, 1 short

Inland Rules

“I want to pass you on yourstarboard side.

1 short blast (1 sec.)

“Proceed”


International Rules

“I am altering my course tostarboard.”


International Rulesin Narrow Channels

“I intend to pass you on yourstarboard side.”

2 prolonged blasts (4-6 sec.)1 short blast (1 sec.)

“Proceed.”

1 prolonged, 1 short1 prolonged, 1 short blast

Give-way (Burdened)Vessel Overtaking

Stand-on (Privileged)Vessel Being Overtaken

Danger Zone112.5o

Section CPage 3


™378

Buoys are red or green floating ATONS. If lighted, theyhave either red or green lights. Unlighted green buoys,called cans, look like cylinders. Unlighted red nun buoyshave a cone shaped top with their points cut off. Donot pass too close to a buoy. You may foul the propel-ler in its chain.

NOTICEBuoys are anchored floating objects and maynot always be in exactly the same position.

Daymarks are red or green boards with numbers. Theyare on posts or groups of pilings tied together and calleddolphins. Daymarks and their supports are daybeacons.Daybeacons may or may not have lights. If a red orgreen daybeacon has a light, it is the same color asthe marker-red or green. Red daymarks are triangularand have even numbers. Green daymarks are squareand have odd numbers.

Red, Right, Returning is a basic rule to assist you inusing lateral markers. When you are returning fromseaward , keep red markers on the starboard (right)side when you pass them. Keep green markers to theport side.

Returning from seaward is very clear if you have beenon the ocean. You are returning to port. By agree-ment, going upstream on a navigational river is return-ing from seaward. The outlet ends of the Great Lakesare also the seaward ends. Traveling from a large bodyof water to a smaller one is considered returning fromseaward.

C. Safe Water Markers

Safe water markers have vertical red and white stripesand mark the center of navigable channels and fair-ways. Safe water markers included both lighted andunlighted buoys and daymarks. If a marker is lighted,the light is white and flashes the letter “A” is Morse Code.

Preferred Channel markers have horizontal red andgreen bands. If lighted, the color of the light is the sameas the top of the band. They show the preferred chan-nel for you to use at a junction point. Be sure to noticethe color of the top of the band, and treat it as any othermarker you would of that color. If the band is red andyou are returning from seaward, keep the marker tothe right.

Most lights on markers flash on and off. Others suchas lights on aids with no lateral significance are fixed.

hazardous situations. Use whistle blasts early enoughto be noticed and understood by other boaters.

It is customary for the privileged boat to signal first andthe yielding boat to return the same signal to acknowl-edge she understands and will comply. Use the dan-ger signal (five or more short and rapid blasts) if intentis not clear. A short blast is one or two seconds long. Along blast is 4 to 6 seconds long. The NavigationalAids Chart at the end of this section lists the meaningsof the various whistle signals.

C - 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

Aids to navigation (ATONS) help you to travel safely onthe water. They help you get from one place to anotherand are most helpful if you have a nautical chart. Anavigational aids chart is at the end of this section.

NEVER tie your vessel to an ATON. It is illegalbecause it blocks the ATON from view of otherboaters. Decreased visibility can contribute toa serious accident which may result in prop-erty damage, personal injury, or death.

There are two ATON systems. The system used onfederal waters is known as the International Associa-tion of Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B). TheCoast Guard maintains this system. The second sys-tem is the Uniform State Waterway Marking System(USWMS). This system is maintained by state authori-ties.

A. International Association of Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B)

IALA-B uses four types of ATONS. This section dis-cusses the two most common markers: lateral mark-ers and safe water markers. Other federal markersinclude special markers and isolated danger markers.The Navigational Aids Chart at the end of this sectionshows these aids.

B. Lateral Markers

Lateral markers indicate the sides of navigable chan-nels. They consist of lighted can or nun buoys anddaymarks. Each has a number and is either red orgreen. The numbers on the green markers are odd.Red markers have even numbers.

Section CPage 4


™378

They stay on all night. ATON lights flash in regular pat-terns. For example, they may flash every three sec-onds, or in groups such as two flashes and a pause.There are a number of flashing patterns, which helpyou identify the light at night. To identify a light, note itscolor and pattern or timing of flashes, and compare itto your chart to find its location.

D. The Uniform State Waterway Marking System

This section discusses three kinds of markers in thissystem: Regulatory, Informational, and Lateral.

Regulatory markers in this system are either signs orbuoys. Signs are square with orange borders. Regu-latory buoys are white and shaped like cylinders. Theyhave horizontal orange bands near their tops and justabove the water’s surface. An orange circle on a markermeans a controlled area. A message such as ”NoWake, Idle Speed, No Skiing, or 5 M.P.H.” may appearon a marker. An orange diamond means danger. If adiamond has an orange cross inside it, do not enter thearea. The reason you should stay out, such as “SwimArea” may be printed in black on the marker.

Informational Markers are white signs with orange bor-ders. They give information such as direction, distance,and location.

Lateral markers in the USWMS system are either num-bered red or black buoys. Black buoys may have greenreflectors or lights. They are the equivalent of greenbuoys in the IALA-B system. Red buoys may have redreflectors or lights. They are the same as red buoys inthe IALA-B system. Red or black buoys are usuallyfound in pairs - pass between them.

E. A Special Sign

In Florida, you may see a special sign: “Caution, Mana-tee Area”. When you see this sign, slow down to idlespeed. Manatees, an endangered species, are pas-sive, large, slow-moving mammals. Many Manateesare seriously injured or killed each year by boat propel-lers.

F. Noise

Always be aware of local laws on noise limits. Noisemeans engine noise, radio noise or even yelling bypeople on your boat. Good seamanship demands thatyou operate your boat quietly so as not to infringe onthe rights of others. Do not use thru-hull exhaust un-less you are well offshore.

G. Anchoring

The weight of the anchor and diameter of anchor lineshould be governed by the size and weight of your boat.The 378 Vista™ comes standard with a windlass and a35-pound Talon Plow XT™ anchor and 200 feet of 5/8”rope and chain. Refer to the manufacturer’s literatureincluded in the owner’s packet.

Keep anchor secure while underway to prevent dam-age or injury due to sudden shifting in the boat’s atti-tude.

Use two or more anchors if anchoring overnight or forextended periods. If not using two anchors, make cer-tain there is sufficient clearance for your boat to swingin a full circle to prevent damage in case of shiftingwinds.

Make certain you have enough anchor line (or scope)for the depth of water. Your anchor line should be 6 to 7times the depth of water anchored in. For example, ifyou are in 20 feet of water, use 120 to 140 feet of an-chor line.

Secure anchor line to bow eye or deck cleat.Never tie anchor line to a rail, rail fitting or otherhardware not designed to support this stress.

To drop anchor:

Approach your selected anchoring site from downwindand come to a dead stop over the spot where you wantto drop anchor. Lower the anchor using the windlass.

Maneuver the boat slowly backwards until length ofanchor line is 6 or 7 times the depth of the water.

Fasten the anchor line around the bow eye or deck cleat.Anchor flukes should dig in and catch. Watch for an-chor drag by checking shoreline landmarks at the timethe anchor is dropped and one-half hour later. If theboat has drifted away from these reference marks, theanchor is dragging and must be reset.

To weigh anchor:

Start the engine running before pulling in anchor.

Slowly maneuver the boat forward to reduce tensionon the line and make retrieval of the anchor line easier.

Section CPage 5


™378

Raise the anchor using the windlass. Make sure thechain stop is engaged.

Always be sure to raise and secure the an-chor prior to operating your boat. Failure toraise and secure anchor before getting under-way could result in severe injury or damage toboat from rebounding anchor.

Always utilize the chain stop provided with thewindlass/bow roller combination. The chainstop prevents the anchor from accidently re-leasing while the boat is moving thus prevent-ing damage to the boat or possible injury ordeath to individual(s) aboard the boat.

If the anchor becomes stuck, attach the vertical line tothe mooring cleat. Wave action on the bow may lift flukesfrom the bottom and free the anchor. If the anchor isstill stuck, feed out a few feet of line and attach it to thebow cleat. Maneuver the boat around the anchor, keep-ing the line firm. Determine the angle that will work topull the anchor free.

Anchors are available in different shapes, sizes andweights to fit different boats, uses, and conditions. YourFour Winns dealer can tell you which anchor will workbest for your boat.

C - 3 RECOMMENDED READING

We recommend that you read the boating literature pub-lished by your state boating agency and the U.S. CoastGuard. Other suggested reading includes the follow-ing:

Damford, Don. Anchoring. (ISBN 0-915160-64-1).Seven Seas.

United States Coast Guard Auxiliary. Boating Skills andSeamanship. LC74-164688.(illus.). (ISBN 0-930028-00-7). U.S. Coast Guard.

Bottomley, Tom. Boatman’s Handbook, (illus.). 316 p.(ISBN 0-688-03925-1, Hearst Marine Book). Morrow.

Whiting, John and Bottomley, Tom. Chapman’s Log andOwner’s Manual. 192 p.(ISBN 0-686-96737-2). HearstMarine Book.

Chapman, Charles F. and Maloney, E.S. Chapman’sPiloting, Seamanship and Small Boat Handling. (illus.).62 p. (ISBN 0-87851-814-2, Pub. by Hearst Bks.); de-luxe ed. (ISBN 0-87851-815-0). Morrow.

National Fire Protection Association. Fire ProtectionStandard for Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft.(ISBN 0-317-07388-5, NFPA 302). National Fire Pro-tection Association.

Brotherton, Miner. Twelve- Volt Bible. (ISBN 0-915160-81-1). Seven Seas.

C - 4 CONTACTS

There are many good boating publications that haveinformation about your area and what other boats aredoing, such as clubs and other activities. Educationprograms are sponsored by publications and organiza-tions such as the U.S. Power Squadron, U.S. CoastGuard Auxiliary and the American Red Cross. See yourdealer about special courses available in the area. Fordetailed information contact:

American Red CrossLocal address (see local telephone directory)

Boat U.S. Foundation for Boating Safety Hotline1-800-336-BOAT1-800-245-BOAT (in Virginia)

U.S. Coast Guard Info Line1-800-368-5647

NMMA Sources of Waterways Information - NationalMarine Manufacturers Association has five (5) book-lets which list sources for safety, cruising, and local wa-terway information. Each covers a different region ofthe U.S. (North Central, South Central, Northeastern,Southeastern and Western). For single copies, writeSources of Waterways information, NMMA, 401 N.Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60611. Ask for thebooklet for your region.

Skippers CourseGPO Superintendent of DocumentsWashington, DC 20012202-512-1800202-512-2250 (fax)

United States Coast Guard AuxiliaryLocal Flotilla or contact appropriate Coast GuardDistrict Headquarters

Section CPage 6


™378

United States Coast Guard Headquarters2100 2nd St., SWWashington, D.C. 20593-0001202-267-1060

United States Power SquadronP.O. Box 30423Raleigh, NC 27617

C - 5 OWNER’S LOGS AND RECORDS

At the end of this owner’s manual are several formswhich you will find very helpful.

The Float Plan provides a record of your destination,departure and return times, boat description, passen-ger list, and other information about the trip you haveplanned. At the bottom of the form is space for listingemergency telephone numbers in case your return isdelayed past the expected time. It also has space forindicating information about the person filing this re-port. Leave the completed form ashore with a respon-sible person. We recommend you make several cop-ies of this form each boating season to assure an amplesupply.

The Fuel Log is a handy way to record informationcovering engine hours, fuel consumption, miles trav-eled, as well as RPM (revolutions per minute), averageM.P.H. (miles per hour) and GPH (gallons per hour).

The Service/Maintenance Log provides a record ofmaintenance work completed, the date of completion,and the engine hour reading. This log also helps youidentify the frequency of routine maintenance work, suchas engine oil changes. If you should decide to sell yourboat, it demonstrates to perspective buyers that youhave done a good job taking care of it.

The Service Information Sheet allows you to recordall the pertinent information regarding your Four Winns®boat. This sheet will be extremely helpful when order-ing additional/optional parts for your boat or when hav-ing service work done.

C - 6 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS CHART

The illustrated Navigational Aids Charts contain infor-mation concerning whistle signals, storm warnings,bridge signals, and buoy descriptions. See Figure C5on the following page.

Section CPage 7


™378

Figure C5: Navigational Aids Chart

Section DPage 1


™378

D - 1 FOUR WINNS WARRANTY POLICY

The Four Winns Winning Edge™ Owner Protection Plan,provides the new Four Winns purchaser with one of themost comprehensive corporate commitments in themarine industry today. The Four Winns Owner Protec-tion Plan defines the warranty coverage on all unitsmanufactured by Four Winns. It thoroughly describesthe warranty policies and those procedures to be fol-lowed to obtain warranty coverage. Review the FourWinns Owner Protection Plan and limited warranty state-ments carefully.

All engines utilized in the Four Winns® product arewarranted by the engine manufacturer. Your Four Winnsdealer is authorized to repair your engines and will workclosely with the engine manufacturer to resolve any prob-lems you have.

D - 2 DECK/HULL STRUCTURE WARRANTY

Each unit manufactured by Four Winns is encompassedby a separate warranty providing specific coverage onthe deck/hull structure. The Four Winns Owner Protec-tion Plan thoroughly describes this coverage.

D - 3 WARRANTY REGISTRATION

A Four Winns Warranty Registration Card is attachedto the Four Winns Owner Protection Plan statement.Your Four Winns dealer is responsible for completingand mailing the warranty card at the time of purchase.The receipt of the warranty card is the sole basis forestablishing proof of ownership of the boat and corre-sponding warranty validation.

By signing the warranty registration card you, the newowner, indicate an understanding of the terms and con-ditions of the Limited Warranty. The warranty registra-tion card should be properly completed by the dealer,signed by the new owner, and returned to us within fif-teen (15) days after the original purchase in order tovalidate the warranty. Be sure to keep the Owner’s Reg-istration Card for your records.

All boat manufacturers are required by The Federal BoatSafety Act of 1971 to notify first time owners in the eventany defect is discovered “which creates a substantialrisk of personal injury to the public.” In order for us tocomply with this law if it becomes necessary, it is es-sential that your warranty registration card with theowner’s name, address, and boat serial number be com-pleted and mailed to Four Winns L.L.C., 925 FrisbieStreet, Cadillac, MI 49601.

Other equipment manufacturers also require that theirproducts be registered with the respective companies.Warranty registration cards are provided in the owner’sinformation packet.

D - 4 TRANSFER OF WARRANTY

Four Winns confidence in the product and our warrantycommitments can extend after the original purchaser maychoose to move on to a new boat. The remainder of theFour Winns warranty coverage is transferable to the sec-ond owner of the boat for a fee. The warranty may betransferred only once. Registration of the second owneris required and the amount of the transfer fee is indi-cated on the warranty statement of the Warranty Regis-tration Card. Transfer of the remainder of the warrantymust occur within five (5) years of the original retail sale.The transfer fee must be paid within fifteen (15) days ofpurchase of the used boat by check, money order orcashier’s check payable to Four Winns. Proof of pur-chase date is required. We will notify the appropriateengine manufacturer of the engine warranty transfer. TheFour Winns Owner Protection Plan thoroughly describesthe action required to transfer warranty coverage.

D - 5 PRE-OWNED UNIT REGISTRATION

Section D-4 Transfer of Warranty discusses the need toproperly register the purchase of a pre-owned boat withFour Winns in order to transfer applicable warranty cov-erage.

Purchasers of all Pre-Owned Four Winns® models, re-gardless of the decision to transfer warranty coverage,are encouraged to register ownership with Four Winns.To register ownership of a “Pre-Owned Four Winns®

WARRANTY AND SERVICE

Section DPage 2


™378

boat,” provide Four Winns with your name, address,daytime phone number, e-mail address, purchase date,and hull serial number of the boat purchased. The hullserial number plate is permanently affixed to the star-board side of the transom.

Registration of a Pre-Owned Four Winns® boat doesnot extend or in any way affect or modify the specificterms of the Four Winns Owner Protection Plan or Lim-ited Warranties.

We provide this service to the purchasers of Pre-OwnedFour Winns® boats in the interest of better boating. FourWinns welcomes every purchaser of a Four Winns® boat,new or used, to our family.

D - 6 INSURANCE COVERAGE

One of your responsibilities as a new boat owner is toacquire proper insurance protection. Insurance shouldinclude comprehensive and general liability coverageappropriate to your financial needs. Please contact yourlocal agent for assistance on insurance coverage.

D - 7 SERIAL NUMBER RECORD

The manufacturer, model, and serial number of majorcomponents are recorded during the assembly of eachFour Winns® boat. A copy of this form is included in theowner’s packet. Using this form, you may want to haveyour dealer help you complete the service informationform at the back of this manual. A copy of the serialnumber record should be made and kept by the dealerin his records. This can assist the dealer in processingwarranty claims, or obtaining necessary information. Theoriginal copy of the serial number record should be keptin the owner packet. The service information form shouldremain in the owners manual for easy reference.

D - 8 PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE

Four Winns makes every effort to deliver your boat in“turn key” condition to the dealer. The process of trans-porting and handling the boat necessitates certain in-spections and adjustments prior to delivery to you. Also,various aspects of operation must be checked and ad-justed immediately prior to final delivery and use.

The selling Four Winns dealer must perform this thor-ough review of the boat and its numerous systems dur-ing the commissioning or “dealer pre-delivery service” ofthe craft.

A Four Winns Pre-Delivery Inspection Form is part ofthe Warranty Registration Card. It lists the many itemsencompassed by the pre-delivery service previously de-scribed. The dealer is to check off the items as they arecompleted, and complete the form as indicated provid-ing specific performance related information appropri-ately.

Your Four Winns dealer will sign the Pre-Delivery In-spection Form of the Warranty Registration Card uponcompletion of the work. You will also be asked to signthe Pre-Delivery Inspection Form upon accepting deliv-ery of the boat. You are to retain the two copies marked“Boat Owner”. Your dealer is to retain the copy marked“Dealer copy” for his records. The Manufacturer’s copyis to be mailed to the Four Winns Customer ServiceDepartment.

D - 9 REPLACEMENT PARTS

Four Winns dealers are equipped with a Four Winnsparts manual that details the components of each modeland their appropriate part numbers. Many Four Winnsdealers inventory common replacement components.

In addition, Four Winns maintains specific records onthe components used in the manufacture of each unitand makes a concerted effort to maintain componentsspecifically to fill replacement part needs.

The Four Winns dealer from whom you purchased yourboat is in the best position to meet your needs. If thedealer does not have the needed item, the dealer hasthe capability, through direct contact with the Four WinnsCustomer Service Department, to obtain it quickly. FourWinns will only sell replacement parts to establishedFour Winns dealers. If you relocate and cannot find aFour Winns dealer close to you, contact the Four WinnsCustomer Service Department for information on thenearest dealer in your area.

Section DPage 3


™378

D - 10 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Sign the warranty registration card verifying your ad-dress, model and hull serial number. The dealer is re-sponsible for mailing the warranty registration card tous.

2. Inspect the boat at the time of delivery to verify that allsystems and components are operating safely and ac-ceptably. Read all manuals and instructions.

3. Operate all equipment in compliance with themanufacturer’s instructions.

4. Review the pre-delivery checklist for the boat and en-gine with your dealer when you take delivery.

5. Schedule your 20-hour boat and engine checkup withyour dealer.

6. Know how to safely operate your boat and the rules ofthe road before you use your boat.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that your dealer checks theengine alignment during your boat’s 20-hour checkup.The engine alignment check should be performed inaccordance with recommended procedures as statedby the engine manufacturer in your engine owner’smanual. Failure to do so could result in drive train dam-age which is not covered under the warranty.

7. We recommend that you review your engine ownersmanual and warranty certificate for break-in advice, ini-tial inspection and service requirements.

8. Perform or provide for the scheduled maintenancechecks outlined in this manual and all related serviceguides and manuals.

9. You are responsible for any modifications made tothe boat or its equipment that could affect the safe op-eration of the boat.

Along with boating, comes responsibility. Responsibil-ity for safety, boating laws, and the environment. Pleasethink about the future of our waterways, oceans andmarine life while you’re out enjoying them and take allnecessary measures to help protect what natural habi-tats we have left. Keeping our waterways and marinehabitats free from debris, and showing consideration forthe creatures who thrive in these environments are someways you can help assure the pleasure of boating foryears to come.

The operator is also responsible for complying with thefollowing procedures and operational requirements:

• State registration• Insurance• Warranty registration• Warranty terms and conditions• Rules of the road• Break-in procedure• Proper maintenance of the boat and its systems• Safety equipment• Safety training of passengers and crews• Knowledge of boat systems• Seaworthiness/operational inspection• Safe operating practices• Avoiding use of drugs/alcohol• Environmental regulations• Accident reporting

D - 11 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

All our boats meet or exceed the construction standardsset by the U.S. Coast Guard and the American Boatand Yacht Council (ABYC) concerning:

• Navigational lights• Factory installed fuel systems• Engine and fuel tank compartment ventilation• Flotation• Steering systems• Backfire flame arresters

We recommend that you see your dealer if you wish tomodify factory-installed equipment or add new equip-ment. Your dealer is qualified to make such modifica-tions or additions without placing the safety or designintegrity of your boat at risk and without invalidating thewarranty.

D - 12 WINN GEAR™

Show your colors! Four Winns offers a complete line ofsports clothing designed to complement your new boat.Your Four Winns dealer has a complete catalog andpricing. Our Winn Gear line is also on display on ourwebsite at www.fourwinns.com.

Section EPage 1


™378

E - 2 ENGINE EXHAUST

A. Carbon Monoxide

The carbon monoxide in exhaust fumes can be hazard-ous. It is important for you and your passengers to beaware of the potential safety hazard created by exhaustfumes. Familiarize yourself with the symptoms of indi-viduals overcome by carbon monoxide, and most impor-tantly, ways you can protect yourself and your guests.

DO NOT inhale exhaust fumes! Exhaust con-tains carbon monoxide which is colorless andodorless. Carbon monoxide is a dangerous gasthat is potentially lethal.

Persons overcome by carbon monoxide mayexhibit the following symptoms:

a. Watering and itchy eyesb. Flushed appearancec. Throbbing templesd. Inattentivenesse. Inability to think coherentlyf. Ringing in the earsg. Tightness across the chesth. Headachei. Drowsinessj. Incoherencek. Nauseal. Dizzinessm. Fatiguen. Vomitingo. Collapsep. Convulsions

IF YOU THINK EXHAUST FUMES ARE ENTER-ING YOUR BOAT, DETERMINE THE CAUSEAND HAVE IT CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY!

E - 1 GENERAL

DO NOT attempt to service any engine withoutbeing totally familiar with the safe and properservice procedures. Do not attempt to maintainor adjust an engine while it is running. Certainmoving parts are exposed and failing to shut offthe engine can result in serious injury or death.

Four Winns does not manufacture engines or drives.Because of the technical nature of the engine and drivesystems, all manufacturers of these items require thatwarranty and service problems be taken directly to anauthorized dealer for resolution. The Four Winns dealerfrom whom you purchased your boat, will handle all war-ranty and service matters with the engine manufacturerfor you.

In compliance with the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971all engine manufacturers require their products to be regis-tered. A registration card is furnished with each new en-gine. When selling a Four Winns® boat, the dealer, alongwith the purchaser, should complete the information re-quested on these cards and return them to the respectiveengine manufacturers. Engine registration cards are pro-vided with the engine and will usually be found with theboat literature.

Each manufacturer of the various marine power compo-nents provides an owner's information manual with theirproduct. This publication is included with this manual. Itis important that you read the manual(s) carefully andbecome completely familiar with proper care and opera-tion of the engine and drive system. Be sure to read thesection on winterization. Replacement costs associatedwith frozen engine blocks, drive systems and other com-ponents are quite substantial.

Also review the other sections in this manual, especiallySections I on Fuel Systems, and Section F on ControlSystems.

ENGINE AND DRIVE SYSTEMS

Section EPage 2


™378

boat with the cabin door or windows that face aft,open. The natural vacuum created during operationmay allow exhaust gasses to be drawn into the cabin.

NOTICECurrent deck hatches are designed to allow ven-tilation when locked in a partially open position.

7. Inspect the engine exhaust system frequently for waterand exhaust gas leakage, hose deterioration, andloose hose clamps. See Section R - General Main-tenance for additional information.

8. Have a competent marine engine service technicianinspect your exhaust system whenever your boat isin for service, or if you notice a change in the soundof your engines.

For additional information, refer to Section B-2 - CarbonMonoxide.

B. Carbon Monoxide Monitor

A carbon monoxide (CO) monitor(s) will sound an alertshould carbon monoxide reach an unsafe level in the cabinof your Vista™. The CO Monitors are standard equip-ment and are located in the aft cabin and forward cabin.Refer to the manufacturer’s literature included with theowner’s packet.

Never disarm a CO detector. If a CO detectoralarms, immediately ventilate the area andcheck passengers for symptoms of CO intoxi-cation. See your Four Winns dealer for assis-tance in diagnosing the cause for the alarm.

E - 3 ENGINE & DRIVE SYSTEM

A. Engine

Powering your 378 Vista™ inboard is your choice oftwin Mercruisers® (gas), twin Volvo-Penta® (gas/die-sel), or twin Caterpillar® (diesel) inboard engines. Pleaseconsult the engine owner's manual provided with thismanual for operation and maintenance information.

B. Inboard V-drives

On the V-drive propulsion system of the 378, all shiftingand gearing components are installed inside of the hull,only the propeller shafts and associated equipment are

The following suggestions can help prevent exhaust fumesfrom entering the boat or injuring people in the vicinity:

1. DO NOT allow the boat to remain stationary with theengines running for an extended period of time. Donot stand or swim near the exhaust output or outdrivewhen the engine is idling.

2. Use extreme caution while operating the engines inconfined areas such as enclosed slips, congestedpiers, or in any area where the exhaust outlets arefacing or near a bulkhead or wall structure of anykind. Operation under such conditions could easilylead to exhaust gasses (carbon monoxide) enteringeven though you may have all the hatches, windows,doors and portholes closed.

3. Never operate your generator while the boat is mooredagainst any other boat, dock or wall structure that isagainst or near the exhaust outlet. Again, operationunder such conditions could easily lead to exhaustgases (carbon monoxide) entering your boat or theboat to which you are moored, even though you mayhave all the hatches, windows, doors, and portholesclosed.

4. Under certain conditions, exhaust gases can enterthe boat through the sink drains. Each sink drainhas a water trap installed to help prevent this. To beeffective, the sink drains must have water in them.Normal use of the sinks will provide the water neededfor this to occur.

5. Persons sleeping can be easily overcome by carbonmonoxide because they are unaware of its presence.Sleeping while the engines or generator are runningis not recommended. If persons are sleeping aboardwhile underway, or while the generator is running,those awake should monitor for carbon monoxideaccumulation in the cabin; especially the sleepingareas. Open forward facing windows or deck hatchesto provide fresh air ventilation. Keep hatches, win-dows, and doorways that face aft or towards the ex-haust discharge closed.

NEVER operate the propulsion engine(s) or gener-ator while everyone on-board is sleeping. Fatalcarbon monoxide poisoning can occur.

6. If possible, ventilate your cabin while under way.Open a forward hatch or window to allow air to travelthrough the cabin. Be very careful of operating the

Section EPage 3


™378

Prop ShaftStrut

Propeller ShaftAssembly

Log Shaft

Shaft LogSeal Assy.

under water. The V-drive system has the engine mountedin the extreme stern of the boat with the output shaftfacing forward. A transmission which performs shiftingfunctions is mounted directly onto the engine. A V-drivereduction gearbox is mounted directly to the transmis-sion. The prop shaft is then connected to the V-driveoutput coupling. See Figure E1.

Figure E1: V-drive

NOTICEAlways return the engine throttle lever to the ex-treme low speed position before shifting. NEVERshift the unit while engine speed is above800 rpm.

E - 4 UNDERWATER EQUIPMENT (Inboards)

Avoid running aground or striking a (submerged)object. Serious damage to the engine(s) or in-board underwater gear can result and the boatcan take on water. In the event of such an occur-rence, proceed at low speed to the nearest ser-vice facility and have an immediate inspectionmade of the prop shafts and struts before furtheruse of the craft. Keep all life saving devices athand while driving to a dock area. If the boatcannot be immediately removed from the water,thoroughly inspect the bilge area for leaks sothat the boat does not sink while moored.

A. Shaft Log

The shaft log allows the propeller shaft to extend androtate through the hull with only limited water leakageoccurring. Minor dripping may occur and is not abnormalduring operation. See Figure E1 & E2.

Zinc Anode

Proper performance of the shaft seal is directly depen-dent upon correct propeller shaft alignment. Propellerdamage, a bent strut or shaft, or abnormal wear, settling,etc., are common reasons for misalignment. Therefore,periodically have the shaft alignment checked and haveadjustments made when necessary.

To prevent personal injury, keep away from thepropulsion machinery during its operation orwhenever the boat is in motion. Movement ofwater past a propeller can cause the propeller,propeller shaft, and other propulsion machineryto rotate even if that equipment is not beingoperated intentionally.

Figure E2: Underwater Equipment

To prevent water from entering into the boat, al-ways be sure the lock nuts are tightened se-curely to prevent the packing nuts from loosen-ing. DO NOT attempt to tighten the lock nutswithout the proper equipment to hold the pac-king nut stationary.

B. Strut

The strut secures the lower end of the propeller shaft.Seasonal inspection of each strut should be made to in-sure no damage has incurred and the strut bearing is notworn excessively.

When the boat is removed from the water for winteriza-tion or general maintenance, apply a light water proofgrease to the strut bearing (rubber sleeve in the strut) andthe shaft where it penetrates the strut bearing. This willkeep the strut bearing from drying out. Replace the strutbearing should it become worn or cracked.

Section EPage 4


™378

C. Propeller Shaft

NOTICEWhen lifting the boat, always position the liftingstraps at the corresponding “sling” labels. Liftingthe boat with lifting straps over the prop shaftswill cause the shafts to become bent. Improperlifting technique will not be covered under war-ranty.

The prop shafts of all our V-drive boats are aligned at thefactory. Prop shaft alignment should be checked by yourdealer during pre-delivery service. Shaft alignment shouldbe checked again forty-eight hours after initial com-missioning. Periodic checks of shaft alignments, andengine V-drive mounting bolts should be made; especiallyif noise or vibration occurs.

NOTICEExcessive vibration, abnormal shaft log wear, orbroken propeller shaft coupling bolts are an indi-cation of misalignment. Misalignment can alsocause severe damage to shaft logs, struts, shaftsand the engine transmission or v-drive. Realign-ment should only be performed by a qualified ser-vice person. The following procedures are provid-ed so a boat owner can determine if service workis required.

The propeller shaft coupling and engine/V-drive output flangecoupling must be aligned to within 0.004 inches. Alwaysbe sure the prop shaft is centered in the strut bearing andshaft log before alignment adjustments are made. Referto Figure E3.

Figure E3: Coupling Alignment

Coupling Alignment Procedure:

1. Boat must be in water for at least 24 hours beforealignment is started.

2. Check to be sure that the shaft can be turned withone hand on the coupling.

3. Assure that all shaft coupling nuts and bolts areinstalled but loose.

4. Seperate coupling face from transmission outputflange.

5. Using a set of feeler gauges, measure the gap be-tween the coupling face and the transmission out-put face, next to each bolt, without rotating the shaft.

6. Subtract the smallest measurement from the larg-est.

A. If the difference is .004” or less, snug up eachnut and bolt, then tighten each nut to 10 to 15ft.-lbs of torque, then re-tighten each nut to 30to 35 ft.-lbs. of torque.

B. If the difference is greater than .004”, adjustengine and transmission mounts up or down,sideways and/or fore and aft until the differencebetween the highest of the measurements andlowest is .004” or less. Snug up each nut andbolt, then tighten each nut to 10 to 15 ft.-lbs oftorque, then re-tighten each nut to 30 to 35 ft.-lbs. of torque.

7. Check to be sure that the shaft can be turned withone hand on the coupling.

8. If the shaft can not be turned with one hand on thecoupling, readjust the engine and transmissionmounts up and down, sideways, and/or fore and aftuntil the difference between the highest of the mea-surements and lowest is .004” or less. Snug upeach nut and bolt, then tightening each nut to 10 to15 ft.-lbs. of torque, then re-tightening each nut to30 to 35 ft.-lbs of torque. Be sure the shaft can beturned with one hand on the coupling.

9. Repeat this procedure on the other side.

.004” Max

Section EPage 5


™378

3. Prop Slip

When traveling through water a propeller is unable to geta complete bite because of the fluidity of water. “PropSlip” is usually expressed as a percent of the computedtheoretical speed. Twenty-five to thirty-five percent propslip is common for a cruiser-type boat operating at cruis-ing speed.

Changing either diameter or pitch will have an effect onengine speed and prop slip, and in turn, directly effect theperformance of a boat. The propellers included with eachFour Winns® boat provide the best general performancebased on data obtained from on-the-water testing of thatmodel. Variations in load, operating conditions, environ-ment, the individual engine and hull performance may ne-cessitate the purchase and use of another propeller(s).

Under your normal load conditions, the engines shouldturn within the maximum RPM range when at full throttle.If the engines exceed the recommended RPM, an increasein pitch or diameter is required. If the engine RPM is toolow, a decrease in pitch or diameter is required.

The load carried in a boat will directly affect performanceof the engine. If an engine that is not developing full power,be sure the engine is properly tuned and load conditionsare those normally experienced, before changing propel-lers.

NOTICEFor twin engine installations, always check driveshaft rotation before propeller installation. A righthand rotation propeller must be installed on thestarboard propeller shaft. Similarly, a left handprop must be installed on the port propeller shaft.

For shipping reasons, the propellers are not factory in-stalled. Initial installation of the propellers will be per-formed by the dealer during pre-delivery service. See Fig-ure E5.

D. Propellers

Knowledge of the propeller is most easily gained throughbetter understanding of the terminology used to refer tothe aspects of propeller size and performance. It shouldbe noted that the 378 Vista™ is equipped with nibralpropellers.

1. Diameter

Diameter is twice the distance from the center of theprop shaft to the extreme tip of a propeller blade. In-creasing or decreasing propeller size will have a directbearing on the RPM’s an engine will develop. This is dueto the greater amount of propeller blade surface in con-tact with the water. See Figure E4.

Figure E4: Propeller Pitch & Diameter

2. Pitch

Pitch is a measure of helix angle, or angle of attack, ofthe rotating blade. Pitch is easily understood if one imag-ines the propeller rotating through a semisolid such asbutter or gelatin. The distance the propeller will travel inone revolution is called “Pitch.” Increasing or decreasingpitch will also have a direct bearing on engine RPM’sbecause of the greater bite taken by the blade with eachrotation. See Figure E4.

Section EPage 6


™378

Inboards utilize thru-hull water intake scoops. Thesetypes of intakes have an external strainer. Be sure strain-ers are kept free of mud, weeds and other debris. Someboating areas require that additional strainers or waterintake filters be installed. Reference Section P-3 - Equip-ment Installation, in this manual for installation instruc-tions and consult your Four Winns dealer regarding anyspecial equipment that may be required.

A gate valve or seacock is provided at each engine in-take scoop previously described. Be sure these valvesare in the open position (lever is parallel with the valve)when operating the engines and in the closed positions(lever is perpendicular to valve) when engines are notoperating for an extended period of time.

Serious engine damage could result ifseacock valve(s) is not open duringengine(s) operation. Ensure seacock valve(s)are in the open position when operatingengine(s).

Should an engine intake or an exhaust or cool-ing hose rupture, turn the engine off and closethe seacock immediately. Proceed under tow,if necessary, to a service facility for appropriaterepairs; maintain a close visual watch on theproblem hose and also on the bilge water level.

Inboard boats utilize exhaust hose to relinquish coolingwater. A periodic inspection of the hose, muffler and re-lated parts should be made to insure that leaks or heatdeterioration have not resulted. Replace them as neces-sary.

E - 6 RUNNING ANGLE

Hull planing surfaces have the least amount of drag at athree to five degree angle with the water. This is thepreferred running angle when boating. The running anglehas a significant impact on top speed and handling.Heavy load or certain water conditions may make it diffi-cult to achieve the optimum running angle. See FigureE6.

The running angle can be controlled through the use oftrim tabs. See Section E-7 - Trim Tabs and Section T-7- Trimming Your Boat for information on the use of trimtabs.

Figure E5: Prop Installation

NOTICEShould it be necessary to change propellers, al-ways use an appropriate propeller removal tool or“Prop Puller.” DO NOT attempt removal using ahammer. Damage to the propeller or propellershaft can result.

Always check shaft rotation before propeller installation.A right hand rotation propeller must be installed on theprop shaft connected to a starboard engine. Similarly, aleft hand prop must be connected to the port engine shaft.The propellers must rotate outboard not inboard.

Be sure the propellers are of the correct blade configura-tion, diameter, pitch, and shaft size to assure good perfor-mance. For additional information on factors affectingperformance and/or assistance with your selection , pleaseconsult your Four Winns dealer.

E - 5 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Your 378 Vista™ includes a “closed water cooling” sys-tem as standard equipment. This system provides ad-equate engine cooling without exposing the internal en-gine to the detrimental effects of surface water, includingsalt, highly polluted or silt-laden water. The engine own-ers manual provides additional information regarding ser-vice and maintenance of this equipment.

The 378 Vista uses surface water as a cooling mediumfor the heat exchanger. The cooling water employed en-ters the system through a water intake and is relinquishedthrough the exhaust manifold system.

Section EPage 7


™378

E - 7 TRIM TABS

Electric/hydraulic trim tabs are standard equipment andhelp provide maximum control of the hull in all water andload conditions. If used properly, trim tabs can:

a. Compensate for wind and load listing (level the boatside to side).

b. Induce faster planing and help achieve optimum run-ning angle (see Section E-6 - Running Angle).

The proper use of electric/hydraulic trim tabs requires abasic understanding of trim tab operation and some prac-tice in calm water. Be sure to read the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet.

The trim tab control uses two (2) momentary-type rockerswitches. The trim tab switches control the attitude orposition of the boat. The trim tab switches are labeled byposition such as “Bow Up” and “Bow Down”. They arealso labeled for “Port” and “Stbd”. When pressed, thelabel indicates what happens to the bow of the boat.

Before leaving the dock and utilizing the trim tabs, ensurethe trim tabs are in the full up position. Press both lowerhalves of the trim tab switches and hold (for approximately10 seconds) until the tabs are full up.

30 to 50

Figure E6: Running Angle

A. Control Listing

Wind, loading and many other factors can result in theboat tilting or leaning towards one side while running. Thisis called listing and can be negated using trim tabs.

Pressing the lower port trim tab switch will move the star-board trim tab upward. This will result in the port bow ofthe boat being allowed to rise.

Pressing the lower starboard trim tab switch will causethe port trim tab to move upward and will result in thestarboard bow being allowed to rise.

Pressing the upper port trim tab switch will cause thestarboard trim tab to move downward and will force theport bow downward.

Pressing the upper starboard trim tab switch will causethe port trim tab to move downward and will force thestarboard bow downward.

Always establish your intended heading and attain de-sired cruising speed before trying to adjust running atti-tude (using the trim tabs).

Always press the trim tab switches in short one(1) second bursts. If pressed too long, you canovercompensate, and potentially lose control. DONOT try to correct the situation by pressing theother upper trim tab switch. Instead, raise thetab slightly by pressing the appropriate lower halfof the trim tab switch.

After stabilization of speed and direction, press the upperhalf of the appropriate trim tab switch to achieve a levelside to side running attitude. Be sure to press the cor-rect trim tab switch to obtain the desired result.

After pressing a trim tab switch, always wait and allowtime for the change in trim tab position to take effect. DONOT continue to press the trim tab switch while awaitingtrim tab reaction. By the time the effect is noted, the trimtab will move too far and thus overcompensate.

Section EPage 8


™378

C. Trim Tab Maintenance

Check the fluid level of the trim tab reservoir often. Al-ways keep the fluid level between the designated markson the trim tab pump-reservoir. Refer to the manufactur-ers information for specifications on the type of fluid to beused and other operation and maintenance information.

E - 8 ENGINE INSTRUMENTATION

The helm station is equipped with a complete set of en-gine instruments. These instruments allow the pilot toconstantly monitor the operational condition of the en-gine. Close observation of these instruments could savethe engine from damage.

The 378 Vista™ has individual gauges in the dash panelas standard instrumentation. See Figure E7.

Figure E7: 378V Helm Station

A. Tachometer

The tachometers indicate the speed of the engines inrevolutions per minute (rpm) and are preset by Four Winns.This speed is not the boat speed or necessarily the speedof the propeller. They may not register zero with the igni-tion key in the OFF position.

NOTICENever exceed the maximum recommendedoperating RPM of your engines. Maintainingmaximum, or close to maximum RPM for ex-tended periods can reduce the life of the engines.

B. Induce Planing & Controlling Trim Angle

Trim tabs can also be used to facilitate faster planing andallow better control of the running angle.

Before accelerating and trying to gain plane, press bothupper trim tab switches. This will cause both trim tabs tomove downward and force the bow down when running.This can also be used when running the boat with a heavyload aboard.

Moving the trim tabs downward will increase the lift andthe boat will achieve plane faster, or stay on plane at alower engine and boat speed.

After gaining plane and establishing cruising speed, press-ing both lower trim tab switches will cause both trim tabsto move upward and will allow the bow to rise. This shouldbe used to adjust the running attitude of the boat to de-crease the drag at cruising speed or above, or when run-ning in a following sea.

When running at an engine speed that results in the boatfalling off plane or causes the boat to plane inefficiently,lowering both tabs slightly (bow down) will improve therunning angle and improve operating efficiency.

Optimum efficiency is obtained when operating at a 3 to5 degree running angle. Utilizing too much “Bow Down”trim tab can reduce operating efficiency and causesubstantial steering and handling difficulties. Be extremelycareful when running in a following sea. The effect of trimtabs is amplified under such conditions. Steering andhandling difficulties can result from improper trim tab us-age, especially in a following sea. If unsure of proper trimtab positioning, raise the trim tabs to the full-up position.

When running at high engine speeds, be surethe trim tabs are in the full up position. Trim tabaction should be only enough to compensate forany listing. Trim tab adjustments at high speedsare extremely critical. Be prepared to slow downshould handling difficulties arise.

When running in a displacement (very slow speed) mode,better efficiency will be obtained with the trim tabs in thefull-up position.

Section EPage 9


™378

NOTICEOperation of an engine with abnormally low oilpressure can lead to engine damage and pos-sible seizure. Have the engine serviced immedi-ately upon a reduced oil pressure indication.

E. Voltmeter

The voltmeter monitors battery condition and thus alter-nator performance. See Section H - Electrical Systemsfor additional information on voltmeter operation.

F. Fuel Gauge

The Fuel Gauge displays the level of fuel that is presentin the fuel tank. Refer to Section I - Fuel System foradditional information.

Due to the mechanical nature of the fuel sender, varia-tions in readings during various speeds of operation mayoccur. This system is merely a relative indication of theavailable fuel supply and not a calibrated instrument.Relative adjustments can be made by bending the fuelsender float arm.

NOTICEFuel gauges are not precision instruments. Thereading is relative, and should never be reliedupon as the sole indicator of fuel availability.

NOTICEUse only clean, dry fuel of the type and graderecommended by the engine manufacturer. Theuse of incorrect or contaminated fuel can causeengine malfunction and serious damage. Referto Section I - Fuel System for additional informa-tion.

G. Depthsounder

A depthsounder is included in the optional navigationpackages. Please consult the manufacturer’s literatureincluded in the owner’s packet for operation and care ofthe depthsounder.

H. Gas Vapor Detector

The Gas Vapor Detector is standard equipment on the378 Vista™. The gauge mounts in the dash. Additionalinformation can be found in Section I-1H in this manual.

Some engines are equipped with devices that limit en-gine rpm in accordance with the oil pressure or enginetemperature. Refer to the engine owner's manual for ad-ditional information.

B. Speedometer

A speedometer is not available on the 378 Vista™. Withthe optional GPS/Navigational package the ability tomonitor your speed becomes available. Please refer tothe manufacturer’s literature for programming the GPSunit for speed readings. This information is included inthe owner’s packet when the boat is ordered with thenavigation package.

NOTICESpeed indicators are not precision instruments.The indications are relative and should never beused for navigational purposes or similar criticalsituations alone. Use other navigation systemsin conjunction with the speedometer.

NOTICEDO NOT rely on the speed indicator when tryingto achieve a “NO WAKE” condition in a harbor orother enclosed waterway. ALWAYS be cogni-zant of the size of your waves your boat is mak-ing and reduce throttle until you are sure thatthey will not cause any damage. You areresponsible for damage caused by the wake ofyour boat.

C. Temperature Gauge

The temperature gauge monitors the cooling system ofthe engine. A sudden increase in the temperature couldbe a signal of a blocked cooling passage or a water pumpmalfunction.

NOTICEOperation of an overheated engine can result inengine seizure. If an unusually high tempera-ture reading occurs, shut the engine off immedi-ately.

D. Oil Pressure Gauge

The oil pressure gauge indicates the pressure in the en-gine lubrication system. A drop in oil pressure is a pos-sible indication of oil pump or leakage problems.

Section EPage 10


™378

I. Engine Hour Meter

Engine hour meters are standard on the 378 Vista® modeland provides a numeric record of elapsed engine operat-ing time. This information is important in determiningscheduled maintenance intervals, ships log data, cruiseinformation, etc. The hour meters are located in the en-gine compartment near the engines.

J. Ignition Switch

The ignition switch has three positions: OFF, RUN, andSTART. The START position is spring loaded and thekey should be held in this position until the engine starts.The key will return to the RUN position once released.Always turn the key to the OFF position when the engineis not running. This will prevent discharging of the batter-ies. Additional information on ignition switch operation iscovered in Section A - Operation of this manual.

K. Engine Synchronizer Gauge

An engine synchronization gauge is standard on the 378dash. It is located between the tachometers on the dash.This instrument compares the electrical signals gener-ated by the engines and converts those signals to a vi-sual meter indication of engine speed difference. Themeter movement responds to changes in throttle posi-tion.

This instrument does not physically synchronize the en-gines, but only provides a visual indication so the opera-tor can take corrective action. See Section F-2 - ControlOperation and the engine manufacturer’s literature for addi-tional information on throttle usage and engine synchro-nization.

L. Alarm Systems

An engine alarm system is installed on the 378 Vista™(gas or diesel engines). This is an audible alarm that ismounted in the helm area; it is actuated by engine watertemperature and engine oil pressure senders. The alarmwill sound in the event of low engine oil pressure or highengine coolant temperature.

The engine alarm will sound during engine start-up, orwhenever the ignition switch is positioned to ON and theengine is not operating. The alarm sounds under theseconditions because engine oil pressure is low; the alarmwill cease to sound as soon as engine oil pressure risesto the proper level.

NOTICEThe engine alarm monitors only engine water tem-perature and engine oil pressure. Always main-tain a close visual watch on the drive(s), transmis-sion(s), engine fluid levels, bilge water level, etc.Refer to the engine manufacturer’s literature foradditional information.

M. Rudder Angle Indicator Gauge

This gauge provides you with the information regardingthe angle of the rudders relative to the straight aheadposition. A rudder angle sender sends the angle infor-mation to the rudder angle indicator gauge mounted onthe lower instrument gauge panel. See Section G-4 formore information regarding the rudder angle indicator.

N. Navigational Packages (Optional)

Four Winns offers navigational packages as options.See Figure E20. Please consult the manufacturer’s lit-erature included in the owner’s packet for operation andmaintenance of these navigational systems (if installed).

NOTICEFour Winns does not limit you to these specificnavigational packages mentioned above. Thereare many navigational systems on the markettoday. You may desire to use a different sys-tem based on your needs, personal preference,and mounting space available.

NOTICEFour Winns continually strives to improve its prod-ucts. Unit specifications, including standard andoptional equipment are constantly being modi-fied. Equipment availability is also subject tochange. The most current and accurate informa-tion available at the time of publication is includedin this manual. Some variation in equipment,description, location, and details can result.

Section EPage 11


™378

O. Instrument Maintenance

Electrical protection for instruments and ignition circuitryis provided by a circuit breaker on the ignition panel. Pe-riodically, spray the ignition switches with a contact clean-er. The ignition switches and all instruments, controls,etc. should be protected from the weather when not inuse. Four Winns offers appropriate weather covers foreach model. Excessive exposure can lead to gauge andignition switch difficulties.

Electronic gauges are affected by static electricity thatbuilds-up on the glass face. Periodic washing of the gaugeface with warm water and mild liquid detergent will helpeliminate the static electricity problem and improve gaugeaccuracy.

Raytheon Radar& Chart Plotter Autopilot

Depthsounder

VHF Radio

Figure E20: 378V Navigation Package 2

Section FPage 1


™378

F - 1 GENERAL

Control systems permit operation of the engine’s throttleand shift mechanisms. They consist of three major com-ponents; the control, and the throttle and shift cables.

The 378 Vista™ model is equipped with twin lever, singleaction shifter and throttle levers. See Figures F1 & F2.The port shifter lever operates the port engine and thestarboard shifter lever operates the starboard engine.This is also true for the throttle levers. See Section F2- Control Operation for further details.

Figure F1: 378V Helm Station

Figure F2: 378V Control Lever

NOTICEWhen reversing direction at an engine speedover 800 RPM, hesitate in neutral long enoughto let the propeller slow its turning to avoid dam-aging the shifting mechanism.

CONTROL SYSTEMS

NOTICEAllow the engine to warm up before engagingthe shift control. Monitor all instruments whileengine is idling during warm-up.

Additional information on controls and their operation isdiscussed in Section F-2 and the engine manufacturer’sinformation included in the owner’s packet.

F - 2 CONTROL OPERATION

A. General

NOTICEDo not run a cold motor any faster than neces-sary to keep motor from stalling. Do not ex-ceed 2500 RPM in NEUTRAL.

During the general operation of a dual engine boat, it isadvantageous for both engines to be operated at the sameengine speed (rpm). This reduces noise and vibration,and can increase propulsion system efficiency. Settingthe throttles so the engines are running at the same rpm(synchronized) can be done by engine sounds or by anengine synchronizer gauge (as described in Section E-8K). Attempting to synchronize the engines solely byusing tachometer readings or throttle lever placement gen-erally will not be effective. When the engines are in propersynchronization, the throttle levers may not necessarilybe in the same position.

B. Shifting and Control Speed

NOTICEIf your boat is equipped with a non-OEM remotecontrol system, ask your dealer how to properlyoperate it.

1. Move shifter levers to the neutral detent position andthrottle levers to the idle position. Placing the shifterlevers in the neutral detent position will engage neu-tral start switch and allow engine to start.

Twin Lever -Single Action Shift(w/ Black Buttons)

Twin Lever -Single Action Throttle

(w/ Red Buttons)

Section FPage 2


™378

F - 4 CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Periodic inspections of the controls, cables, and all con-nections should be made. Signs of looseness, rust, cor-rosion, wear, cable jacket cracks or other deteriorationrequire immediate system servicing. Replace all dam-aged components.

Generally, periodic lubrication of all moving parts and con-nections with a light, waterproof grease is in order. Cablescan be lubricated by positioning them to their fullest ex-tension and applying light grease to the inner cable nearthe jacket. Working the cables back and forth will distrib-ute the grease in the inner cable. Reapply the grease ifnecessary.

Lubrication should be performed as often as necessaryto keep the system operating smoothly. Cable manufac-turers such as Teleflex and Morse often offer special toolsto make cable lubrication easier.

Cable and control adjustments may become necessary.Adjustment screws in the control, on the cables and inthe linkage are provided.

DO NOT attempt control adjustments unless youare familiar with servicing control systems ser-vice procedures. Control misadjustment cancause loss of control.

Other lubrication, adjustment and maintenance instruc-tions are included in the information provided by the con-trol manufacturer.

DO NOT shift into FORWARD or REVERSE un-less engine is running. Damage to the shift sys-tem could result from trying to shift without theengine running. Carefully check function of allcontrol and engine systems before leaving thedock.

2. To go FORWARD - Briskly move the shifter leversforward. Once forward gear engagement is complete,push throttle levers forward until desired speed isachieved.

3. To go in REVERSE - Briskly move the shifter leversrearward. Once rearward gear engagement is com-plete, push throttle levers forward until desired speedis achieved.

DO NOT shift from forward to reverse when theboat is planing.

NOTICEDO NOT shift if engine speed is above 800 RPM.

4. To go from FORWARD to REVERSE, or REVERSEto FORWARD; always pause at NEUTRAL and al-low engine speed to return to idle.

5. After shifting is completed, continue to move thethrottle levers slowly in the desired direction to in-crease speed.

F - 3 NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH

Every control system has a neutral safety switch incor-porated into it. This device prohibits the engine from be-ing started while the shift lever is in any position otherthan the neutral position. If the engine will not start, slightmovement of the control levers may be necessary to lo-cate the neutral position and disengage the safety cutoutswitch. Control or cable adjustments are required to cor-rect this condition should it persist. See your Four Winnsdealer for necessary control and cable adjustments.

Section GPage 1


™378

G - 1 GENERAL

378 Vista™ model is equipped with tilt steering wheeland hydraulic steering as standard features.

A. Tilt Steering

The steering wheel can be tilted up or down so as toenhance the driver’s comfort and enjoyment. The tiltsteering is also hydraulic. See Section G-1B for de-tails.

To tilt the steering wheel, depress the release lever withyour thumb . See Figure G1. Be sure to hold the top ofthe wheel to assist in positioning. Refer to the steeringmanufacturer’s literature for additional information.

Figure G1: Tilt Steering

The tilt mechanism should not be adjusted whenthe boat is moving. Sudden boat movement maycause loss of balance resulting in loss of controland/or injury.

STEERING SYSTEMS

The tilt mechanism is spring loaded. Due to thevariation in steering wheel offerings, the wheelmay spring up rapidly when depressing the re-lease lever. ALWAYS KEEP ONE HAND ONTHE WHEEL DURING TILT ADJUSTMENT ORINJURY MAY OCCUR.

B. Hydraulic Steering

NOTICEDO NOT force the steering wheel to either ex-treme position. This can place undue strain onthe unit and can lead to hydraulic steering dam-age.

Upon commissioning the boat, it is necessary to purgethe system of air. This is performed by your Four Winnsdealer during pre-delivery service. Should steering diffi-culty increase with time, it is possible additional bleedingof the system is required. See your Four Winns dealerfor assistance. This and other adjustments on hydraulicsteering units are critical and should be performed onlyby a qualified service technician.

After the first two hours of running time, checkthe entire steering system for loose bolts, nutsand fasteners which could adversely affect steer-ing control.

NOTICECheck the fluid level in the reservoir periodically.Low hydraulic fluid levels may increase steeringdifficulty.

The hydraulic steering system is comprised of the helmpump and reservoir, hydraulic hoses, and the hydrauliccylinder. The helm assembly acts as a pump to movethe fluid through the system. In many aspects this typeof steering is similar to the mechanical system. Insteadof activating a cable, turning of the helm causes fluid inthe hydraulic hoses to flow and activate the hydraulic cyl-inder causing the rudders to turn. See Figures G3 &G4.

Section GPage 2


™378

Rudder Alignment Procedures:

1. Dimension A must be 1/2” to 3/4” larger than dimen-sion B.

2. Dimension A & B must be measured between theinside faces and at the bottom of the rudders.

Figure G2: Rudder Alignment Specifications

G - 4 RUDDER ANGLE/POSITION INDICATOR

A rudder angle/position indicator is a device that indicatesthe location of the rudders relative to the straight aheadposition. Such a unit is provided on the 378 Vista™ andconsists of a gauge on the dash and an electrical send-ing unit connected to a rudder tiller arm or the steeringassembly. See Figures G2 & G3.

The reading on the gauge can be adjusted by looseningthe three screws securing the electrical sending unit andturning the sending unit either clockwise and counter-clockwise slightly. The reading will vary accordingly.

Figure G3: Hydraulic Steering

NOTICEOnly use manufacturer’s suggested hydraulicfluid. The hydraulic steering uses a fluid whichmeets Mil H5606 specifications. Please notethat automatic transmission fluid (Dexron II) maybe used in an emergency. Never use brakefluid.

NOTICEA slight clicking sound may be heard as thewheel is turned. This sound is the opening andclosing of valves in the helm unit; this is normal.

Additional information on steering operation can be foundin your Engine Owner's manual.

G - 2 STEERING LOAD

A load is placed on the steering system by the propellertorque, and/or water flowing past the rudder. The steer-ing system is designed to normalize the effort required toturn the steering wheel throughout the average operatingspeed range and general rudder position. This is an ad-vantage when the boat is on plane. This can be some-what of a disadvantage at lower speeds in that the steer-ing effort is not reduced to a level where it can be wheeled“lock to lock” without a concentrated turning effort.

Steering effort can vary significantly with engineacceleration, steering angle, trim angle, and seacondition. Be prepared for additional steeringloads at all times.

G - 3 RUDDER

The 378’s dual v-drives have two rudders. These arecoupled together at the tiller arms by a tie bar. The rud-ders are toed-in at the front to provide maximum stabilityon straight ahead runs and proper tracking through cor-ners. Rudder alignment is preset at the Four Winnsfactory. Further alignment adjustments should not benecessary unless the rudder or steering system incursdamage. See Figures G2, G3, & G4.

Section GPage 3


™378

G - 5 PROPELLER TORQUE

The propeller rotation of a single engine installation willexert a directional force on the steering system. Thiscan cause the steering to be harder in one direction thanthe other, and is call propeller torque.

Propeller torque can also cause the boat to wander (notfollow a straight line) when operated at low speeds. Thiscondition is normal and can be corrected only by increas-ing engine rpm. Wind, water currents and play in steer-ing components can cause equivalent effects.

G - 6 STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

A periodic inspection of the helm pump and reservoir,hydraulic hoses, the hydraulic cylinder, tie bar assem-bly, bearing, seals, rudder angle sender and rudder shouldbe made. See Figures G4 - G6. Signs of corrosion,cracking, loosening of fastenings, excessive wear, or de-terioration should be immediately corrected. Failure todo so could lead to steering system failure and corre-sponding loss of control.

The helm should be so adjusted that the steering wheelis centered with the rudders in the straight ahead posi-tion. There should be an equal number of turns to portand starboard from the straight ahead position. If adjust-ment becomes necessary, see your Four Winns dealer.

All cables, helm assemblies, and steering connectionsshould be periodically lubricated with a light, waterproofgrease or as indicated in the manufacturers informationprovided in the owner’s packet.

Inboard boats should also be inspected for leakage aroundthe rudder port seal. The packing nut(s) should be tightenough to prevent leakage, yet loose enough so exces-sive drag is not placed on the rudder shafts. Hard steer-ing could otherwise result. If the leakage cannot be stoppedwithout exerting excessive drag on the rudder shaft, re-placement of the seal is required.

To prevent water from entering into the boat, al-ways be sure the lock nuts are tightened securelyto prevent the packing nuts from loosening.

Hydraulic steering systems must periodically have all airpurged from the system. Review the information providedby the hydraulic steering manufacturer for proper specifi-cations and details on system service and maintenance.

Section GPage 4


™378

Figure G4: Hydraulic Steering Parts Breakdown

040-0523 RUDDER, 378V (2 EA)

Section GPage 5


™378

Figure G5: 378V Inboard Propulsion System

*NOT SHOWN

Section GPage 6


™378

Figure G6: Tie Bar 47 1/4” Tiller Arm Assembly

Section HPage 1


™378

Figure H1: Battery Switch Location

A. Installation

Connect each of the red (positive) battery cables lead-ing from the battery selector switch to the positive(+) terminal on each of the batteries. Refer to FigureH2.

NOTICEBe sure all three cables are installed on the posi-tive (+) battery terminals.

2. Connect each of the black (negative) battery cableleading to the engine block to the negative (-) bat-tery terminal on each of the four batteries.

Figure H2: Battery Location

H - 1 GENERAL

All electrical equipment on the Four Winns Vista® mod-els operates on either 12 volts DC or 120 volts (220 voltson 50 Hertz models) AC electrical power. A quadruple (4)battery system along with dockside power (including bat-tery charger) is standard on the 378 Vista™. One bat-tery is designated for the port engine, one is for the star-board engine and two batteries are designated for theships systems. Batteries are located in the enginecompartment. See Figure H2.

DO NOT tamper with any electrical connection,panel or harness, or attempt installation of anyelectrical equipment unless thoroughly familiarwith the systems and experienced in makingsuch installations.

Circuit breakers are installed on the battery switch to pro-tect various system components. The SHIP SYSTEMSbreaker supplies power to all DC electrical componentsexcept the aft and forward bilge pumps, ignition, and in-strumentation. Additional breakers are located in thecabin circuit breaker panel. The circuit breakers and fusesare labeled for amperage and use.

H - 2 DUAL ENGINE - QUAD BATTERY SYSTEM

Two battery selector switches are installed on the bat-tery switch panel of a dual engine, quad battery system.Please note that only in an emergency start situationcan DC power be drawn from any one of the batteries.At any other time, DC power is drawn only from thedesignated battery(s). The battery switch panel is lo-cated inside the ship systems door, which is located atthe port cockpit bulkhead, near the stern. See FigureH1. Refer to the battery switch schematic in the backof the manual for wiring information.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

Battery Storage Cover

Ships System Door(Battery Switch & Breakers Inside)

Section HPage 2


™378

3. Starboard Engine Battery Switch:

“ON” - Turning the switch to position “ON” will use thestbd engine battery to power the stbd engine and 12 voltengine related equipment. The ships system batterieswill not be used for any engine or engine related equip-ment with only one exception - an emergency start situ-ation. The ships system battery will power all other 12Vequipment on the boat. The isolator will allow the en-gine alternator to fully charge all four batteries. “ON” isthe recommended switch position for normal boat op-eration.

4. Emergency Start Procedures

If one of the designated engine batteries fails to start itsrespective engine, place the “EMERGENCY START”switch to the “ON” position and attempt to start the en-gine. See the electrical schematic titled “378 Vista™Battery Switch Panel Assembly” at the end of thismanual. Current is drawn from the other batteries tostart the engine. Once engine has been started returnthe battery selector switch to the “ON” position. Onceback at port, be sure to have the failed engine batterychecked out for possible service or replacement.

C. Battery Charger

The battery charger is standard equipment and is locatedin engine compartment on the port side. The batterieswill be charged by the battery charger when the boat isconnected to dockside power.

Additional information on the battery charger can be foundin Section H-6B - 120 Volt AC Equipment in this manualand refer to the manufacturer’s literature included withthe owner’s packet.

H - 3 VOLTMETER

On the 378 Vista™, two voltmeters are installed in thedash panel to monitor the condition of the batteries whenthe ignition is on. When the voltage is checked duringengine or battery charger operation, the voltage of therespective battery will be indicated on the voltmeter. It iscommon to have a 12-14 volt reading when the enginesare running. It should be noted that located in the cabinpanel are voltmeters which monitor the “SHIPS SYS-TEMS” voltage. Additional information on voltmeters maybe found in the engine owner's manual.

B. Operation

Power to the engines and all 12 volt electrical equipmentis controlled at the battery selector panel. On the 378Vista™ model, separate breakers are provided on thebattery selector switch panel to protect the windlass, for-ward and aft bilge pump, battery charger outputs, andship systems.

1. Battery Selector Switch

The battery selector switch positions for the 378 Vista™are as follows:

“OFF” - With the battery selector switches in the “OFF”position and the “SHIPS SYSTEMS” circuit breaker inthe “off” position, all 12 volt power to the boat is shut offexcept to the automatic bilge pumps. Always turn thebattery selector switch to the “OFF” position when theboat is unattended for an extended period.

NOTICETwelve volt power to the cabin panel is suppliedby the “SHIPS SYSTEMS” circuit breaker on thebattery selector panel. This must be turned onto operate any 12 volt accessories on the cabinpanel. The bilge pumps receive power from theships system battery and remain on at all timeregardless of battery selector or ship systemsswitch positions.

NOTICEDO NOT turn the battery selector switch to the“OFF” position while its corresponding engine isrunning. Alternator and wiring damage could re-sult.

2. Port Engine Battery Switch:

“ON” - Turning the switch to position “ON” will use theport engine battery to power the port engine and 12 voltengine related equipment. The ships system batterywill not be used for any engine or engine related equip-ment with only one exception - an emergency start situ-ation. The ships system battery will power all other 12Vequipment on the boat. The isolator will allow the en-gine alternator to fully charge all four batteries. “ON” isthe recommended switch position for normal boat op-eration.

Section HPage 3


™378

H - 4 12 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Helm Equipment

Ignition systems and gauges are protected by circuitbreakers at the helm, near the ignition key on all Vista™models. Equipment switched “ON” at the helm is pro-tected by circuit breakers in the cabin’s AC/DC panel.

NOTICEOn the 378 Vista™, a separate SYSTEMSbreaker on the battery switch panel can be usedto shut down all DC equipment (except bilgepump) on the cabin panel.

To assist you, we have listed below descriptions of indi-vidual switches and their uses:

To prevent electrical problems, use only replace-ment fuses or breakers that are of equal rating tothe originals.

Accessory - Accessory equipment that is customer ordealer installed. This circuit is wired to a circuit breakerin the 378. For additional information on adding acces-sories, refer to Section H-4B.

Aft Bilge Pump - The AFT BILGE PUMP switch is usedto manually activate the bilge pump in the engine compart-ment. The bilge pump is used to remove water from thebilge (bottom of the hull) area of the boat by pumping thatwater overboard. The aft bilge pump is equipped with anautomatic bilge switch and will operate whenever bilgewater rises to a level that will cause the float to moveupward.

This automatic bilge pump is active even if the batteryselector switch is in the OFF position. The automaticbilge pump circuitry is connected directly to the batter-ies. When leaving your boat unattended for an extendedperiod, check the charge on the battery(s) periodically.Also check the water level in the bilge and make sure thefloat switch is functional.

If the automatic bilge pump must be disabled, discon-nect the wiring plug near the bilge pump.

Arch Light - The ARCH LIGHTS switch is used to acti-vate the radar arch lights.

Blower - The BLOWER switch is used to activate thebilge blower. The bilge blower is used to remove any gasvapors that may have accumulated in the bilge or engineareas.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting in injuryor death. Before starting the engine and/or gen-erator, check engine compartment bilge forgasoline or vapors. Operate blower for four min-utes, and verify blower operation. ALWAYS runthe blower when the vessel is operating belowcruising speed.

Cockpit Lights - The COCKPIT LIGHTS switch is used toactivate the cockpit (courtesy) lights.

Emergency Start - Allows for an engine to draw currentfrom the other batteries should the engine battery betoo low to start the engine.

Engine Hatch - The ENGINE HATCH switch is used toraise and lower the engine lid by activating a linear screwjack. Pressing the upper portion of the switch marked“UP” allows the engine lid to be raised. Pressing thelower portion of switch marked “DOWN” lowers the en-gine lid.

Engine Room Lights - The ENGINE ROOM LIGHTSswitch is used to activate the lights in the engine roomcompartment.

Fuel Tank Control - The FUEL TANK CONTROL switchallows you to select which fuel tank you want to drawfuel from. Pressing the upper portion of the switchmarked “PORT FUEL TANK” allows fuel to be drawnfrom the port fuel tank. Pressing the lower portion ofswitch, marked “STBD FUEL TANK”, draws fuel fromthe starboard fuel tank. Placing the fuel tank controlswitch in the center position allows for the fuel to bedrawn from both tanks simultaneously. When ignitionis placed in “OFF” position fuel is no longer drawn fromthe tanks. Please refer to Section I - Fuel Systems formore information regarding fuel systems and the fueltank selector panel (if applicable).

Horn - To sound the horn, press the HORN switch.

12 Volt DC Receptacles - Permits the use of additional12 volt equipment such as a cell phone. Using the ap-propriate adaptor, the equipment draws power from theboat’s batteries.

Section HPage 4


™378

Instrument Lights - On the 378, the INSTRUMENT LIGHTSswitch is used to activate the instrument lights on thedash. It has a two position switch that provides brightand dim lights.

Navigation & Anchor Lights - Moving the NAV/ANCHORLIGHTS switch towards the NAV position activates thebow lights and the all-around light. Move the switch to theANC position to activate the all-around light. The centerswitch position is OFF.

Platform Lights - The PLATFORM LIGHTS switch is usedto activate the swim platform lights.

Trim Tabs - The boat is equipped with electric-hydraulictrim tabs, the trim tabs are controlled by the TRIM TABswitches. Refer to Section E-7 - Trim Tabs for more infor-mation.

Windlass - The WINDLASS switch activates the wind-lass. Refer to the Section M-12 in this manual and themanufacturer’s literature for additional information.

Wipers - The WIPERS switch activates the windshieldwipers. The wipers will self park to port.

B. Installation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment

Accessories may be added to the boat by wiring directlyto the cabin panel. Non-factory installed 12 volt acces-sory equipment can be connected to the “ACC” switch onthe dash.

Be sure to provide proper fuse or circuit breakerprotection for all 12 volt equipment that is installed.DO NOT overload the accessory circuitry by in-stalling too much additional 12 volt equipment.

C. Interior Equipment

Cabin equipment is protected by the 12 volt DC cabinpanel on the 378 Vista™. Cabin equipment information islisted as follows:

CO Monitor - The CO monitors are protected by a circuitbreaker in the cabin panel.

Cabin Lights - To turn the overhead lights on, use thecorresponding ON/OFF switch located on cabin lightspanel or V-berth switch panel to activate the desired light-ing.

Forward Bilge Pump - The forward bilge compartmentcan be activated manually by the FWD BILGE breakerswitch.

Any water from the stringers or from other sources withinthe cabin will drain into the forward bilge compartment.The pump is equipped with an automatic float switchand will operate whenever bilge water rises to a level thatwill cause the float to move upward. The water will bepumped overboard.

Head Compartment Vent/Blower - A blower is installedin the head compartment. A separate ON-OFF switch isprovided in the head compartment. The head blower isprotected by a circuit breaker on the cabin DC panel.

Pressurized Water - A pressure water pump deliverswater to the faucets, shower, and transom washdown.The pressure water pump will operate automatically aslong as the FRESH WATER breaker is ON in the 378Vista™.

Turn the FRESH WATER switch OFF when the watertank becomes empty, or when water will not be requiredfor an extended period. The 378 comes standard withtank monitoring systems to check water levels. Referto Section J-1 and J-2 in this manual for additional infor-mation.

Refrigerators - Circuit breakers are provided on the DCcabin panel. The refrigerators have a separate ON-OFFswitch. Refer to Section L-1C in this manual and to themanufacturer’s literature for additional information.

Stereo - The stereo has a separate switch on the unitand is protected by a circuit breaker labeled STEREO/AMPLIFIER on the 12 volt cabin panel of the 378.

Sump Pump - A sump pump is used to discharge waterfrom the shower and sink drains overboard. It is installedon all Vista™ models. The sump pump has a floatswitch which will activate the pump when the water levelrises in the sump. This pump is protected by the SUMPcircuit breaker located in the 12 volt cabin panel.

If the boat is equipped with a grey water system, thewater from the shower and sinks is pumped into a hold-ing tank instead of overboard.

Section HPage 5


™378

Figure H3: Shore Power Tub

Figure H4: Additional Main Circuit Breakers forDockside Power (located under Stbd Aft Seat)

H - 6 DOCKSIDE OPERATION

If any abnormalities appear during dockside op-eration, DISCONNECT the system immediatelyto prevent electric shock hazards! Have the boat’selectrical system and the shoreside receptacleschecked as soon as possible.

H - 5 120 (220) VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The boat is equipped with 30 amp, 120 volt, 60 Hertz (or15 amp, 220 volt, 50 Hertz) AC electrical wiring. Whenthe boat is connected to a shore power outlet, the ACsystem supplies electrical power to the following items:battery charger, refrigerator, water heater, range, micro-wave, icemaker, and outlets. The air conditioner has itsown dockside power plug. The dockside system usesthree-wire, color-coded circuitry. The black or hot wire isthe ungrounded current carrying conductor. The white orneutral wire is the grounded current carrying conductor.The green wire, referred to as the “equipment ground,” isa grounded conductor, and under normal conditions isnot a current carrying wire. The neutral wires are con-nected together at a buss bar. The equipment groundsare similarly connected together at another buss bar. Eachhot wire is connected to, and protected by, a circuit breakerin the AC distribution box located at the top section ofthe AC/DC main panel

The distribution box houses the system circuit breakers.The standard dockside system has a main circuit breakerwhich protects the overall distribution network. The 378’sdockside inlets are in the aft shore power tub. SeeFigure H3. The 378 has a MAIN circuit breaker locatedunderneath the starboard cockpit aft seat which mustbe in the “ON” position in order to indicate a reversepolarity situation. See Figure H4. Also, a second setof MAIN circuit breakers are located on the AC cabinpanel. Both MAIN breakers must be turned “ON” for ACsystem operation. The MAIN circuit breaker protectsboth the hot and neutral input leads. This breaker issensitive. The resulting power surge which occurs whenconnecting the shore power cord may cause the MAINbreaker to trip. To avoid this power spike, ensure theMAIN breaker at the AC cabin panel is turned off beforeplugging in the shore power cord. Securely connect thepower inlet of the boat and the shore power receptacle.Once the shore power is securely connected, turn theMAIN breaker on. If the connection is broken and laterre-secured, the circuit breaker may trip. Connectionsmust be secure for uninterrupted dockside service.

Transom Shower

Transom Shower Mixer Shore Water Hose

Dockside Inlets TV/Phone

Section HPage 6


™378

NOTICEAlways disconnect the shore power cord fromthe dockside first before disconnecting from theboat.

B. 120 Volt AC Equipment

All 12 volt equipment is isolated from the 120 volt ACsystem (except the refrigerator which is dual voltage).Appropriately labeled circuit breakers protect all AC sys-tems on the boat. The receptacles can be used for 120volt (220 volts on 50 Hertz models) household appliances.Refer to the Table I: Electrical Equipment for informationon appliances and other equipment.

Battery Charger - The battery charger AC input is con-trolled by a circuit breaker on the AC electrical panel inthe cabin labeled BATTERY CHARGER

Refrigerator - The REFRIGERATOR circuit breaker mustbe on to operate with 120 voltage. If this breaker is off,the refrigerator will automatically operate on the 12 voltsystem. This can deplete the ships systems batteries.Excessive drain on the battery may cause irreparablebattery damage. The refrigerator will automatically oper-ate on 120 volts when provided. Refer to Section L-1C -Galley Equipment in this manual for more information.

Water Heater - The WATER HEATER circuit breaker sup-plies 120 VAC power to the water heater. Refer to Sec-tion J-2C - Water Heating Systems in this manual formore information.

NOTICEDO NOT supply electrical power to an emptywater heater. Activate the FRESH WATER cir-cuit breaker and switch to start the water pumpand prime the system. Be sure there is ad-equate water in the system before turning onthe water heater. Failure to comply will result inimmediate damage to the heater element.

Electric Stove - The RANGE circuit breaker must be ac-tivated to supply 120 VAC power to the electric stove onall Vista™ models. Refer to Section L-1A - Galley Equip-ment in this manual for more information.

Microwave - The MICROWAVE breaker must be acti-vated to supply 120 VAC power to the microwave on allVista™ models.

A. Shore Power Connections

To prevent electric shock hazards, use only equ-ipment with approved three wire electrical plugconnections. Be sure each item being used hasbeen tested and is free of electrical shorts andground faults.

Fifty foot, ten gauge, three wire, shore power cords areprovided with dockside wiring. The shore power cords on60 Hertz systems have 30 amp twistlock-type connec-tors. This connector complies with the American Boatand Yacht Council (ABYC) standards.

Some marinas are not equipped with approved twistlock-type receptacles. An adaptor is available from Four Winnswhich converts the twistlock shore plug to a three wiregrounded household type plug. Use only an approvedadaptor when an adaptor is necessary.

DO NOT use a two-wire adaptor to connect to athree-wire system. These adapters do not pro-vide adequate grounding.

Shore power connection procedure is as follows:

1. Turn off the boat’s main breaker switches at the ACpanel off before connecting or disconnecting the shorepower cord(s). Ensure the main breakers locatedunderneath the stbd cockpit aft seat are on.

2. Connect shore power cord(s) at the boat first, thenconnect it to dockside shore power outlet(s).

NOTICEAlways connect the cord to the power inlet recep-tacle of the boat before making connections tothe shore power source.

3. Check for reversed polarity prior to turning on the mainshore power breaker switches. If the reversed polar-ity light is activated, immediately disconnect the shorepower cord(s). See Section H-6C - Reverse PolarityIndicator.

4. To disconnect shore power, turn off the main breakerswitch on the AC electrical panel and disconnect thepower cord(s) from the shore power docksidereceptacle(s) first. Then, disconnect the cord(s) fromthe boat.

Section HPage 7


™378

Icemaker - The ICEMAKER breaker must be ON to sup-ply 120 VAC power to the icemaker. The icemaker isstandard on the 378 Vista™.

Receptacles - The OUTLET circuit breakers supply powerto the corresponding receptacles in the AC system.

Air Conditioner - The AIR CONDITIONER (AC SYSTEM2) circuit consist of two of MAIN circuit breakers whichallow power to flow to the air conditioner. Both breakersmust be in the ON position for air conditioner operationwhen using dockside power. Dual Dockside is installedon the 378 which allows independent power to be sup-plied to the air conditioner. Refer to Section L-4 - AirConditioning in this manual for more information.

Most receptacle circuits are capable of handling 15 am-peres. Refer to Table I for a list of equipment and theelectrical currents usually required to operate these items.For 220 volt, 50 Hertz models, divide all of the currentratings below by 2. Usually, the power requirement isspecified on the electrical item. This is only an ap-proximation of the electric current usage normally experi-enced.

Table I: Electrical Equipment

EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL LOADS

Air Conditioners See motor load plate

Battery Chargers Up to 800 watts (7.3 amps)

Blankets (Electric) 50 to 200 watts (2 amps)

Coffee Makers 550 to 700 watts (6.3 amps)

Electrical Drills See motor load plate

Fans 25 to 75 watts (0.7 amps)

Fry Pan 1350 watts (12.3 amps)

Heater 1500 watts (13.7 amps)

Lights Wattage as marked

Television 1500 watts (10.5 amps)

Vacuum Cleaners See motor load plate

C. Reverse Polarity Indicator

Improper grounds or reversed polarity at shore power area source of serious electrical hazard. The reverse polar-ity light will indicate if a problem exists at the 120 ACelectrical system shore connection.If a problem exists, the reverse polarity indicator light willcome on when the shore power cable is attached to the

inlet. DO NOT activate the shore power breaker switchon the main AC panel when the Reverse Polarity light ison.

ALWAYS check the reverse polarity indicatorlight in the AC distribution panel immediatelyupon connecting the shore power cord before turn-ing on the AC SHORE POWER circuit breaker.If the light is on, a problem with a reversed elec-trical connection exists. Disconnect the shorepower cord immediately. Notify the marina andhave the dock’s shore power connection inspect-ed.

Under proper operating conditions, the reverse polarityindicator light will not be on. A green light is provided forthe shore power and will be ON when dockside power isconnected.

NOTICESome marina shore power systems may be im-properly grounded to retard electrolysis (see Sec-tion H-9 - Stray Current Corrosion). Before us-ing any 120 volt equipment, make sure the re-verse polarity light does not activate when con-necting the cord to the inlet.

D. Ground Fault Current Interrupters (GFCI)

The ground fault current interrupter (GFCI) is a devicewhich protects against hazardous electrical shock fromimproper ground. An appliance electrical cord with worninsulation or damp equipment may have stray currentwhich will run through electrical grounds. Stray currentas above will result in an electrical shock.

One GFCI receptacle will protect all of the receptacles onthe circuit. A GFCI may be used as a receptacle as wellas an interrupter.

To test:

Push the black test button and the red reset button shouldpop out from the inner surface. The receptacle and thecircuit are now off.

Push the reset button in until it clicks to reset it. If it doesnot reset, there is either a short in the circuit or the equip-ment being used, or a ground fault in the equipment.Unplug all appliances and reset the GFCI. One at a time,plug the equipment back in and turn it on. The item that

Section HPage 8


™378

Generator exhaust contains carbon monoxide.Review information regarding carbon monoxideat Section B-2 - Carbon Monoxide and SectionE-2 - Engine Exhaust.

Periodic generator maintenance as outlined in the gen-erator owner’s manual is necessary. Refer to themanufacturer’s literature for more information.

H - 8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

A. Battery Maintenance

Be sure to keep the batteries charged. Also, keep thebatteries clean, especially the terminals and connectionlugs. Be sure the batteries are fastened securely while inuse.

Check the battery fluid level often, especially when an ACcharger/converter is being used. Replenish a battery in-dicating a low charge. Determine the reason for the dis-charge. Lack of battery usage is as detrimental to bat-tery longevity as is overuse. Alternating battery usage isimportant. Refer to the battery manufacturer’s instruc-tions included with your battery.

Batteries produce hydrogen and oxygen gaseswhen being charged. These explosive gasesescape through the vent/fill caps and may forman explosive atmosphere around the battery ifthe ventilation is poor. This gas may remainaround the battery for several hours after charg-ing. Sparks or flames can ignite the gas andcause an explosion.

Fire or Explosion Hazard!Only qualified personnel should install batter-ies and perform electrical system maintenance.Do not expose batteries to open flame or sparks.Do not smoke near batteries.

causes the GFCI to trip is the problem item and shouldnot be used.

H - 7 GENERATOR

A generator is standard on the 378 Vista™. It provides120 Volt (220V) AC power when the boat is away from thedock. The generator can be operated while running at orbelow cruising speed. The generator should not be oper-ated when the boat is being run at high speeds. Aninsufficient supply of water for generator coolingmay occur due to the boat’s high rate of speed.

A generator factory installed by Four Winns is capable ofproviding sufficient power for most electrical needs includ-ing cooking, refrigeration, and air conditioning. It is pos-sible to overload the generator by trying to operatetoo much equipment at one time. The circuit breakerthat protects the output circuits on the generator set willtrip should that occur. See the generator manufacturersinformation for specifications and additional details.

If you wish to use dockside power, be sure the generatoris off, connect the shore power cords as explained inSection H-6A, and turn on the shore power breakers onthe AC cabin panel and underneath the stbd stern seat.

If you wish to use generator power follow the steps be-low:

1. Be sure the shore power cord(s) are disconnected.

2. Check the bilge for fumes, operate the blower for atleast 4 minutes, and verify blower operation. A blowerstart switch is located on the main AC/DC cabinpanel.

3. Start the generator using the remote generator startswitch located on the main AC/DC cabin panel.

4. Turn on the generator’s main breakers located in theAC cabin panel.

Be sure to operate the bilge blower for at leastfour (4) minutes before starting engine or gen-erator, or whenever operating the engine(s) atidle speed. Check the bilge blower output be-fore each use.

Section HPage 9


™378

Poison!Sulfuric acid in batteries can cause severe burns.Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. Weargoggles, rubber gloves and protective apronwhen working with batteries. In case of skincontact, flush with water at least 15 minutes. Ifswallowed, drink large quantities of water ormilk. Follow with Milk of Magnesia, beaten eggor vegetable oil. Get medical attention immedi-ately.

Disconnect the battery before working on elec-trical or ignition system to prevent electricalshock and accidental ignition.

B. Electrical Wiring Maintenance

Periodically, inspect all wiring for nicks, chaffing, embrittle-ment, improper support, etc. Examine the shore powercord closely for insulation cracks and corrosion in theelectrical devices. Spraying the receptacles and electri-cal connections with an electrical connection cleaner willreduce corrosion and improve electrical continuity.

DO NOT allow corrosion to build up on connec-tions. Shorts or ground faults can result.

The entire 120 (220) volt circuitry, especially the shorepower cord, should be seasonally tested for proper conti-nuity by an experienced marine electrician. This will helpdetect any short, open wire, or ground fault. Also, checkthe polarity indicator system for proper operation.

120 (220) volt AC electrical power can be danger-ous. DO NOT attempt to service a system un-less you are qualified with, and experienced in,performing such service.

H - 9 STRAY CURRENT CORROSION

A. General

Electrically induced underwater corrosion occasionallyaffects boats and their related components. This is re-ferred to as “Stray Current Corrosion” and appears as metal

surface pitting or deterioration. Stray current corrosion isthe decomposition of chemical compounds by electriccurrent.

Stray current corrosion can be caused by surroundingboats in close proximity which have electrical power leak-ages or an improperly wired battery/charger installation.

Periodically inspect the engine components and sacrifi-cial anodes to determine if corrosion damage exists. Ifstray current corrosion damage is found, determine andcorrect the cause of the stray current to prevent furtherdamage. Consult an experienced marine electrician orcontact your Four Winns dealer for assistance.

The use of some shore power battery chargers, while theboat is in the water and the battery is connected to theelectrical system, can cause stray current corrosion.Have an experienced marine electrician review any bat-tery charger installation to ensure a stray current corro-sion problem will not develop. An improper battery chargerconnection is a common cause of stray current corro-sion.

NOTICEUse only a battery charger designed to meetU.S. Coast Guard regulations for external igni-tion protection.

Corrosion is usually more prevalent in polluted or saltwater than in clean water. It is also more likely to occurwhen dockage is in an area with steel piers, large metalboats, or where shore power is in use.

B. Galvanic Corrosion

Galvanic corrosion results from a potential electrical dif-ference existing between dissimilar metals immersed ina conductive solution (e.g., salt or brackish water). Ifthese metals touch or are otherwise electrically con-nected, this potential difference produces an electron flowbetween them. The attack on the more active metal isusually increased and the attack on the less active metalis decreased, as compared to when these metals arenot touching.

Section HPage 10


™378

C. Corrosion Prevention

Anticorrosion anodes are attached to the transom andpropeller shafts to prevent corrosion to your electricalsystems and underwater parts. These anodes will slowlyerode away by galvanic action and require periodic in-spection. Please refer to the section on “Anti-CorrosionAnodes” in your engine manufacturer’s manual for addi-tional information. See Figure H5.

Figure H5: Transom & Shaft Anodes

ShaftAnode

TransomAnode

Section IPage 1


™378

fuel tank valve. The red light on the top portion of theswitch will be lit to notify you of activation. Fuel will bedrawn from the port fuel tank to run the engines and/orthe generator.

Pressing the bottom portion of the switch, marked“STBD FUEL TANK”, opens the starboard fuel tankvalve and allows fuel to be drawn for both engines and/or generator. The red light on the bottom portion of theswitch will be lit.

Placing the fuel tank control switch in the center posi-tion allows for the fuel to be drawn from both tankssimultaneously. When the boat ignition switches areplaced in the “OFF” position (“powered down”) the fuelpumps no longer pump fuel to the engines and/or gen-erator.

Figure I2: 378V Fuel Tank Selector Panel

For earlier 378 Vista™ models equipped with a fuel tankselector panel, manually turn the indicator lever to thedesired position. Depending upon where the indicatorlever is positioned will determine which valve(s) isopened or closed and from which fuel tank(s) your en-gine and/or generator draws fuel from.

B. System Testing

All gasoline fuel systems have been factory inspectedand pressure tested in accordance with regulations ineffect at the time of manufacture. Additionally, each fueltank must pass rigid tests and inspections performed bythe fuel tank manufacturer.

I - 1 GASOLINE FUEL SYSTEMS

Gasoline fuel systems used in Four Winns® boats aredesigned to meet or exceed the requirements of the U.S.Coast Guard, the National Marine Manufacturers Asso-ciation, and the American Boat and Yacht Council in ef-fect at the time of manufacture.

NOTICEUse only clean, dry fuel of the type and graderecommended by the engine manufacturer. Theuse of incorrect or contaminated fuel can causeengine malfunction and serious damage. En-gine damage resulting from the use of a loweroctane gasoline is considered misuse of the en-gine and will void the engine warranty. Refer tothe section on gasoline requirements in the en-gine manual for information on octane specifi-cations.

The port and starboard fuel tanks are located forwardof the respective engines. See Figure I1 and the loca-tor drawing at the back of this manual. The capacity ofeach fuel tank is 150 gallons. The 378 Vista™ isequipped with a fuel tank control switch at the helmwhich in turn operates the fuel valves for the tanks.Earlier 378 Vista™ models were equipped with a manualfuel tank selector panel. See Figure I2. Each systemallows you to choose which fuel tank(s) you want yourengines and/or your generator to draw from.

A. Fuel Tank Selector Switch & Fuel TankSelector Panel Operation

By pressing the top portion of the fuel tank controlswitch, marked “PORT FUEL TANK”, opens the port

FUEL SYSTEMS

Port Fuel Tank

Starboard Fuel Tank

Figure I1: 378V Fuel Tank Locations

Utility Hatch (In Front of Engine Lid)

Section IPage 2


™378

Periodically, inspect the vent for any dirt, wax, etc. Care-fully remove any obstruction with a pipe cleaner or simi-lar device. Be sure not to puncture the screen. Thevents are designed to keep insects and foreign matterfrom contaminating the fuel and fuel system. The stain-less steel cap is not removable.

E. Anti-Syphon Valves

The fuel withdrawal line is equipped with an anti-syphonvalve where the line attaches to the fuel tank. The valveprevents gasoline from syphoning out of the fuel tankshould a line rupture. See Figure I3 for anti-syphon lo-cation.

Figure I3: Fuel Tank Fittings

DO NOT remove the anti-syphon valve(s) fromthe system. Should the valves become clogged,clean and reinstall or replace.

The fuel withdrawal is positioned in the fuel tankto achieve optimum fuel usage, and fuel line rout-ing. At certain speeds and hull trim angles, thefuel supply at the withdrawal can increase ordecrease accordingly. Be extremely carefulwhen attempting to operate the boat on a mini-mum amount of fuel. Though some fuel may bein the tank, the relative trim angle of the boatmay cause the fuel to flow away from the with-drawal.

Prior to taking delivery, it is important that a full inspec-tion be made of the entire fuel system by the sellingdealer. An entry on the Four Winns Pre-Delivery Inspec-tion Form portion of the Warranty Registration Card willattest to the dealer’s performance of this service.

C. Fuel Fills

The fuel fill deck plates are located on the port and star-board rear decks and are marked “GAS”. Be sure toutilize the proper type and grade fuel. Refer to SectionI-3 for information regarding fueling instructions.

DO NOT confuse FUEL deck fill plate with WA-TER or WASTE deck plates. Deck fill platesare labeled according to the intended use.

The gasket/o-ring seals on the fuel fill cap assist in seal-ing when closed. A missing or damaged o-ring can al-low water on the surrounding surfaces to run into thetank.

Periodically inspect the cap and the fuel deck plate. Theo-ring seal should be inspected for cracks or damageand replaced as necessary. Lubricating with a light, wa-terproof oil or grease is recommended and can extendthe o-ring’s longevity.

D. Fuel Vents

The fuel tank is vented overboard. While the tank isbeing filled, the air displaced by the fuel escapes throughthe vent. When the tank is almost full, fuel will be ejectedfrom the fuel vent.

Spilled fuel is a fire and explosion hazard. DONOT overfill or overflow the tank, or allow fuelspills into the hull or bilge. If spillage occurs,clean up immediately and dispose of soiled rags/towels in a proper container.

NOTICEWhen fueling at a marina, DO NOT overfill. Fuelmay spill into the water.

After fueling, replace the fill cap, and wash the areasaround the fuel fill plate and below the fuel vent. Re-sidual fuel left on the deck and hull sides can be danger-ous, and will yellow the fiberglass. It will also damagethe tape stripes and logos.

Section IPage 3


™378

Figure I5: Effects of Trim Angle

It is very important to keep track of hours and fuel con-sumption to obtain an average gallon per hour consump-tion figure. This will prevent any problems with runningout of fuel on the water.

Dealers are equipped with some general figures on con-sumption which can be used as a guide until specificinformation on your boat is determined. Because of boat-ing conditions, speed, weight and other factors commonto your situation, fuel consumption will vary between yourboat and consumption figures developed by Four Winns.

When the fuel gauge begins to register below the “full”mark, the gauge readings will drop much faster until itreads “empty”. When this occurs, the trim angle hasaffected the sender reading. When the gauge registers“empty”, the sender has bottomed out and there may be3 to 4 gallons of fuel in the tank. See Figure I6.

H. Fuel Filters

Fuel filters are installed on each engine. Filters shouldbe cleaned or changed frequently to assure an adequatesupply of fuel to the engine. Refer to the engine manualfor additional information. The engine manual is includedin the owner’s information packet.

NOTICECanister-type filters should be changed annu-ally.

Figure I6: Trim Angle Effect with Low Fuel

NOTICEOn all Vista™ models, access to the anti-syphonvalve and fuel sender is by either an access plateor through the engine compartment.

F. Fuel Gauge

The fuel gauges indicate the amount of fuel in the fueltanks respectively. See Section E-8F - Fuel Gauge foradditional information on fuel gauge use.

NOTICEFuel gauges are not precision instruments. Thereading is relative, and should never be reliedupon as the sole indicator of fuel availability.

G. Fuel Sender

The fuel sender consists of a mechanical arm with floatwhich measures the fuel in the tank. The sender armadjusts with the amount of fuel in the tank and sends asignal to the fuel gauge. See Figure I4.

Figure I4: Fuel Sender Operation

Due to the mechanical nature of the fuel sender, varia-tions in readings during various speeds of operation mayoccur. This system is merely a relative indication of theavailable fuel supply and not a calibrated instrument.Relative adjustments can be made by your Four Winnsdealer by bending the fuel sender float arm.

The gauge readings will also vary with the trim angle ofthe boat. When sitting at a dock and the boat is nearlylevel, the fuel gauge will register accurately. Refer toFigure I4. When boating, the trim angle of the boatchanges and affects the gauge readings. Under theseconditions, the fuel sender will register “full” for the firstfew hours of running time until the fuel level drops belowthe 3/4 or 1/2 mark. This is caused by the angle of thefuel in the tank as shown in Figure I5.

Section IPage 4


™378

I. Gas Vapor Detector

A gas vapor detector is standard on 378 Vista™ model.The gas vapor detector will monitor the engine compart-ment and notify the operator of an accumulation of gaso-line vapors. The operator must take immediate actionupon warning to avoid the possibility of an explosion.

The sensing unit is usually mounted towards the rear ofthe engine compartment. The alarm unit is mounted atthe dash.

Always personally inspect the engine compart-ment and sniff for fuel vapors before starting theengine. Remember, a gas vapor detector is amechanical device. DO NOT rely exclusively onits operation.

J. Use and Maintenance

DO NOT let the odor of gasoline go unchecked.If the odor of gasoline is noted, DO NOT STARTENGINE. If engine is running, SHUT OFF EN-GINE, ELECTRICAL AND HEAT GENERATINGEQUIPMENT. Investigate and correct the situa-tion immediately! Have all passengers put onpersonal flotation devices and keep fire extin-guishers at hand until the situation is resolved.

Avoid serious injury or death from fire or explo-sion resulting from leaking fuel. Inspect sys-tem for leaks at least once a year.

If areas are found within the fuel system that appear ques-tionable, have a qualified marine technician inspect thesystem. A thorough fuel system examination should bemade by an experienced marine technician at least oncea year.

To help guard against damage to the fuel sys-tem, avoid the storage or handling of gear nearthe fuel lines, fittings and tanks.

I - 2 FUEL STANDARDS

Be cautious when using gasoline which contains alco-hol.

To conform to Federal Air Quality Standards, thepetroleum industry reduced the amount oftetraethyl lead in gasoline. Alcohol is beingblended with gasoline to help restore the oc-tane rating lost when the lead was removed.While blending alcohol with gasoline increasesthe octane level of the fuel, it can also createcertain safety and performance related problemsfor boaters.

A. Problems With Alcohol In Gasoline

Below is a list of problems which may be experiencedwhen using blended gasoline.

1. Premature deterioration of fuel system componentsmay occur. Alcohol will attack rubber fuel hoses,fuel tanks, fuel filters, fuel pumps and rubber gas-kets. This deterioration will lead to fuel system leak-age.

2. Phase separation of fuel will cause contamination.Water which accumulates in the tank through con-tamination or condensation will be absorbed by thealcohol. This water-heavy alcohol will settle at thebottom of the tank. This phase separation will leadto fuel tank corrosion. This may also result in a leanmixture to the carburetor and cause engine stallingor possible engine damage.

The use of alcohol additives in gasoline has becomemore widespread. Regulations on public notification ofthe existence of additives is currently controlled by theEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA). Some statesdo require that gasoline pumps display information onadditives (especially alcohol). If alcohol content is notposted, ask and avoid using fuel containing alcohol ifpossible.

B. Recommendations

Assume blended gasoline is being used and follow theserecommendations below.

1. Inspect fuel hoses often. A deteriorated hose con-taining alcohol blended gasoline will normally be softand swollen. A deteriorating hose containing no fuel

Section IPage 5


™378

4. During fueling:

Keep the fill nozzle in contact with the fuel openingat all times to guard against possible static spark.See Figure I7.

Spilled fuel is a fire and explosion hazard. DONOT overflow the tank or allow fuel spills intothe hull or bilges. Avoid overboard spills. Visu-ally monitor the fuel vent located on either thetransom or side of the hull. When the tank isfull, fuel will flow from the fuel vent.

5. After fueling:

a. Replace all fill caps securely.

b. Wipe up any spilled fuel.

c. Open all ports, windows, doors and hatches.

d. Determine that there is no odor of gasoline inthe engine compartment or below decks beforestarting machinery, turning on lights or lightingstove. Operate the bilge blower system for atleast four (4) minutes before engine start-up.

e. Be prepared to cast off moorings as soon asengines are started.

will normally be hard and brittle. In both cases thehose should be replaced.

2. Ventilate the engine compartment before starting theengine(s). Operate the engine compartment blowerfor four (4) minutes. Then, prior to starting theengine(s), check the bilge area for the scent of gaso-line fumes; DO NOT start the engines if the odor ofgasoline is detected.

3. Frequently inspect the fuel system fittings. Inspectthe fuel tank, pump and filter for signs of leaks orcorrosion. Visually inspect for deteriorating metalfittings at the fuel hose connections.

4. If areas are found within the fuel system that appearquestionable, have a qualified marine technician in-spect the system. Have those fuel system compo-nents that do not pass inspection replaced. A thor-ough fuel system examination should be made byan experienced marine technician at least once ayear.

I - 3 FUELING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Avoid fueling at night except in emergencies.

2. When moored at fueling pier:

a. Do not smoke, strike matches, or throwswitches.

b. Stop all engines, motors, fans, and devices thatcould produce sparks.

c. Put out all lights and galley stove.

d. Position the Battery Selector Switch to OFF.

3. Before starting to fuel:

a. Ensure that boat is moored securely.

b. Close all ports, windows, doors and hatches.

c. Be sure the proper type of grade of fuel as rec-ommended by your engine owner’s manual isused.

d. Determine how much additional fuel is requiredto avoid overflow.

(Nozzle in contact with fuel opening)

(Nozzle not in contact with fuel opening)

Figure I7: Grounding Fuel Hose

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual Section JPage 1

™378

The materials from which the components of the watersystem are made may give the water supply a peculiartaste, especially when new. This condition is normal andcan be reduced somewhat through the use of a waterfilter; such as that produced by PuriTec™ and Aqua-bon™. The taste will completely dissipate in time.

The fresh (potable) water system should be dis-infected prior to initial use.

The water system should be disinfected before first useand at the beginning of each season. The following infor-mation is a general guide to disinfecting the fresh watersystem.

1. Flush the boat’s water system thoroughly with freshwater. Make sure all nontoxic antifreeze is removedfrom the system.

2. The water system should be drained completely.

3. To disinfect the water system, use one gallon of wa-ter and 1/4 cup of Clorox™ or Purex™ householdbleach (5% sodium hypochlorite solution). This isrecommended for each 15 gallons of tank capacity.

4. Allow to stand for three (3) hours. If time is a factor,greater concentrations of chlorine solution will beneeded to disinfect the water system.

5. Drain the system.

6. Flush the system thoroughly with fresh water.

7. Fill the system with fresh water.

To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which mightremain in the system, prepare a solution of one quartvinegar to five gallons water and allow this solution toagitate in the tank for several days during boating. Thendrain tank and refill with fresh water.

All drains are equipped with traps, and the water will drainslowly. If the system is not operating properly, have itchecked by your authorized Four Winns dealer.

WATER AND WASTE SYSTEMS

Fresh WaterSupply Tank

Figure J1: 378 Vista™ Water Tank Location

Fresh Water Access Lid

Sender

Aft WaterTank Bracket

Forward WaterTank Bracket

J - 1 GENERAL

All Four Winns Vista™ models are equipped with a freshwater supply system. This system consists of a watersupply tank, water distribution lines and a distributionpump. The water fill deck plate for the fresh water sys-tem is located on the forward port deck. Always fill thetank slowly.

The water deck plate is appropriately labeled.DO NOT fill the system with anything other thanwater. Should the system become contaminatedwith fuel or other toxic solution, component re-placement may be necessary.

The water tank is equipped with an overboard vent. Main-tain a close visual watch on the overboard vent while fill-ing the water tank. Always fill the tank slowly. When thetank is almost full, water will spurt out of the vent.

NOTICEWhen filling the tank, never seal the hose to thedeck plate. The tank will become pressurizedand could rupture.

The capacity of the fresh water tank for the 378 Vista™is 66 gallons/249 liters. This model comes standardwith tank monitoring system, located in the head, tocheck water/waste level. The tank location is in thefloor of the main cabin. Access to the tank is gainedthrough an access in the cabin floor. See Figure J1.

Section JPage 2


™378

To obtain the most consistent mixture of hot and coldwater, turn the cold water on full, then mix in hot wateruntil the desired temperature is obtained. If water pumpcycling occurs, some minor variations in water tempera-ture can be expected.

Whenever the boat will be left unattended for an extendedperiod, the water pump switch should be turned to theOFF position. This switch should also be turned OFFwhenever the water tank is to remain empty for an extendedperiod of time.

C. Water Heating Systems

The water heater used on 378 Vista™ has a 20 galloncapacity. The water heater is installed center-aft, insidethe engine compartment. Refer to the locator drawing atthe back of the manual.

The water heater utilizes 120 volt (220 volt on 50 Hertzmodels) power. The water heater breaker switch is lo-cated on the cabin 120 Volt AC panel.

NOTICEDO NOT supply 120 volt power to an empty wa-ter heater. Damage to the heater will result im-mediately. The water system must be filled andprimed before attempting to use the water heater.

A water heater that incorporates a heat exchanger is stan-dard on the 378. The heat exchanger allows the enginecoolant to heat a portion of the fresh water supply whilethe engines are operating. This feature provides hot wa-ter at times when 120 volt power is not available. Addi-tional information on heat exchangers is covered in theengine and hot water heater manufacturers’ manuals.Please refer to Section H - Electrical Systems for addi-tional information.

D. Using The Shower

Turn on the faucets to desired temperature, remove theshower spout from its holder, move the diverter lever onthe shower head, and the shower is operational.

When using the shower, draw the shower door closedbefore using the shower. Damage to the finish can resultif surrounding walls and flooring are allowed to becomeexcessively wet. Thoroughly dry these areas after show-ering.

J - 2 PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

The water pump is an automatic, on-off, self-priming pumpthat can service several outlets at once. The pump willbuild up water pressure and will turn off when it reaches35 psi. It will generate 20 psi with the faucets open. Referto Figure J2.

Figure J2: Fresh Water Pump Location

A. Priming The System

After filling the water tank, open all faucets partially. Then,activate the FRESH WATER switch on the cabin AC/DCpanel to supply the system with water. Let the pump rununtil water comes out of the galley faucet, head faucetand transom shower.

After all the air has been purged from the system and asteady flow of water is coming from each outlet, turn offthe faucets one by one. Begin with the cold water fau-cets and continue until all faucets are shut off. As thepressure builds, the pump will automatically shut off at35 psi. Refer to Section H-4 - 12 Volt Electrical Equip-ment and the manufacturer’s literature included in theowner’s packet for additional information.

B. System Operation

When properly primed and activated, the pressurized watersystem can be used in the same manner as the watersystem in a home. An automatic pressure sensor in thewater pump keeps the system pressurized. Simply turnon the faucet and water will be delivered. If the systemhas been recently filled, or has not been used for an extend-ed period of time, air bubbles may accumulate at thepump. If this should happen, re-priming may be neces-sary.

ElbowStem Shut-Off Valve

Flojet Pumpw/ Connector

15MMElbow

CheckValve

1/2” BSPAdapter Elbow

1/2” FemaleAdapter

Shurflo InlineFilter

Flojet FittingKit


™378

NOTICECertain geographical areas have restrictions ongrey water being pumped or drained overboard.Be sure to check all local, state and federal lawsin the boating area.

J - 4 SHORE WATER CONNECTION

Shore water connection is standard on all Vista™ mod-els. This feature allows the direct connection of a city orshoreside water supply to the boat’s water system toprovide a constant supply of fresh water without the needto constantly refill the water supply tank. This minimizespressure pump operation thus extending the life span ofthe pump.

Dockside shore water pressure can vary dramatically.Excess pressure could damage the boat’s water systemso the shore connection also regulates the water pres-sure to a maximum of 35 psi.

To use shore water, connect the female inlet of the hosefrom the potable water hose reel to the shore water fau-cet and turn on the shore water. The water system of theboat will then be pressurized by city water if the systemwas previously primed. The female inlet of the shorewater hose is located in the shore power tub. See Fig-ure J3.

The water temperature can vary during showeruse as the pressure pump cycles on and off.For greatest consistency, turn the cold water onfull, then mix in hot water until the desired tem-perature is obtained.

A shower sump pump is incorporated into the drain sys-tem of the shower. The shower drains into the sumppump located in the floor, forward of the aft cabin. Thewater will be pumped overboard. If an optional grey wa-ter system is installed, the water will be pumped into thegrey water holding tank.

The sump pump includes an automatic bilge switch andis protected by a circuit breaker at the cabin panel. Thesump pump will automatically start as soon as the waterin the sump reaches a level that will cause the float onthe switch to rise.

After showering, let the water flow for a period of time toflush the pump of soap residue. Check the sump forexcess residue. When rinsed out, the pump will auto-matically shut off.

If water flow from the shower head appears to be restrict-ed, it may be due to sediment accumulating at the showerhead. If necessary, remove the head and clean the dis-charge holes with a fine wire.

Periodically check the sump pump screen for clogs toprevent drainage problems from occurring in the showerdrain. Refer to the manufacturer’s literature included inthe owner’s packet.

J - 3 GREY WATER SYSTEM

The grey water system is optional on 378 Vista™ mod-els. The water from the galley sink, head sink and show-er will drain into a sump and is pumped into a 30 gallon(114 liters) holding tank. The waste level indicator islocated in the head compartment. A pump-out fittinglabeled WASTE but designated for grey water is providedon the port deck, amidships. Refer to the locator draw-ing at the back of this manual for the locations of thepump-out fitting and grey water holding tank.

Figure J3: Shore Power Tub

Transom Shower

TransomShower Mixer

Shore Water Hose

Section JPage 4


™378

J - 6 HEADS

The various antipollution laws presently in effect havenecessitated the use and availability of a wide variety ofheads. The heads that have been factory installed inFour Winns® boats have been chosen to provide rea-sonable longevity and reliable service, at a realistic cost.Also, refer to the manufacturers literature included in theowner’s packet.

A. VacuFlush® Sanitation System

The 378 has the VacuFlush® sanitation system as astandard feature. The system eliminates the unpleas-ant sulfide odors which plague saltwater systems. Flushwater is no longer drawn through the through hull fit-tings, seacock and vented loop. It also extends the lifeof the system components by eliminating salt waterand impurities from accumulating in the system overtime.

The VacuFlush® toilet operates in a different way fromother marine toilets. VacuFlush® system uses a smallamount of water (a little more than a pint) per flush inaddition to a simple vacuum. The toilet is connected toa fresh water system. Fresh water is the key to anodor free bathroom compartment. VacuFlush® toiletsare equipped with an integrated vacuum breaker whichprevents the possible contamination of the potable/freshwater supply. See Figures J4 & J5 and refer to thedrawings at the end of this section. Also, refer to themanufacturers literature included in the owner’s packet.

Figure J4: VacuFlush Toilet

The water pump should be turned off when using city wa-ter. City water pressure varies from area to area. If thepump is ON and water pressure drops below 35 psi, thepump will activate to maintain pressure at 35 psi. It willdraw water out of tank and bypass city water.

If the pump is OFF, the pump will not function and thewater in the storage tank of the boat will not be utilized.

NOTICEAlways remember to disconnect the shore watersupply hose before leaving the dock.

Always turn off the shore water whenever the boatis left unattended. If a major water leak did occurand went undetected, the boat could fill with wa-ter and sink.

DO NOT alter or repair the pressurized water sys-tem or shore water connection without havingproper knowledge of the system. Damage to thewater system can occur.

See Section J-1 for general water system information andinstructions on filling the water tank. The water tank willnot be filled while connected to shore water.

J - 5 TRANSOM SHOWER

The transom shower is standard on the Four Winns 378Vista™ model. The shower unit is located on the star-board side of the transom near, inside the shore powertub. Refer to Figure J3 and to the locator drawing at theback of this manual.

The water supply system can be used for showering orwashing down the transom. As long as there is waterpressure, the shower faucet will operate. A transomshower mixer, below the transom shower handle, allowsone to select the temperature of the water.

Fresh water tank capacity is limited. Connect the boat toshore water before using large amounts of water as re-quired when washing down the boat.

Flush Lever


™378

B. Head With Overboard Discharge

This option is available on the 378 Vista™ model. Thehead operates the same as the VacuFlush system abovebut an additional line with a “Y” has been installed foroverboard discharge. The waste will be pumped into theholding tank from the head. The macerator pump is in-stalled after the “Y”. Refer to Figures J4 & J7.

Figure J7: Overboard Discharge Option

NOTICEThe macerator pump must be used to dischargewaste overboard. However, DO NOT use themacerator pump to discharge waste at a pump-ing station. If the hose is not air tight or connect-ed properly, waste could spurt out or leak aroundthe deck fitting and into the boat.

To operate the overboard discharge system:

1. The discharge valve is located in the engine compart-ment. To open, turn the valve so that the handle isparallel to the flow of the valve. The waste deck platecover must be tightened securely for the overboarddischarge system to operate.

2. Turn ON the macerator pump switch which is locatedin the head on the switch panel. Allow the pump torun until the storage tank is empty. The sound of thepump’s motor load and speed will change when thetank becomes empty.

3. Turn the switch off.

Figure J5: VacuFlush Vacuum Generatorand Holding Tank

To operate:

1. To add water to the toilet before using, raise flushlever until desired water level is reached. Gener-ally, more water is required only when flushing sol-ids. See Figure J6.

2. To flush toilet, press flush lever sharply down to thefloor until contents clear bowl. A sharp popping noiseis normal when the vacuum seal is broken and theflushing action begins. Be sure to hold lever downfor 3 seconds. If flush lever is accidentally releasedbefore waste clears bowl, do not attempt to flushtoilet again until vacuum pump stops running. Asmall amount of water should remain in the bowlafter flushing.

3. Do not dispose of sanitary napkins or other non-dissolving items in toilet, such as facial tissue orpaper towels. These items can cause plugging ofthe system. Refer to the Deodorants and SpecialTissue section in the manufacturer’s manual formore information.

Sanx Filter Vacuum

Generator

Figure J6: VacuFlush Operations

1. AddWater

2. Flush For 3 Seconds

3. Do Not

Lift Press

P-Trap Air Vent

Sanx Filter

WasteDeck Fill

Single “Y”

Seacock

Macerator

VacuFlush Holding Tank

Section JPage 6


™378

4. Turn the discharge valve handle to the closed posi-tion, and secure it. The thru-hull valve must be closedto prevent water from being forced back into the sys-tem.

NOTICEDischarging waste overboard is illegal in mostU.S. waters today. Discharge is limited to cer-tain coastal waters, a designated distance off-shore. Check with your local boating regulationsbefore proceeding with any discharge activities.

Some local regulations require overboard dis-charge systems be physically secured in a closedposition during use of the boat in waters designat-ed as ‘no discharge’ areas. Check with local boat-ing regulations. Refer to the manufacturer’s lit-erature for additional information.

C. Dockside Pump-Out

Waste can be removed from the holding tank by takingthe boat to a dockside waste pumping station. Most marinafueling facilities provide such services.

To pump out the holding tank:

1. Be sure the head has some water in the bowl.

2. Connect the dockside pump out connection to theWASTE plate located on the deck. Usually thedockside pump out connection will screw into the wastedeck plate or has a rubber sleeve that inserts into theplate and must be held in position during the pumpout operation.

3. Have the pumping station operator activate the pump-ing equipment. The waste will be drawn from the hold-ing tank and into the pumping station’s disposal tank.

4. Remove the pump out connection from the deck plate.Add at least 5 gallons of clean water to the holdingtank through the waste deck fitting using a docksidewater hose.

5. Repeat steps 2 & 3 above to pump out the water usedin 4 to flush the holding tank.

6. Add waste holding tank treatment chemical to thehead bowl. It is available from the dockside pumpingstation or can be obtained from your dealer. Flush atleast twice.

Be careful when handling and storing treatmentchemicals. Not only are they toxic, but theywill also stain and damage surrounding surface.

J - 7 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Information supplied with water and waste system compo-nents by the equipment manufacturers is included withthis manual. Refer to this literature for additional opera-tion and service information.

Be sure the batteries in the boat are properly charged.Operating the pressure pump from a battery with a lowcharge will result in pump cycling. This could lead topremature pump failure.

The decomposition of waste produces a color-less, odorless gas, methane, that is lighter thanair, combustible, and extremely lethal. Alwaysprovide sufficient ventilation when effecting re-pairs to the waste system and allow no odorfrom the waste system to go unresolved.

A. Clean Vents and Screens

Periodically, inspect the water tank vents and thru-hullvent fittings for any dirt, wax, etc. Carefully remove anyobstruction with a pipe cleaner or similar device. Besure not to puncture the screen. The stainless steelcap is not removable.

NOTICEFailure to keep the water tank vent fittings cleanwill cause excessive pressure buildup within thetank during filling. This can cause water tankdamage.

Periodically remove the filter screens from the faucet dis-charge spouts and shower head. Remove the accumula-tion of sediment from the screens. If necessary, cleanout the holes using a fine wire. A buildup of debris in thefaucet filter screens can create enough restriction to causethe pump to cycle on and off.

Check the in-line water filter/screen for sediment andblockage. It is located between the water tank and thepressure water pump. If obstructed, remove from thewater line and either clean or replace the part. The filterunit will twist apart.


™378

NOTICEThe hot water heater will require approximatelyfive gallons of antifreeze before the hot water lineswill have antifreeze running through them. Thecold water faucet should be turned OFF at somepoint to test for antifreeze in the hot water line.

3. Turn ON faucets (both hot and cold) one at a timeuntil undiluted antifreeze is seen. Make sure thetransom shower, head faucet and galley faucet haveantifreeze coming out, too.

4. Activate the shower sump pump and pour approxi-mately 1 quart of nontoxic antifreeze down the showerdrain. The shower sump will discharge some of theantifreeze overboard.

Use only nontoxic antifreeze solutions such asR.V. antifreeze. DO NOT use ethylene glycolsolutions; the type that is used in engine cool-ant systems. These are toxic.

NOTICEBe sure to wipe up any antifreeze that has beenspilled on the fiberglass shower surfaces.

C. Winterizing the Waste System

To winterize the waste holding tank, flush the tank withsoap, water and a deodorizer (e.g., Lysol Liquid). Emptythe tank and pour two (2) gallons (3 gallons if equippedwith overboard discharge) of R.V. antifreeze into the bowland flush.

If the boat is equipped with overboard discharge capabili-ties, follow the normal procedures above. Run the dis-charge pump only long enough until the antifreeze solu-tion is being pumped overboard.

For additional information, refer to the manufacturer’smanuals in the owner’s packet.

NOTICEThe instructions listed in this section provide aworking knowledge to winterize the water andwaste systems. However, to prevent possibledamage to components in your boat, Four Winnsrecommends having the boat winterized by yourFour Winns dealer.

Inspect and clean the shower sump every 30 days. Somewater will always be in the compartment. Sediment andother debris will buildup and affect the automatic bilgeswitch and pump operation. Remove the pump’s coverand clean the screen. The screen will become blockedand the pump will not operate properly. To clean the com-partment, use baking soda and a fine wire brush to re-move dirt and other debris. This will also serve to disin-fect the area.

B. Winterizing the Water System

Winter lay-up service procedures should include a thor-ough draining of the water system. Disconnect all ac-cessible fittings. Blow out all lines. Be sure the hotwater heater, fresh and grey water tanks, transom shower,pumps and lines are completely dry. Leave all faucetsopen. Freezing water can cause severe damage to allwater system components.

NOTICEAlways winterize the fresh water system prior towinterization of the hull drainage (bilge pump)system.

Draining the system as mentioned can be very tediousand an incomplete job can result in expensive repairs.The use of nontoxic antifreeze (such as R.V. antifreeze)designed for fresh water systems considerably reducesthe work necessary and is a more positive means ofwinterizing the system. Follow the directions includedwith the antifreeze solution.

To winterize:

1. Turn on the water pump and drain the water tank byopening a faucet (the pump will run faster when it isempty).

NOTICEBe sure the circuit breaker for the water heater in120 Volt AC panel is in the OFF position. Thewater heater will be damaged immediately bysupplying electrical power to an empty waterheater.

DO NOT run the water pump without water in thesystem. Pump damage will result. Be watchfuland turn the pump off as soon as the tank be-comes empty.

2. Add 15 gallons of R.V. antifreeze to the water tank.

Section KPage 1


™378

VENTILATION AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

K - 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VENTILATION

All Four Winns Vista™ models are equipped with enginecompartment ventilation. This system is designed to meetor exceed the requirements (in effect at the time of manu-facture) of the U.S. Coast Guard, the National MarineManufacturers Association, and the American Boat andYacht Council.

A. Gravity Ventilation System

This system includes air intake and exhaust components.The exhaust ducting reaches to the lower bilge area. Thisprovides adequate air movement while underway and dur-ing bilge blower operation.

B. Forced Air Ventilation

All Four Winns Vista™ models are equipped with an elec-tric bilge blower. The bilge blower provides the ventilationrequired prior to starting the engines and while at idle.See Section H - Electrical Systems for blower operationinstructions.

Before starting the engine(s) or generator, oper-ate the engine compartment bilge blower for four(4) minutes. Then check the engine compart-ment for gasoline vapors. ALWAYS operate thebilge blower while the engines are at idle or thegenerator is in use. Failure to comply couldcause explosion and thereby inflict serious in-jury or death.

Fumes can come from batteries while charging.A concentration of hydrogen fumes can be explo-sive under the right conditions. Ensure to followthe above warning.

NOTICEA gas vapor detector is a monitor which will alertthe operator of an accumulation of gasoline fumesin the engine compartment. It is standard onthe 378 Vista™. DO NOT rely solely on detec-tors or similar equipment. ALWAYS conduct aphysical inspection of the engine compartment.

C. Engine Ventilation System Maintenance

Periodic inspection and cleaning of the ventilation ductsis necessary to ensure adequate air circulation. A buildupof leaves, twigs, or other debris can severely reduce ven-tilation. Be sure bilge water does not accumulate to alevel that would obstruct the ventilation ducts.

Blower operation can be tested by placing a hand overthe vents. DO NOT rely on the sound of the blower. Besure a substantial amount of air is being exhausted bythe bilge blower. Check the bilge blower system often,preferably before each cruise.

K - 2 CABIN VENTILATION

All Vista™ cabins are equipped with deck hatches forventilation. The aft cabin window also opens to provideventilation. The cabin side windows (portlight) on the 378Vista™ may be opened to provide additional ventilation.

Failure to properly ventilate the boat while theengines or generator are operating may permitcarbon monoxide to accumulate inside of thecabin. Refer to Section E-2 - Engine Exhaustand Section B-2 - Carbon Monoxide for addition-al information.

Screens for the forward deck hatches are standard forthe 378 Vista™. The screens are removable and mustbe stored properly when not in use.

NOTICEBe sure deck hatches are secured while under-way. Damage to the hatch may result. Whennot in use store screens in a safe place to pre-vent damage.

K - 3 HULL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

A. Transom Drain

A transom drain with plug is provided in the engine com-partment to allow water drainage. When boat is out ofthe water, the boat and cradle should be positioned so

Section KPage 2


™378

other equipment could occur if water is allowed to freezein the bilge. Refer to the manufacturers literature includedin the owner’s packet for additional information.

C. Sump

A sump box is installed in the floor forward of the aftcabin. It is equipped with an automatic bilge switch andwill pump water overboard or into the grey water tank.Refer to Section J-2D on using the shower and for addi-tional information on sump pump operation.

D. Bilge Compartment Drainage

Certain bulkhead areas of Four Winns® boats are sealedin accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations effec-tive at the date of manufacture. Drainage is provided andwater can be removed with the bilge pump.

E. Cockpit Drainage

The 378 incorporates a fiberglass self-bailing cockpit. Thisfeature minimizes water entry to the bilge or engine com-partment areas by providing means for water to be drainedoverboard.

Periodically open all engine hatches and clean the aftbilge compartment. Be sure the drains, tubes and fit-tings are clean and free of leaves, dirt, or other debris.

any bilge water accumulation during dry storage will flowtowards the transom.

Be sure the drain plug is securely in place priorto launching the boat. Upon shipment of the boat,the drain plug is usually taped to the steeringwheel.

B. Bilge Pumps

Bilge pumps are provided in the bottom of the hull to re-move miscellaneous water accumulations that might oc-cur during normal boating or weather conditions. The aftbilge pump is controlled by the AFT BILGE PUMP switchon the helm upper switch panel (see Section H for a de-tailed description of the bilge pump switch).

The aft bilge pump is equipped with an automatic switchto control pump operation. As the water level rises, theautomatic float switch will activate the pump. A separatecircuit breaker is provided to supply power directly fromthe “SHIP SYSTEMS” battery(s) regardless of batteryselector switch position.

NOTICEWhile at rest, any bilge water accumulation mayflow forward. Therefore, operate the bilge pumpsshortly after getting underway and while the boatis at a substantial running angle. DO NOT allowbilge water to accumulate. Damage to the en-gine or other components may result.

When leaving the boat unattended for long periods of timeor during excessive rain storms, it is a good idea to checkon the boat for excessive water accumulation. Be surethe bilge pump and automatic float switch are operatingproperly. The operating time of the bilge pump will belimited to the battery capacity.

Periodically, clean the bilge pump strainers. DO NOTallow dirt and debris to clog the bilge pump intakes. Checkoperation of the bilge pump float switch often to ensuremovement of the switch is not restricted by debris, por-tions of the hull, etc.

Wipe up any oil accumulation in the bilge prior to activa-tion of the bilge pumps. Pumping oil overboard will pol-lute the water, and is subject to fine.

After winterization of the fresh water systems, be surethe bilge area, bilge pumps and associated hoses arethoroughly dry. Damage to the hull, bilge pumps and

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual Section LPage 1

™378

C. Refrigerator

A galley refrigerator is standard equipment. The refrig-erator is designed to operate efficiently on AC ShorePower (120 volt) or battery power (12 volt). The refrigera-tor will automatically transfer to 12 volt operation whendockside power is not available and the 12 volt refrigera-tor breaker is on.

A full range thermostat maintains the unit at the tem-perature you desire. Turning the control all the way tothe right (clockwise) will give you the coldest position,and turning to the left (counterclockwise) will give you awarmer temperature in the refrigerator. The control isalso an on/off switch and if you turn it to the “O” position(hard left) you turn off the refrigerator. A good setting tostart with is #2. See the manufacturer’s information in-cluded in the owner’s packet for additional information.

Care should be exercised while operating the refrigeratoron the 12 volt system. The refrigerator requires a sub-stantial amount of current. Excessive current draw canseverely drain a battery through extended use.

A magnetic strip is used inside the seal of the refrigera-tors. The magnetic strip allows the seal to draw tight tothe inside of the refrigerator when the door is closed.Also, make sure retaining latch is in place to secure re-frigerator door while underway.

L - 2 REFRESHMENT CENTER - ICEMAKER ANDREFRIGERATOR

An icemaker and refrigerator is a standard feature onthe 378 Vista™. The icemaker or refrigerator is mountedunderneath the cockpit refreshment center. See FigureL2.

L - 1 GALLEY EQUIPMENT

Care must be exercised while around stoves andother appliances. Keep children away from burn-ers.

A. Electric Stove

An electric stove is standard on the 378 Vista™ cruisermodel. The stoves is equipped with dual burners andflush mounted. A circuit breaker is provided in the 120Volt AC cabin electrical panel. Refer to the Section H-6Band the manufacturer’s literature included in the owner’spacket. See Figure L1 for stove and other appliance lo-cations.

B. Microwave Oven

A microwave oven is standard on the 378 Vista™. Acircuit breaker is provided in the 120 Volt AC cabin elec-trical panel. Refer to the manufacturer’s literature provid-ed in the owner’s packet.

Do not restrict air flow while microwave is inuse, or damage to microwave oven or cabinetmay result.

Figure L1: Galley

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT

Icemaker

Sink Faucet Refrigerator

Microwave

Refrigerator

Sink &Cutting Board

Faucet

Stove

TrashReceptacle

RefrigeratorVent

Figure L2: Refreshment Center

Section LPage 2


™378

The refrigerator operates on 12V DC electrical system.It runs continuously and does not utilize water. Unlikethe icemaker, no winterization is required. Please fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions regarding the use,care and maintenance of the refrigerator. These instruc-tions are found in the owner’s packet.

The icemaker operates on 120 volt (220 volt on 50 Hertzmodels) AC power and will only function when pluggedinto dockside power or when the generator is running.The icemaker is controlled by the Icemaker Circuit Breakeron the main cabin electrical panel. Refer to Section H -Electrical Systems for more information.

To operate, make sure the unit is plugged in and the mainwater supply is on. Ensure the “ice bin arm” is in theDOWN position. The first ice cubes may take approxi-mately 45 minutes to be made.

To control the temperature, turn the temperature controlclockwise to make it colder or turn control counterclock-wise to make it warmer. Remember, a warmer settingincreases the rate of ice production (maximum ice isachieved at the warmest setting). Refer to themanufacturer’s information in the owner’s packet for fur-ther information.

To winterize, unplug the unit and follow the normal clean-ing and maintenance instructions included in themanufacturer’s manual to drain the system. For instruc-tions on winterizing with antifreeze, refer to Section J-7on Water System Maintenance in this manual.

Thoroughly flush the water supply lines and sys-tem prior to initial use, and at least once eachseason. This will remove any additives and pos-sible contaminants present in the system.

The materials from which the components of the watersystem are made may give the water supply a peculiartaste, especially when new. This condition is normal andcan be reduced substantially by adding a water filter tothe system such as one produced by PuriTek. The tastewill completely dissipate in time.

L - 3 ENTERTAINMENT CENTER

A. Stereo System

Four Winns offers an AM/FM CD stereo and multi-discCD changer as standard equipment and are located inthe electronics panel. See Figure L3. Speakers areinstalled within the interior cabins and exterior cockpitareas to provide excellent sound quality. In addition, thecabin and cockpit speakers can be faded in or out de-pending on the effect desired. A remote stereo keypadis installed at the helm and at the transom for conve-nience. For stereo operation, please refer to themanufacturer’s manual included in the owner’s informa-tion packet.

Figure L3: Electronics Panel

B. TV/DVD PLAYER

A TV/DVD player with flat screen is standard and lo-cated in the main cabin. A ceiling mounted flip-down TVis located in the V-berth cabin. They use their internalspeakers only. The TV/DVD player is not wired into thestereo speaker system. The TV antenna is mounted onthe radar arch. Please read the manufacturer’s infor-mation on the TV/DVD player in the owner’s packet. TheTV/DVD remote control is also found in the owner’spacket. See Figures L4 and L5.

Included with this feature is a dockside cable TV inlet.The deck connection for the TV is mounted in the shorepower inlet panel located in the transom storage com-partment.

AM/FMCD-Stereo

DVD Player Multi-Disc CDChanger

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual Section LPage 3

™378

Figure L4: Flat Screen Television

Figure L5: Flip-Down Television

L - 4 AIR CONDITIONING

Air Conditioner/Heater provides either cooling or heatingand is standard on the 378 Vista™. The unit operateson 120 volt (220 volt on 50 hertz models) AC power. Theoutput of the air conditioner is 16,000 BTU. Be sure theshore power cord is connected to the appropriate shorepower inlet labeled “AIR CONDITIONER” or the genera-tor is running whenever the air conditioning is to be used.

Figure L6: Air Conditioner Location

The air conditioning circuit breakers must be turned on toactivate the air conditioning unit. Depending upon hu-midity, the air conditioner will condense 5 to 15 gallons ofwater a day and this water drains into the aft bilge.

The air conditioner is located underneath the couch/bed(futon) fill-in cushion. Air conditioner vents are locatedthroughout the cabin to provide good air circulation. The378 has a vent in the head for additional air circulation.The vents are adjustable to change air flow direction andcan be closed. See Figure L6.

NOTICEIn order to use the air conditioner, you mustfirst open the seacock valve (handle parallel tothe flow of valve). When not using the air condi-tioner be sure to close the seacock.

The seacock for the air conditioner is located next tothe bilge pump in the engine compartment and is la-beled “Air Conditioner Seawater”..The air conditioning control panel is mounted above theAC/DC panel door, next to the cabin light panel. SeeFigure L7. Please read the manufacturer’s literature onair conditioner operation contained in the owner’s packet.

NOTICEMost air conditioners utilize surface water as thecooling medium. Prior to using the air condition-ing, the boat must be in the water and the sea-cock to the air conditioning water intake mustbe in the open position. The air conditioningseacock for water intake is below the aft cabinaccess panel. Operating air conditioners with-out proper cooling water will cause damage tothe air conditioning system.

Air Conditioner

Section LPage 4


™378

Figure L7: Air Conditioner Control Panel

Air conditioners utilized in Four Winns boats are equippedwith reverse cycle heat. Thus, some heat effect can bederived from the unit. It must be noted that the amountof heat that can be obtained is limited by the temperatureof the raw cooling water pumped through the system.When the water temperature drops to 40 degrees Fahr-enheit, the output is about 50% of the maximum. At 36degrees Fahrenheit, the output is very low.

NOTICEDuring cold conditions, an alternate or supple-mental heating system should be used.

Clean the sea water strainer often. Also, clean the returnair filter screens, located behind the louvered doors andgrills, at least once a month.

To winterize, refer to the manufacturer’s literature includedin the owner’s packet.

L - 5 CENTRAL VACUUM

Central vacuum has been included as a standard fea-ture on the 378 Vista™. Simply raise the inlet cover,insert the vacuum hose into the central vacuum’s inlet,turn the power on and you are ready to clean. SeeFigure L8. Please refer to the manufacturer’s literaturefor additional information.

Figure L8: Seavac II Central Vacuum

Vacuum Hose

Vacuum InletCentral Vacuum Switch

A/C Control Panel

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual Section MPage 1

™378

M - 1 RAILS & DECK HARDWARE

Hand and bow rails have been installed to provide secu-rity for passengers while outside the cockpit area (i.e.swim platform and bow areas). Limiting passenger move-ment while underway is recommended. All those on boardshould be safely seated whenever possible. Additionalcare must be taken when in rough seas or foul weather.Access to the foredeck should be through the foredeckhatch when running in adverse conditions.

The rail system and hardware fittings have been selectedand installed to perform specific functions. Fenders ormooring lines should not be secured to the rails or stan-chions. Be certain that a clear lead exists when runningdock lines or an anchor line. A line inadvertently threadedaround a stanchion or over the rail could cause damage.

The majority of the hardware installed is made of stain-less steel. Regardless of the type of hardware used,periodic maintenance is necessary.

Cleaning the hardware with a nonabrasive cleaner will helpkeep the original shine and beauty. Stainless steel hard-ware, while quite durable, can become superficially rusted.This can be controlled by cleaning the fittings and apply-ing a coat of wax. Any future rusting can be easily re-moved by polishing and rewaxing.

NOTICEAll fittings must be periodically inspected for loos-ening, wear, and damage. Problems should becorrected immediately!

The cleats that have been installed are specifically de-signed and are intended to be used as mooring cleats.Their purpose is for securing the vessel to a dock, pier,mooring, or anchor.

Four Winns® Boats are not equipped with anyhardware designed for towing purposes. Themooring cleats that are installed on the boat arenot to be used for towing another vessel or hav-ing the boat towed. Refer to Section A - Opera-tion for additional precautions regarding ground-ing and towing.

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT

M - 2 TRANSOM DOOR

A transom door is provided and allows access from theswim platform to the cockpit. A slide bolt is used to se-cure the transom door. To prevent a possible man over-board situation, make sure the transom door is securebefore each cruise.

Prevent falls overboard. Close, latch, and stayinside gate(s) while underway.

To prevent personal injury, swim platform mustnot be occupied and transom door must beclosed while engines are running.

To prevent personal injury, DO NOT sit on orlean against the transom door.

M - 3 COMPANIONWAY DOOR

The 378 Vista™ has a combination hinged door (w/screen) and sliding hatch assembly for gaining accessto and from the cabin. See Figures M1 and M2. A doorstop secures the hatch in the open position. The doormay be kept open with the use of a chrome hook. Toutilize the screen door, simply separate the two doors.Hook the solid door open and close the screen door. Alock is provided to secure the cabin.

NOTICEAlways secure companionway door and hatchbefore operating the boat. Acrylic plastic is im-pact resistant but in extreme cases it can crackand/or hardware such as hinges may becomedamaged if not secured.

To clean acrylic plastic:

1) Rinse with plenty of water to wash off as much dirtas possible.

2) Using your bare hand, along with plenty of water,feel and remove any dried on dirt or mud.


™378

3) Wash using a soft, grit free cloth or sponge andmild, nonabrasive soap or detergent.

4) Blot dry using a clean, damp chamois.

NOTICENever use a dry cloth, duster, glass cleaningsolutions or citrus cleaner on acrylic plastic.

See Section Q - 7 for additional information on the careof acrylic plastic.

Door Stop

Figure M1: Companionway Door

Figure M2: Companionway Door - Open

CompanionwayDoor

ChromeHook

M - 4 WINDOWS

A. Windshields and Cabin Windows

The windshield consist of tempered safety glass and cabinport lights consist of plexiglass. The windshield frame isaluminum.

A walk-thru windshield is standard. Steps are providedbetween the companionway and helm station to alloweasy access through the walk-thru windshield opening.

DO NOT use walk-thru during bad weather or onrough seas. Make sure deck hatches are closedwhen using walk-thru to prevent injury.

NOTICEMake sure walk-thru is closed and secured whenboating. Damage to the windshield will other-wise result.

Windshields of tempered glass can be cleaned with au-tomotive glass cleaners or dish washing soap and water.See the following section for information on the care ofplexiglass.

Aluminum can be cleaned with similar products or withnonabrasive cleaners such as Fantastic™.

NOTICERead the label before using any product. DONOT use abrasive cleaners.

B. Plexiglass

Plexiglass (acrylic plastic) is used for port holes, com-panionway door assemblies, transom doors, sliding stor-age doors, electrical panel doors, cabinets and cabin win-dows. Plexiglass will scratch easily and must be handledwith care.

To clean, follow the instructions located in Sections M-3and Q-7. Companionway Door. DO NOT use paper tow-els. They will scratch the plexiglass.

Plexiglass or plastic polish may also be used. Read thelabel first before using any cleaning product.

CompanionwayScreen Door


™378

To prevent personal injury, DO NOT use the board-ing ladder or swim platform while the enginesare operating or the boat is in motion. Enginesmust be off when using the swim platform orboarding ladder. See Preface for specific labelinformation.

Keep hands and fingers away from ladder sup-ports and hinges to prevent injury.

NOTICEAlways secure the ladder before boating. Dam-age to the ladder may otherwise result.

Figure M4: Add-On Swim Platform

M - 7 COCKPIT STORAGE

Storage compartments are provided throughout the cock-pit area. See Figure M5 and M6. The doors have latchesand roller-type catches for easy opening and closing. Stor-age space or shelves behind the doors are easily acces-sible.

Trim Ring

LockingHinge

Deck Hatch

Latch

NOTICEDO NOT use harsh chemicals or strong clean-ing solutions on plexiglass. The surface can beetched, scratched, disfigured, or clouded. SeeSection Q - 7 Acrylic Plastic - (Plexiglass).

M - 5 FOREDECK HATCHES

The foredeck hatches consist of a translucent plexiglass.The hatch is supported by one locking hinge and can besecured in a partially open position for ventilation. SeeFigure M3. Hatch screens are provided on all Vista™models. Follow the cleaning directions for plexiglassdescribed above.

Figure M3: Forward Deck Hatch

NOTICEDO NOT close the foredeck hatch with the hatchscreen in place. Damage to the screen can re-sult. Be sure deck hatches are secured whileunderway. Damage to the hatch may result.

M - 6 EXTENDED SWIM PLATFORM

Four Winns provides an integrated fiberglass swim plat-form on all models. An extended swim platform is astandard feature and lengthens the platform to approxi-mately 42”/1.06m on the 378. For better footing, a skid-resistant surface is provided. The ladder and grab han-dle are located for easy access when boarding. Addi-tionally, storage tubs with lids are built into the swimplatform. See Figure M4.

Swim Storage Lids

Figure M5: Helm Seat Storage

Ladder

GrabHandle

Ladder Lid


™378

Figure M6: Door Storage Locker

M - 8 ENGINE DAY HATCH w/ ELECTRIC LIFT

The 378 Vista model features a engine day hatch with anelectric lift or screw jack. The screw jack lifts and lowersthe engine hatch by pressing the switch located on thedash. The screw jack runs off the ship systems’s bat-tery. See Figures M7 & M8.

Figure M7: Engine Day HatchEngine Inspection LidEngine Day Hatch

Figure M8: Engine Hatch Screw Jack

To raise the engine hatch:

1. Remove the cockpit table (if currently installed).

2. Press the engine hatch switch (“UP”) to raise theengine hood to its open position.

The engine hatch can be lifted manually if the screwjack fails to operate.

To raise the engine hatch manually:

1. Remove the engine inspection hatch.

2. Reach into engine compartment and release eitherone of the release pins of the screw jack.

3. Carefully raise the engine hatch and prop open.

Without properly propping engine hatch openduring manual lifting procedure, engine hatchmay fall resulting in possible personal injuryand/or damage to engine hatch and compo-nents.

The engine hatch can be lifted without the screwjack. Use care and proper lifting techniques toprevent possible back injury.


™378

M - 10 BOW PLATFORM w/ ANCHOR ROLLER

The Four Winns 378 Vista™ is designed with an inte-grated bow platform. This bow platform provides a func-tional base for anchoring. The anchor is stored in theanchor chute of the platform. The anchor roller providessupport for the chain and rope and allows for easier re-trieval of the anchor. It also protects the hull/deck fromsurface abrasions or gouges when either moored or whenretrieving the anchor. See Figures M10 & M11 below.Refer to Chapman’s Piloting, Seamanship and Small BoatHandling or local anchorage authority for anchor typeand size recommendation.

Figure M10: Bow Platform

To prevent a possible man overboard situation,NEVER stand on, or try to utilize the bow plat-form in any way while the boat is underway.

Figure M11: Anchor Chute and Bow Roller

BowRoller

AnchorChute

Do not have person(s) sitting in stern seat oron engine hatch while attempting to raise en-gine hatch. Possible injury to person(s) and/ordamage to engine hatch and components mayresult.

NOTICENever operate or trailer your boat with the en-gine hatch in its open position. Doing so couldresult in damage to the engine hatch, hardware,and/or loss of cushions.

To lower the engine hatch:

1. Press the engine hatch switch (“DOWN”) tolower the engine hatch to its closed position.

1b. If lowering engine hatch manually, raise thehatch slightly and remove the prop rod. Gentlylower the engine hatch to its closed position.Do not allow it to just drop to the deck.

If closing the engine hatch manually, do notallow the engine hatch to “slam” shut. Allow-ing the engine hatch to “slam” shut can dam-age the fiberglass and/or cause bodily injury.

2. Reinstall the cockpit table (if so desired).

NOTICECushions, if not properly stored and secured,can blow out of the boat.

M - 9 TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER

The transom storage provides fender storage anddockside power cord storage. The storage locker arelatched closed and can be locked. To open, lift the handle.The latches are flush mounted to prevent injury or acci-dental opening while underway. See Figure M9.

Figure M9: Transom Storage Locker


™378

Figure M13: Windlass

Figure M14: Windlass Foot Switches

To prevent personal injury, keep clear of the wind-lass at all times.

Always be sure to raise and secure the an-chor prior to operating your boat. Failureto raise and secure anchor before getting un-derway could result in severe injury or damageto boat from rebounding anchor.

M - 11 ANCHOR STORAGE LOCKER

The anchor line is stored in a compartment, below theanchor locker. The compartment keeps the line secure,and free from fouling while also keeping the deck clear.A deck plate is included for access to the anchor linecompartment. Also contained inside the anchor lockeris the windlass. Please see Section M-12 below for de-tails regarding the windlass. Refer to Figures M12 &M13.

Figure M12: Anchor Storage Lid

M - 12 WINDLASS

A windlass is an electrically controlled winch mechanismfor retrieving the anchor. The mechanical winch portion ismounted inside the anchor locker, at the bow. See Fig-ures M12, M13 and M14. The windlass can be controlledby a set of foot pads (electrical switches) mounted on theforedeck or it can be operated from the helm. A circuitbreaker on the battery switch is provided to protect thewindlass from possible overload situation. The windlassis standard on the 378. Along with the windlass comesa 35-pound Talon Plow XT™ anchor and 200 feet of 5/8”rope and chain. Refer to the manufacturer’s literatureincluded in the owner’s packet.

Chain Stop

Deck Access Plate Windlass


™378

B. Depthsounder

A depthsounder is included with the navigation packageoptions. Please consult the manufacturer’s literatureincluded in the owner’s packet for operation and care ofthe depthsounder.

C. Ship to Shore VHF Radio

A VHF radio is optional equipment offered with a selec-tion of one of the navigation packages offered on the378. It provides reliable communication between ves-sels, and from ship to public or private shore stations. Itis programmed for two-way communication on all theInternational, U.S. and Canadian channels plus recep-tion on separate weather channels, and the internationalcalling and safety channels (16/9).

The VHF radio with microphone is mounted on the helm.If equipped, additional information is included in the manu-facturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

D. GPS/Chart Plotter

A GPS/chart plotter is an electronic system through whicha navigator can determine his position regardless ofweather. The GPS sensor receives high frequency radiosignals generated from satellites to generate coordinatereadings on the display. The GPS navigational unit takesthis information and uses it to determine the vessel’sexact position. Factory installed GPS system is one ofthe optional navigational packages offered. It is mountedat the helm. If equipped, refer to the manufacturer’s lit-erature included in the owner’s packet.

E. Auto Pilot and Radar

Another optional navigation package offered is an autopiot and radar package. The auto pilot once programmedand engaged steers the course set by the operator. Theradar detects objects/targets and displays them for theoperator to see.

NOTICEThese devices are only an aid to navigation.Their accuracy can be affected by many fac-tors including equipment failure or defects, en-vironmental conditions, and improper handlingor use. It is the user’s responsibility to exer-cise common prudence and navigational judge-ment. These devices should not be relied uponas a sole means of navigation nor as a substi-tute for such prudence and judgement.

Always utilize the chain stop provided with thewindlass/bow roller combination. The chain stopprevents the anchor from accidently releasingwhile the boat is moving thus preventing dam-age to the boat or possible injury or death toindividual(s) aboard the boat. See Figure M15.

Figure M15: Chain Stop

M - 13 NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT

A. Compass

A compass is standard on the Four Winns 378 Vista™.It is a valuable piece of equipment when operating off-shore, in unfamiliar waters, or in adverse weather condi-tions. The safety of those aboard the boat could, at sometime, depend upon the compass and your navigationalskills.

After all personal equipment is installed, including all elec-tronics (VHF radio, GPS, chart plotter, etc.), the com-pass must be properly calibrated. DO NOT rely on thecompass readings until initial adjustment (compensation)has been performed. The boat has a factory installedcompass, the manufacturer’s instructions are provided inthe owner’s packet. Most areas have local companiesthat specialize in compass adjustment. If unsure of theproper compensation techniques, consider having the ad-justment done professionally to insure accuracy and confi-dence in the compass.

NOTICEDuring use, keep all extraneous metal objectsaway from the compass. The close proximity ofmetal objects (e.g., beverage cans) can causecompass deviation.


™378

F. Radar Arch

The radar arch is a standard feature and is swept for-ward in design. This presents a sleek, look while pro-viding an adequate platform necessary for installation ofradar equipment. See Figure M16. The 378 helms pro-vide plenty of space for such instrumentation i.e.. GPS,auto pilot, radar, fish finder, tridata, etc.

Figure M16: Radar Arch

M - 14 SPOTLIGHT

A properly operating spotlight is essential for safe cruis-ing at night. Four Winns offers a remote controlled spot-light as standard equipment on the 378. See FigureM17. The spotlight uses an electric motor and helm-mounted, remote switch controls to direct the spotlight’sbeam. Refer to the spotlight manufacturer’s literatureincluded in the owner’s packet.

Figure M17: Spotlight

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual Section NPage 1

™378

3) Turn the leg’s locking knob clockwise to tighten andlock the dinette table in place.

A mid cabin table is also provided. The mid cabin tablecan be raised and lowered in the same manner as thedinette table described earlier.

B. V-berth or Forward Cabin

The V-berth/forward cabin area is raised to allow for stor-age below. For added comfort, an inner spring mattressis placed on the raised V-berth surface. A flip-down tele-vision can be viewed from the berth or from the couches.See Figures N2 and N3. Refer to televisionmanufacturer’s literature in owner’s packet regardingoperating instructions.

Figure N2: Forward Cabin / V-Berth

Figure N3: Flip-Down Television

The forward cabin also comes with a privacy curtain oroptional bulkhead with doors and hanging, cedar-linedlocker.

N - 1 INTERIOR

A. Cabin Tables

A couch and dinette table are standard on the 378 andis conveniently located in the main cabin, across fromthe galley. The table leg height is easily adjustable. Inessence, you can turn the dinette table into a coffeetable when desired and back again. It can be raised orlowered approximately 10 inches (25.4 cm) utilizing “gasassistance”. Table bases are “flush” mounted for conve-nience. Table legs are also removable. Rotating the legwhile lifting will ease the removal. See Figure N1.

To raise or lower dinette table:

1) Turn the leg’s locking knob counterclockwise toloosen.

2) Gently lift upward or press downward on table de-pending on height of table desired. Table heightranges from approximately 23” - 33” (58.4 -83.8cm).

UPHOLSTERY

Table LegFloorMount

Dinette Couch

Figure N1: Cabin Seating & Tables

DinetteTable

Mid CabinTable

Mid CabinCouch/Bed

SlidingBeverage Table

Fwd BerthDrawer Assembly

Mattress &Matress Keeper

HangingLocker

Shelf AssemblySpeaker Valance Mirror


™378

to give the driver greater flexibility, increased visibility,and riding comfort. See Figures N4 and N5.

Figure N4: Helm Seat & Bolster

Figure N5: Helm Seat Slider Mechanism

DO NOT sit on the backrest portion of any cock-pit seat. The operator could lose control of theboat or passengers could be thrown from the boat.The seat could also be damaged if excessiveforce is applied.

B. Stern Seat

The custom U-shape stern seat includes support legsand fiberglass base. The U-shape seating arrangementcontinues around the back of the boat to create moreusable seating area. The starboard cockpit seat cush-ion is mounted on hinge seat sliders which allows ac-cess to the under seat storage. See Figures N6, N7 &N8.

C. Mid Cabin (Aft Cabin) Berth

The mid cabin provides wide open access yet with theuse of the privacy curtains or the optional bulkhead withdoors immediately becomes a private berth. Overheadlighting and an opening window with a screen make themid cabin more comfortable for your guests. Storagespace is available beneath the seats, in the cedar linedhanging closet and in the side wall closet. Push buttonlatches are used to secure the storage compartmentsand prevent drawers/doors from opening while underway.

To operate button latches:

1. Press button latch completely to lock. Whenlocked button will remain depressed.

2. Press button latch again completely to un-lock. The button latch will remain extendedfor use as a handle to assist with openingthe drawer/door.

The mid cabin area can be converted into sleeping quar-ters. The futon couch/bed assembly converts to a bedwith the aid of power assist.

To convert the mid cabin couch/bed assembly into aberth follow the steps below:

1. Press the left portion of the switch below the midcabin sliding window to activate the screw jackwhich in turn extends the base of the couch aft.

2. Once base is extended, lift and pull out futonseat cushion which turns the couch into a bed.

Reverse this procedure to return the futon back to thecouch position.

N - 2 EXTERIOR SEATING

A. Helm Seat

The helm seat is adjustable and double wide so it canseat two people comfortably. A manual, slider mecha-nism is mounted under the driver’s seat. This allowsthe driver of the boat to adjust his portion of the helmseat to meet his or her needs. To adjust, lift the leverbelow the pilot’s seat and slide the seat forward or aft tothe desired position. There is approximately six inchesof adjustment available. The helm seat includes a driver’sside flip-up bolster. By simply flipping up the bolster thedriver is able to sit higher in the seat. This is designed

Bolster Cushion

Lever


™378

Figure N6: Stern Seating

A fill-in cushion is also provided to extend the cushionarea for such things as sunbathing, napping or overnightsleeping. Refer to Figures N9 and N10.

To install fill-in cushion:

1. From its stored position, loosen screw knob on cou-pler and retract end from holder and swing the cock-pit fill-in support away from storage position.

2. Extend the support into the fill-in support block under the aft stern seat. Re-tighten screw knob cou-pler.

3. Undo the velcro strap and place the crutch leg per-pendicular to the deck for support.

4. Place folded cockpit table/fill-in assembly onto the17” (short) leg which has already been inserted intothe cockpit table floor mount.

5. Unfold cockpit table using the “dog bone” slidingsupports. Simply slide “dog bone” sliding supportsinto support positions.

6. Place fill-in cushions on top of the cockpit table/fill-in support.

To remove the cockpit fill-in cushion simply reverse theprocess described above.

Figure N9: Fill-in Cockpit Cushion

The aft cockpit stern seat uses hydraulic hinges. Thehinged cushion allows the aft cockpit cushion to fold upagainst the transom. Access to the engine compart-ment is possible without the removal of the stern seatcushion. Refer to Figure N11.

Cockpit Fill-in Support

Figure N7: Stern Seating & Fill-in Support-Stored

Figure N10: Fill-in Support Assembly

Figure N8: Starboard Cockpit Seat Storage


™378

Figure N13: Cockpit/Fill-In Table

To set up the cockpit table:

1. Raise the starboard cockpit seat up to gain accessto the 32” (Iong) table leg and cockpit table. Re-move table and leg from storage compartment.

2. Insert 32” leg into floor mount.

3. Place folded cockpit table (mount) onto the leg.

4. Unfold cockpit table, be sure to utilize the “dog bone”sliding supports. Simply slide “dog bone” slidingsupports into support positions. See Figure N13.

To remove the cockpit table simply reverse the proce-dure above.

NOTICETo prevent damage to cockpit table and/or cock-pit interior ensure the cockpit table and legs areproperly stored.

E. Deck Sunpads

These sunpads are optional. These cushions securelysnap in place and provide comfort while sunbathing onthe foredeck. See Figure N14.

Figure N11: Aft Cockpit Stern Seat w/ Hinge Assembly

C. Port Helm Lounger

The port helm lounger provides seating capacity for twopeople and is positioned to permit conversations withthose seated at the helm or stern. It is fastened to afiberglass base. See Figure N12.

D. Cockpit Table

The aft cockpit table is standard on the 378. Table basesare “flush” mounted for convenience. The cockpit tableand 32” leg is be stored underneath the starboard cock-pit seat. Note: The cockpit table is also used as the fill-in cushion support using the 17” leg. See Section N2-Bfor installation and removal of cockpit fill-in cushion.

HydraulicHinge

Port Helm Lounger

Figure N12: Cockpit Overhead View

“Dog Bone” Slide Assembly

Folded

Extended


™378

Figure N14: Sundeck Pads

N - 3 INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE

A. Cleaning Interior Fabric/Upholstery

The fabric used in the cabin should be treated the sameas fabrics in your home. Periodic vacuuming and gentlecleaning will keep the fabric and upholstery clean andodor free. Spraying the fabric/upholstery with Lysol SprayDisinfectant™ will help retard mildew. For vinyl care seeN-4A.

A recommended “Cleaning Kit” includes:

• Westley’s Clear Magic™(for ordering information call 1-800-416-1600 or 800-321-8577; website address www.westleys.com)

• Fast & Easy Glass Cleaner™(to locate the nearest distributor, call 800-537-8990)

• Tough Duty Cleaner™(to locate the nearest distributor, call 800-537-8990)

• Clean, white towels

• Portable/Compact Deep Cleaner Vacuum (BissellSpot Lifter™ or similar product)

• Air hose (if available)

To remove stains, please refer to the following list for rec-ommended cleaners.

Aft Deck Sunpad Cushion

Fwd Deck Sunpad Cushion

1. Basic Stains/Ink/Grease/Pencil/Dirt:

Westley’s Clear Magic™

2. Adhesives/Teak Oil/Gum/Tar:

Tough Duty Cleaner™

3. Water Stains:

a. While fabric is still wet, use a deep cleanervacuum to go over the wet area. This will re-move the stain from the fabric. It is always bestto get the stain before it dries.

b. For water stains that have dried, use a deepcleaner vacuum system. Follow the instructionsthat come with the deep cleaner system. Re-peat if necessary.

c. If this does not work we recommend a profes-sional cleaning service. One such service isService Master®. Please call 1-800-937-3783for the Service Master location nearest you.

4. Tough Stains/Set Water Stains:

a. Spray Westley’s Clear Magic™ on the area, go-ing two (2) inches around the stain or if possible,bring wetness to a break point, such as a bulk-head, etc. Spray water on the same area asdirected on the bottle.

b. Let set approximately five (5) minutes.

c. Rub the area with a clean towel, rotating the towelas the stain is removed. As you rub, go a littlebeyond the wetness with the towel, flaring theedges.

d. Use a deep cleaner type vacuum to remove ex-cess wetness. Allow to dry.

e. Repeat if necessary.

f. If stain still persists, use a professional clean-ing service.

B. Interior Carpets

Four Winns® cruisers use a high quality interior gradecarpeting. Interior carpeting should be cleaned in thesame manner as the carpeting in your home. Vacuum-


™378

• Ammonia and hydrogen peroxide

To remove stains, follow the guidelines listed.

1. Basic Stains/Grease/Pencil/Dirt:

Ivory Soap™ and water or Fantastik Spray Cleaner™applied with a medium-soft brush.

2. Tough Stains/Adhesive/Teak Oil/Rust:

Tough Duty Cleaner™ ; rinse with soap and water.

NOTICETo prevent possible damage to the vinyl, rinsewith soap and water after applying the Tough DutyCleaner™.

3. Ink:

Denatured alcohol.

4. Mildew Stains:

To kill bacteria creating the mildew, vigorously brushthe stained area with a 4-to-1 mixture of water andammonia; rinse with water.

5. Tough Mildew Stains:

Apply a mixture of one (1) teaspoon ammonia, one-fourth (1/4) cup of hydrogen peroxide, and three-fourths (3/4) cup of distilled water; rinse with water.

NOTICEALWAYS CLEAN STAINS IMMEDIATELY! DONOT use 409 Cleaner™ or Armorall™ on vinyl.

NOTICEAll cleaning methods must be followed by a thor-ough rinse with water.

Certain household cleaners, powdered abrasives, steelwool and industrial cleaners can cause damage and dis-coloration and are not recommended. Dry cleaning fluidsand lacquer solvent should not be used as they will re-move the printed pattern and gloss. Waxes should beused with caution. May contain dyes or solvents thatcan permanently damage the protective coating.

Additional cleaning information is provided by the manu-facturer and is included with this manual.

ing and occasional rug shampooing are recommendedfor extended life and appearance. Always conduct a color-fast check on a small area of carpet prior to applying thecleaning solution/shampoo on the entire carpet.

C. Privacy Curtains

After a season or more use and exposure, you may wishto remove the curtains. Dry cleaning is recommended.Most draperies can be taken down after removing thescrew from the end of the curtain track. This screw maynot be accessible on some models. Should this be thecase, remove the screws securing the end of the track.The track is flexible and can be lowered to remove theend screws.

N - 4 EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE

A. Cleaning Vinyl

The vinyl material used on the exterior upholstery can beeasily cleaned using mild detergent and water. Be sureto thoroughly rinse the seats after washing to remove allsoap film. Periodic spraying of the seats with Lysol SprayDisinfectant™ will help retard mildew.

NOTICEDO NOT apply vinyl protectants such as Armorall.The manufacturer does not recommend this prod-uct because it removes the oils present in vinylthat keeps vinyl soft.

A recommended “Cleaning Kit” includes:

• Ivory Dishwashing Liquid™ and water

• Clean, white towels

• Medium-soft brush

• Fantastik Spray Cleaner™

• Denatured Alcohol

• Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner - (everyday cleaning &care, call 800-247-9901).

• 303 Aerospace Protectant - for ordering informationcall 800-247-9901).

• Tough Duty Cleaner™ - (to locate the nearest dis-tributor, call 800-537-8990).


™378

Four Winns offers a variety of optional weather covers forprotection of the boat and associated equipment. Con-tinued exposure can damage the upholstery and seating.The seating can become thoroughly saturated with waterif not adequately protected. Refer to Section O - WeatherCovers for more information.

NOTICEThe appearance and longevity of the exterior up-holstery will be affected by water saturation.Protect these items appropriately.

B. Exterior Carpets

The removable exterior grade carpeting may be periodi-cally washed with mild laundry soaps or shampooed, driedand reinstalled. It is 100% UV stabilized Olefin™Polypropylene fiber with rubber backing. See Figure N-15.

NOTICEDO NOT dry carpeting in an automatic dryer.

Figure N15: Cockpit Lay-in Carpet

C. Cleaning and Maintenance

The following information should be useful in helping youkeep your carpet looking well maintained.

Carpet made with Olefin™ fiber possesses built-in stainand soil release for easy, less costly maintenance. Regularvacuuming and occasional shampooing will help it stayattractive and serviceable.

Engine Lid Lay-in Carpet

D. Stain Removal Testing

Even the most stubborn stains can be removed from Ole-fin fiber following the procedures outlined. A total of thirty-four stains were selected as being representative of spillscommonly occurring on carpets. Stains were pressedinto the carpet to simulate foot pressure following a spill.Stains were applied to a two-inch square section and al-lowed to penetrate. Removal was performed after twoweeks. Carpets were tested for stain removal by an inde-pendent laboratory. Stain removal was effective for all 34stains. Results are shown in the table.

E. Stain Removal Procedures

Regular maintenance such as vacuuming, hosing or wash-ing should be performed. Most stains and mildew areeasily removed from carpet made with Olefin fiber usingcommon household cleaners. Refer to Table I. Olefin™fiber is so resistant to chemical attack that Clorox™ bleachmay be used to clean up any mildew that may result fromexcessive wetness.

Code for stain removal procedure (See Table 1):

“A” Apply warm water and household detergent in mini-mal amounts to stained area. Sponge or scrapeuntil stain is removed. Rinse with clean water.

“B” Apply warm water and household detergent. Workwell into stained area then flush with warm water.

Most stains should be easily removed however, if thestain persists, the cleaning procedure should be repeatedto insure stain removal. Remember, the sooner the stainremoval process begins, the easier the stain will be toremoved.

N - 5 REPLACEMENT UPHOLSTERY

Should upholstery become severely soiled, torn, or in somemanner damaged, replacement upholstery cushions areavailable. Larger upholstery items have separate com-ponent parts for easier serviceability.

Depending upon the year and model of the boat, mostupholstery parts can be obtained through your Four Winnsservicing dealer within a short period of time.

Stbd Lay-in Carpet

Helm Lay-in CarpetPort Lay-in Carpet


™378

NIATS ERUDECORPLAVOMER

esaerGevitomotuA A

)desUroweN(liOevitomotuA A

esaerGnocaB A

niatSyrreB A

doolB A

rettuB A

dratsuMropustaC A

muGgniwehC )taepeR(A

)%5(hcaelBenirolhC A

)detleM(etalocohC A

yalC A

aeTroeeffoC A

aloC A

noyarC B

eyD A

ggE A

seceF A

alumroFhsiF A

eciuJtiurF A

hsiloPerutinruF A

yvarG A

maerCecI A

)kcalBtnenamreP(knI B

)tniopllaB,otpircS(knI B

tsuRnorI A

kcitspiL B

esiannoyaM A

kliM A

tniaPxetaL A

tniaPesaBliO B

hsiloP B

tsuR A

gnisserDdalaS A

noitoLromaerCgnivahS A

raT B

enirU A

timoV A

sroloCretaW A

xaW B

eniW A

Table I: Stain Removal

Section OPage 1


™378

NOTICEDO NOT use the weather covers for outdoor win-ter storage. The weight of the snow or heavyrain can cause severe damage to the material ortop structure. Refer to O-6 - Winter Storage inthis manual for more information.

Four Winns is utilizing a different snap for the canvas.The snap socket is notched towards the outer edge ofthe canvas. To unsnap, just lift on the side by the notch.

NOTICERemove snaps one at a time to prevent damage.DO NOT rip off or pull the weather cover as awhole; acrylic material will tear at snaps.

O - 2 TRAILERING

High winds encountered during trailering your boat canseverely damage most weather covers. If an extendedtrip at highway speeds is planned, the top and otherweather covers should be booted or removed entirely. Thiswill prevent damage and loss. See Figure O-1.

Figure O1: Bimini & Camper Tops - Booted

NOTICEDO NOT tow your boat at highway speeds withweather covers in place. High winds encoun-tered during trailering your boat can severely dam-age most weather covers. Damage to weathercovers incurred as a result of trailering your boatis not covered under warranty.

WEATHER COVERS

O - 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Weather covers for the cockpit areas are available on allFour Winns® models. A bimini top and camper is stan-dard on the 378 Vista™. Four Winns® covers are de-signed and intended to provide protection of the cockpitseating areas.

Four Winns utilizes 100% acrylic-type material. Duringthe manufacturing of the weather covers, the smallestpossible needle and highest quality UV stabilized, bondedpolyester thread is used in the stitching.

Never use any form of open flame cooking de-vice in any area fully enclosed or near weathercovers. This material is flammable.

The weather cover is water repellant but not water proof.During a hard rain, you may notice a light mist permeat-ing through a weather cover. This is normal. If the seamsleak, they can be sprayed with Scotchguard™ or similartype water repellent or a seam sealing compound canbe applied. Keep objects from contacting the inside ofthe cover. Leakage may occur at point of contact.

Weather covers must be installed “snug” to prevent sags.The material relies on swelling to seal itself. If too taut oroverly tight, the material will not seal and may tear.

NOTICEPeriodically check weather covers for accumu-lation of water. Damage to the bow assembliesmay otherwise result. Make sure cover is snugto avoid puddling of water.

After use, the top canvas should be rolled up into the boot(supplied) and secured.

NOTICENEVER fold or store a wet weather cover. Thiscan lead to mildew or shrinkage. Roll rather thanfold the enclosure curtains. Sharp folds increasethe chance of cracking the clear vinyl.

Bimini Boot

Camper Boot

Section OPage 2


™378

Camper BootRetainer Bow

Primary CamperBow

Secondary CamperBow

O - 3 BIMINI TOP

The bimini top is standard and provides cover/shade forthe forward cockpit area. It is designed to be fastenedto the radar arch with the use of snaps. See Figure O-2.

Figure O2: Bimini Top & Camper Canvas

A clear plastic visor is provided and once installed it con-nects the forward windshield and the bimini top. Sidebimini curtains are also made of clear plastic for visibilityand connect the side portion of the windshield to thebimini top. The helm area is protected from the ele-ments once the bimini top, forward windshield connec-tor and bimini side curtains are installed. See FigureO3 below and for hardware installation see Figure O7 atthe end of this section.

Figure O3: Forward, Side & Aft Curtains

The bimini top is factory installed, therefore, minimaladjustment is necessary. To utilize the bimini top:

1. Remove the canvas boot from the bimini top andunroll top.

Camper Canvas Bimini Top

Forward W/SConnector

Aft CamperCurtain Bimini TopCamper

Bimini SideCurtain

Camper SideCurtain

Primary Bimini Bow

Secondary Bimini Bow

2. Snap edge of bimini canvas to radar arch. Startingat the center and working outward may prove to beeasiest.

3. Zip in forward windshield connector (clear visor) sec-tion to the bimini top and snap to windshield. Start-ing at the walk-thru windshield may prove to be easi-est. Windshield snaps can be adjusted to matchsnaps in canvas.

4. Zip in the side curtains to the bimini top. Snap can-vas to windshield beginning at forward edge.

For bimini storage, reverse the previously described pro-cedure.

NOTICECanvas should be snug. If too taut or extremelytight, canvas could tear or pull at seams.

NOTICEBoth the bimini and camper canvas have beendesigned and are intended to remain installedon the boat in the upright “stored” position. FourWinns does not recommend the bimini and/orcamper assembly be removed from the boatunless absolutely necessary.

NOTICETwo people are recommended if removal or in-stallation becomes necessary. Care must beexercised so the radar arch does not becomedamaged. Use a protective covering to preventdamage to arch.

NOTICEIn the event the canvas requires some mainte-nance or repair, remove the bimini camper can-vas from the bow assembly. Unzip the bowsleeves, unsnap all snaps and straps, and re-move the canvas.

O - 4 CAMPER

The camper is standard and provides cover/shade forthe aft portion of the cockpit area. It too, is designed tobe fastened to the radar arch with the use of snaps. SeeFigure O2. The camper aft curtain and camper sidecurtains can be installed to enclose the aft cockpit area.The camper and camper curtains used in conjunctionwith the bimini top, forward connector and bimini sidecurtains completely encloses the cockpit area when de-sired. See Figure O3. For hardware installation see

Section OPage 3


™378

Figure O7 at the end of this section.

To install:

1. Install bimini top, forward windshield connector andbimini side curtains as previously instructed.

2. Remove the canvas boot from the camper top.

3. Unscrew the camper boot retainer knobs from eachside of the radar arch. This will release the camperretainer bows and camper from its stored position.Be sure to be supporting the camper top to preventit from deploying prematurely. Reinsert retainerknobs into arch for safe keeping.

NOTICEPremature camper canvas deployment can dam-age the canvas as well as the canvas hardware.

4. Extend the primary camper bows aft until taut andattach the aft secondary camper bow to the rearmost deck mounts.

5. With the velcro straps supplied, attach the retainerbows to the primary bows when camper is deployed.This will prevent the retainer bows from rackingaround loose and possibly damaging the arch orbows.

6. Snap edge of camper canvas to radar arch. Start-ing at the center and working outward may prove tobe easiest.

5. Zip the camper side curtains to the camper top.Snap the edge portion of these curtains to radararch and the deck. It may prove easiest to startsnapping the curtains at the upper portion of thearch and work your way down and then along thedeck.

6. Unroll the aft camper curtain and zip the curtain tothe camper.

7. Snap the bottom portion of the aft curtain to thetransom and attach the straps to the transom railand tighten.

For camper storage, reverse the procedure describedabove.

O - 5 COCKPIT COVER

The 378 Vista’s optional cockpit cover is used to coverthe complete cockpit area and is intended as a shortterm storage cover.

To install:

1. Snap the forward edge of the cockpit cover to thebottom edge of the windshield track. Snaps can beadjusted on the windshield track if necessary.

2. Snap the cockpit cover sides to the deck and arch.

3. Secure the rear corners and aft edge of the cockpitcanvas. This is done with the use of snaps andstraps which are placed around the transom rail andtightened.

4. Place the adjustable poles in position. The adjust-able poles are provided to adjust the canvas for taut-ness and prevent puddling.

To store the cockpit cover we recommend folding thecover in half, lengthwise and then rolling the cover up.

O - 6 USE OF WEATHER COVERS AND CARBONMONOXIDE

When an engine is running, a natural vacuum may existwith the right wind and sea conditions to allow exhaustgases (which includes carbon monoxide) to seap intothe boat. When canvas is utilized, this compounds thepossibility of this occurring and inhibits natural ventila-tion. For more information, refer to Section B-2 - CarbonMonoxide in this manual.

The carbon monoxide in exhaust fumes can be hazard-ous. It is important for you and your passengers to beaware of the potential safety hazard created by exhaustfumes. Familiarize yourself with the symptoms of indi-viduals overcome by carbon monoxide, and most impor-tantly, ways you can protect yourself and your guests.See Figure O4 - Carbon Monoxide Canvas Warning La-bel and Figure O5 - Carbon Monoxide Warning Label.

Section OPage 4


™378

Figure 05: Carbon Monoxide Warning Label

Figure O4: Carbon Monoxide Canvas Warning Label

O - 7 WINTER STORAGE

The boat must be properly protected during winter dry dockstorage. A winter storage cover is advisable. Many ma-rine dealers offer shrinkwrap enclosures for outdoor stor-age. See a Four Winns dealer for information on the avail-ability of winter storage covers or other alternatives for stor-age.

When storing outdoors, make sure the supporting frame-work keeps the weight of the snow and rain from accumu-lating on the storage cover. Proper ventilation must alsobe provided or dry rot and mildew will occur. See SectionR - General Maintenance for additional winter storage in-formation.

O - 8 MAINTENANCE

Figure O6: Canvas Care & Maintenance Tag

Moisture, dirt, chemicals from industrial fallout, heat, ul-traviolet rays and in some cases, salt water are factorswhich affect the longevity of acrylic covers. See FigureO6.

1. Moisture can cause shrinkage and mildew. Allow thecover to dry thoroughly before disassembling tops.Keep it clean and well ventilated to prevent mildew.Spraying the weather cover with Lysol Disinfectant™or similar product will help prevent mildew.

Section OPage 5


™378

Figure O7: Canvas Hardware Installation

Clear vinyl curtains and windows demand extra care toprevent scratching. DO NOT use cloth or chamois skin.Dirt or grit in the cloth will scratch the vinyl window. Hoseclean water onto vinyl to rinse off salt, dirt, or grime.

NOTICEDO NOT use hot water. DO NOT dry in an auto-matic dryer. DO NOT dry clean or steam press.

Leakage after cleaning may be the result of insufficientrinsing. Re-rinse. If leakage continues, apply a coat ofsilicone air drying water repellent, such as Scotchguard™.See your Four Winns dealer for additional information onweather covers.

2. Dirt creates a starting point for mildew when mois-ture is present. Clean the top with a sponge or softscrub brush and mild detergent when the cover isinstalled. Make sure cover is snug to help preventshrinkage.

3. Chemicals cause decay if allowed to accumulate forlong periods of time. Keep the cover clean to preventdecay.

4. Heat can cause cracks in vinyl components and stiff-ening of fabric when enclosed in plastic or polyethyl-ene. DO NOT store the weather cover in polyethyl-ene under direct sunlight or high temperature situa-tions.

5. Ultraviolet degradation may occur under prolongedexposure to direct sunlight. Store the top in the bootwhen not in use.

6. Salt water can corrode brass, aluminum, or stain-less steel fittings and fasteners. Keep fittings clean,lubricated, and waxed to prevent corrosion.

Section PPage 1


™378

Fiberglass cockpit liners and seat base are constructedsimilar to the hull. Balsa core or coremat laminationsare utilized when necessary.

In addition to a thorough visual inspection of each fiber-glass component, samples are measured using specialequipment, for fiberglass reinforcement to resin ratio,laminate configuration, weight and thickness. By theseprocedures Four Winns ensures proper composition.

P - 3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

Many boats are used for specific purposes or under con-ditions which require the addition of special equipmentto the hull or deck. Special care must be taken duringthe installation of any equipment to a fiberglass com-ponent. A polysulfide or butyl based sealant should beused to seal installations below the water line. Silicone“marine” seal or similar bedding compound should beused elsewhere.

NOTICEDO NOT install any item onto or through thehull without adequately sealing the hull areapenetrated by the installed item or related fas-teners. Improper installations could cause leak-age or allow water absorption and thus causeserious hull damage.

Always pre-drill fastening holes with a propersize bit. Pre-drilling will help prevent the fiber-glass from splintering and thus causing unsightlydamage. Also, countersink holes to prevent thegel coat from chipping.

Any equipment which will be subjected to cyclic loadingor significant force should be through-bolted to a fiber-glass component. A butt block or backing plate shouldbe used to strengthen any area onto which an item willbe mounted.

P - 1 HULL DESIGN INFORMATION

Four Winns® boats are designed using the sound engi-neering and mathematical principles of hydrostatics, hy-drodynamics, structure, and strength of materials. Thematerials utilized provide optimum strength at the light-est possible weight. The exact fiberglass laminate sched-ule and construction techniques of each part is deter-mined in accordance with the strength and rigidity re-quired.

All Four Winns Vista™ models include our patentedStable-Vee™ hull design. Pods on either side of theoutdrive extend the running surface beyond the transom.These pods, plus the unique distribution of deadrise fromtransom to bow, allows Four Winns to place more hull inthe water than deep-vee designs of similar length andbeam. This results in better boat handling whether onplane, during turns, or at rest.

P - 2 FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION

The fiberglass components of Four Winns® boats areof the finest quality materials, workmanship and con-struction techniques available. This ensures the struc-tural integrity to provide years of boating enjoyment withminimal maintenance.

The construction of a Four Winns® hull begins with theapplication of gel coat to the mold. The gel coat is ap-proximately 25 mils thick. A coat of resin and choppedfiberglass is then sprayed into the hull and carefully handrolled until it is securely affixed to the gel coat.

A number of fiberglass layers and woven roving are ap-plied to the above laminate. Each layer is hand laid andhand rolled. The keel and chine areas have fiberglasswoven roving overlapped in these areas to provide addi-tional strength. Some models, of which the 378 Vista™is one, utilize encapsulated end-grain balsa core orcoremat laminates to achieve additional rigidity. Othersutilize additional laminations of woven roving to maintainstrength and rigidity.

The hull support stringers are located using special tools,and are fiberglassed into place. This ensures a strong,rigid hull, permanently formed into a solid assembly, freeof distortions.

FIBERGLASS AND HULL INFORMATION

Section PPage 2


™378

When cleaning skid-resistant areas, DO NOT attemptto use a wire brush or sandpaper because this will re-move the skid-resistant gel.

Apply wax once or twice a year to maintain gel coat lus-tre. Read the label before using any product. Makesure product is formulated for gel coat surfaces. Also,consult a Four Winns dealer for their recommendations.

NOTICEDo not use carnuba based waxes. This typeof wax yellows over time and makes the fiber-glass appear yellow.

Waxing decks, cockpit floors or other walkingareas is not recommended. Waxing will pro-duce a very slippery surface, especially whenwet. Wax may also buildup in the skid-resistantsurfaces. Be sure all persons wear deck shoeswhile aboard the boat. Footing will be improvedand feet will be protected from accidental cutsand bruises.

A darkening or discoloration of the skid-resistant surfac-es can sometimes occur as a result of wax buildup. Expo-sure to the sun and elements can turn the wax darker, oroccasionally can cause it to become flaky or powdery.To remove, use fine rubbing compound and a low RPMbuffer (1200 to 2000 RPM). Apply light pressure andkeep the buffer moving at all times to prevent heat build-up. Read the directions before using any equipment.

B. Weathering Effects on Gel Coat

Weathering occurs from direct sunlight, water, chemi-cals, and dust. Some of the terms below describe thechanges that can occur to the gel coat surface.

Chalking is a result of the gel coat’s top surface beingbroken down into an extremely fine powder. When thishappens, the color whitens. The chalk is present on thesurface only.

Fading is the uniform change in color. This happenswhen the actual pigments have changed color, espe-cially from excessive chalking, or when the gel coat haseither been stained or bleached by something.

P - 4 FIBERGLASS CARE & MAINTENANCE

Fiberglass is affected by weathering processes and re-quires maintenance on a periodic basis to help maintainthe beauty and shine. The effects upon the gel coat willbe dependent upon boating conditions, storage, type ofuse, and the care given to the boat during the boatingseason.

Four Winns utilizes fade-fighting gel coat in the exteriorfinish. It is specially formulated to resist fading and yel-lowing, and retain more of its original gloss than bettergrade gel coats. However, it is still important to maintainthe gel coat to protect the finish.

A. General Maintenance

For fresh water use, the boat should be washed once ortwice a month. When using in a salt water environment,considerable more care will be necessary. Be carefulwhen selecting a cleaning agent. Hand dish washingdetergents are usually gentle and are recommended forcleaning gel coat. Cleaning products such as Ivory™ orDawn™ hand dish washing liquid can be safely used.Always read the label before using any product.

NOTICEDO NOT use acetone, paint thinner, solvents,or strong alkaline based detergents, nor clea-ners with a “gritty” and abrasive texture. Avoidproducts which contain sodium phosphate.Common examples of these types of householdcleaning agents are: Tide™, Oxydol™, Janit-or-in-a-Drum™, Fantastik™, Clorox™, etc. Al-ways read the label before using an agent.

There are several products available which are specifi-cally designed to clean fiberglass exterior finishes. Manycompanies like Johnson & Johnson®, Turtle Wax®, etc.manufacture cleaning fluids mild enough to clean with-out stripping the wax.

NOTICETreading on a soiled fiberglass surface can se-verely scratch and mar the finish. Keep the fi-berglass as clean as possible.

Section PPage 3


™378

NOTICETo prevent gouges, uneven areas, or other dam-age from occurring, DO NOT use a power orbelt sander when sanding. For best results,block sand the gel coat.

C. Stains

Stains can appear anywhere on the exterior of the boatand may be a result of contact with tar, plant sap, leaves,rust from metal fittings, and other materials. Surfacestains may be removed with hand dish washing soap,mild cleansers, or some household detergents. DO NOTuse chlorine or ammonia products. These products canaffect the color of gel coat. Commercial car washes usestrong cleaners and should be avoided.

To remove stains, refer to the procedures below.

1. Wash area with hand dish washing soap.

2. Begin with a small area such as three feet by threefeet and apply a mild cleanser.

3. Rinse with clean water.

4. Follow with compound and waxing as outlined in pro-cedure above.

If the stain is not removed by the hand dish washingsoap or mild cleanser, then the next procedure is to useeither denatured or rubbing alcohol. If this does not work,consult your Four Winns dealer for professional assis-tance.

NOTICEDO NOT use acetone, ketone, or other solventsto remove stains. These chemicals are flam-mable and may damage the gel coat.

P - 5 FIBERGLASS REPAIRS

Fiberglass is one of the most durable, strong, and for-giving construction materials afloat. It is resilient andnormal repairs can be made without affecting the strengthor structural integrity of the boat.

Yellowing is gel coat which has a yellow cast and strea-king usually deals with a stain or contact with anothersurface.

Gloss refers to the shine of the surface. This can changefrom sanding action, chalk, residues, or exposure.

Blistering refers to a condition in which the unprotectedgel coat surface below the waterline has absorbed wa-ter and formed bubbles. See Section P-5 for additionalinformation.

Follow the instructions below for boats that have weath-ered and chalked.

1. Wash.

2. Wax. If this does not work, then use a fine rubbingcompound. If this does not work use 400 or 600 wetor dry sandpaper, followed by fine rubbing compoundand wax.

When using wax or fine rubbing compounds, make sureto read the label and follow the directions. Some helpfultips are listed below.

1. Avoid working in direct sunlight. This dries out thewax or compound, and can stain the surface.

2. Use clean pads or cloths to apply a thin coating ofwax or rubbing compound to a small area such asthree feet by three feet. Remove any excess, andthen rub the area with a buffing pad, or power buffer.Apply pressure only as necessary to restore the sur-face finish. Applying too much pressure or buffingin one place too long can permanently damage thesurface.

3. After applying compound, always follow with wax-ing.

NOTICEIf using a power buffer, use a low RPM bufferwith light pressure. Keep the pad wet and thebuffer moving at all times to prevent heat buildup.

Section PPage 4


™378

4. Clean the area thoroughly. Make sure the area isdry before proceeding.

NOTICEBe sure the structure and the ambient tempera-ture are above 60 degrees F (15 degrees C)and the relative humidity below 70% immedi-ately before, during, and after the repair.

5. If the nick or gouge is deep and penetrates throughthe gel coat, fill the area with fiberglass patchingpaste. Follow the directions on the can when mix-ing the paste with the catalyst.

6. After the gouge is filled and has dried, sand thepatched area. Begin by using medium-fine gradesandpaper. Progressively use finer grade sandpa-per until the surface is very smooth. If necessary,add filler and then sand the surface again.

7. Apply two or three light coats of matching fiberglassgel coat to the repaired area. Enough gel coatshould be used so that the entire area is covered.

The gel coat must be catalyzed using up to 2% MEKPeroxide which can be purchased at a supplier han-dling fiberglass reinforced products. Contact yourFour Winns dealer for assistance.

8. After ample drying time, sand the area using veryfine wet/dry sandpaper. If the appearance of thearea is still not satisfactory, repeat steps 2 through4 as necessary.

9. If above the waterline, polish the area using a fiber-glass rubbing compound and then wax. If the re-paired area is below the waterline, the area shouldbe primed and painted in accordance with the anti-fouling paint manufacturer’s instructions.

Gel coat, like paint, will change colors with time andexposure to sunlight (ultraviolet). For this reason,“matching” gel coat obtained from Four Winns may notmatch the gel color of a boat that has been exposed.However, this is the closest match commercially avail-able. A fiberglass technician can tint the gel to be usedin the repair to provide a closer color match.

More severe fiberglass damage, especially when struc-tural, requires the expertise of an experienced fiberglassrepair technician. See your Four Winns dealer for as-sistance.

Striking docks, other boats, or submerged ob-jects could create a very hazardous situation orseverely damage the fiberglass. In the event anobject is struck below or near the waterline, pro-ceed directly and cautiously to the nearest ser-vice facility and remove the boat from the water.Closely inspect the hull for damage. If the outerfiberglass laminate was penetrated, repairs mustbe made prior to relaunch.

Occasionally, blisters, crazing, scratches, or damage tothe fiberglass can occur. Repairs may be necessary tocorrect the problem.

A. Scratches

Scratches occur during normal use. Below is a step bystep procedure to repair scratches.

1. Clean area with soap and water.

2. Apply a fine rubbing compound and buff.

3. Wax.

If this does not work, clean the area and sand lightly with400 to 600 wet or dry sandpaper and follow with rubbingcompound and wax.

B. Gouges & Cracks

Stress cracks and crazing are the appearance of hairlinecracks in the gel coat surface. When present, these prob-lems usually occur in the gel coat finish or the outer “skincoat” fiberglass laminate. The appearance of thesecracks does not pose a threat to the structural integrity ofthe boat. In most cases, they are cosmetic and can betreated.

Cosmetic surface damage can be repaired as follows:

1. Sand the surrounding area with medium or fine gritsandpaper. Clean all marine growth, dirt, antifoulingpaint, etc. from the immediate area. DO NOT ex-cessively scratch or gouge the surrounding area.

2. Use a hard, pointed tool to open the gel crack. Takecare not to damage the surrounding gel coat.

3. Sand the crack or gouge so the edges are smoothand will allow proper “feathering” of the area.

Section PPage 5


™378

NOTICEImproper repair techniques can lead to furtherfiberglass component damage.

C. Osmotic Blistering

Osmotic blistering or “boat pox” is an unfortunate butnot uncommon occurrence in fiberglass boats. Fiber-glass is water retardant, not waterproof. When a boatis left in the water for a period of time, the fiberglass willabsorb water. It is a natural process that can not beeliminated in production methods or material selectionand usage. However, there are ways to control andpossibly prevent blisters (see Section P-6). If you doencounter blisters, be assured that the blisters aremerely cosmetic. They do not indicate a defect in theboat structure or lamination. Four Winns, along withmost boat manufacturers, regard gel blisters as a stan-dard maintenance item.

The repair procedure for gel coat blisters is similar tothe procedures outlined in the previous section on cracksand gouges. There is an exception however, in that thehull must dry out for several days or possibly weeksbefore repairs can proceed.

To determine if the hull has dried sufficiently, tape onesquare foot of household plastic wrap securely to thehull bottom. Make sure all edges are sealed and let itstand for twenty-four hours. If condensation has accu-mulated under the plastic, the hull is still “wet” and mustbe allowed to dry longer before repairing.

When the repair is completed, an application of an ep-oxy barrier coat should be considered. This will helpprevent the possibility of reoccurrence of blisters. YourFour Winns dealer or local ship store will have informa-tion on barrier coat products.

P - 6 ANTIFOULING PAINT

Four Winns recommends antifouling or bottom paint forboats which will be kept in the water for extended peri-ods of time. Antifouling paint reacts with water to retardthe growth of algae, barnacles and other marine growthon the hull. In addition to marine growth, it offers pro-tection against excessive water pollution.

Antifouling paint begins reaction upon contact with wa-ter. After a season’s use or sooner under certain condi-tions, the antifouling paint may appear to be dissolving.

This is due to the paint’s chemical emission that in turnretards marine growth. When this occurs, refinishing isin order. For bottom paint line location, refer to the Fig-ure P1 at the end of this section.

Four Winns recommends reapplication of the antifoul-ing paint seasonally. The effectiveness of the paint willbe drastically reduced if used longer. Though Four Winnshas found the antifouling paints used to provide goodmarine growth protection in most water, other paints maybe more effective in certain water conditions. See aFour Winns dealer for recommendations on antifoulingpaint use in your area.

NOTICEDuring surface preparation, the hull should besanded only enough to remove any foreign mat-ter, and loose paint. DO NOT sand deeply intothe gel coat, fiberglass cosmetic problems couldlater result. After sanding, the surface shouldbe wiped with a rag treated with a cleaner recom-mended by the antifouling paint manufacturer.The surface must be clean and slightly rough toensure paint adhesion.

Prior to application of the antifouling paint, the boat ownermay consider coating the hull bottom with an epoxy coat-ing. Four Winns recommends this procedure as a pre-ventive and effective means of controlling osmotic blis-tering. Most major antifouling paint manufacturers alsosupply a line of epoxy undercoatings. Consult your FourWinns dealer for recommendations on epoxy undercoat-ings.

P - 7 HULL SUPPORT

Proper support of the hull while it is out of the water isimperative. Due to the design complexities, Four Winnsdoes not recommend trailers or storage cradles be home-made. The boat is a valuable piece of equipment. DONOT risk permanent damage to the hull structure in anattempt to save the cost of an adequate support. Improp-er support can lead to serious and permanent hull defor-mation.

While lifting the boat, ensure slings are in theproper locations as indicated by the sling loca-tion labels . Failure to do so may result inpermanent hull structure damage and willinvalidate the hull structure warranty.

Section PPage 6


™378

NOTICEWhen attempting to raise the hull, never allowone end of the boat to rise first, while letting theopposite rest momentarily on the underwatergear. Serious damage to these componentscould result. DO NOT place lifting straps onunderwater gear. Be sure the strap is againstthe hull surface only and are in proper locationas indicated by the sling label location.

A trailer, or storage cradle designed for a larger or smallerboat will not provide proper support for the hull. Thiscould lead to hull deformation and thus serious perfor-mance deficiencies.

Figure P1: Bottom Line Paint Location

378 VISTA™

Section QPage 1


™378

mahogany. This mahogany is found in the instrumentgauge panels, switch panel, steering wheel and ignitionswitch panels of the Vista™ series.

To clean, a damp cloth will usually suffice.

Q - 5 GRANICOAT™ GALLEY COUNTERTOP

The 378’s countertop for your cabin galley is made oflaminated fiberglass with an exterior skin of Granicoat™gel coat. This makes for an extremely strong yet light-weight countertop. The Granicoat™ gel coat gives theappearance of “granite” and is both temperature and stainresistant. It can be cleaned with hand dish washing soapand water or other cleaning solutions such as Fantastik™.Always read the label before using any product. Pleaseread the notices below.

NOTICEDO NOT use abrasive cleaners or solvents oncountertop. DO NOT use Soft Scrub™ soap orsimilar cleaning products; they will scratch thesurface and remove the shine.

NOTICEDO NOT set hot pans or dishes directly on thecountertop. The countertop may become burntand/or discolored. Use of a hot pad will preventany discoloration from occurring.

NOTICEDO NOT use countertop as a cutting board. Theknife will leave gouges/marks in the surface ofthe countertop. A cutting board that fits overthe sink is provided.

Q - 6 CORIAN® MATERIAL

Corian® material is utilized in the entertainment centercounter top and head sink counter top of the 378. TheCorian® gives the 378 Vista™ a rich look and makes foran extremely strong yet lightweight top. It can be cleanedwith hand dish washing soap and water, or other cleaningsolutions such as Fantastik™. Always read the labelbefore using any product.

WOODWORK AND COMPOSITES

Q - 1 HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE CARE

Much of the 378 Vista™ interior components such asthe shelving, head door, closets, closet door and drawerfronts consist of a high pressure laminate material. Thefinish is that of a synthetic cherry and can be cleanedwith hand dish washing soap and water or other cleaningsolutions such as Fantastik™. Always read the labelbefore using any product.

NOTICEDO NOT use abrasive cleaners or solvents onlaminate. DO NOT use Soft Scrub soap or simi-lar cleaning products; they will scratch the sur-face and remove the shine.

Q - 2 CHERRY

Four Winns utilizes cherry trim for Vista™ model interi-ors. The wood is prepared with a light stain followed by apolyurethane finish. To clean, a damp cloth will usuallysuffice. Care should be similar for cherry as it is for fine,household furniture.

Q - 3 STAR BOARD

Star board is a high density polyethylene (plastic) and isvery durable and fade resistant. Star board requires littlemaintenance, and is being used in place of wood in manyareas of the boat. The fill-in cockpit table is one ex-ample of where star board is used.

To clean star board, use a solvent-free, nonabrasive cleanersuch as hand dish washing soap or Fantastic™. Readthe label before using any cleaning product.

NOTICEStar board will stain when exposed to certain oilsor chemicals. Always wipe up any spills immedi-ately.

Q - 4 BURLWOOD MAHOGANY ENHANCEMENTS

Mahogany enhancements are standard on the Vista™models. They consist of a finished synthetic burlwood

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual Section QPage 2

™378

Q - 7 ACRYLIC PLASTIC - (PLEXIGLASS)

Acrylic plastic is utilized in the companionway doors,transom doors, deck hatches, portlight windows, slidingstorage doors, electrical panel doors, cabinets and cabinwindows.

To clean acrylic plastic:

1) Rinse with plenty of water to wash off as much dirtas possible.

2) Using your bare hand, along with plenty of water,feel and remove any dried on dirt or mud.

3) Wash using a soft, grit free cloth or sponge andmild, nonabrasive soap or detergent.

4) Blot dry using a clean, damp chamois.

NOTICENever use a dry cloth, duster, glass cleaningsolutions or citrus cleaner on acrylic plastic.

NOTICEDo not use solvents such as acetone, siliconespray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extin-guisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid, lacquer thinneror ammonia. These solutions attack the acrylicsurface.

You can use fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polish-ing compounds to remove fine scratches on acrylic.

Section RPage 1


™378

R - 1 WINTERIZATION

A. Prior to Lifting for Winter Lay-up

1. Pump out the head (dockside discharge), and besure the holding tank is empty. Flush the head hold-ing tank with soap, water and a deodorizer (e.g., LysolLiquid™). Add more water if necessary. Have thecleaning solution pumped out.

2. Have the fuel tank either 75%-80% full (to allow forexpansion) or completely empty. See the EngineOwner's manual for recommendations. Also, checkwith the dry dock operators for recommendations.If winter storing with a full fuel tank, gasolinewinterizer such as Sta-bil® fuel conditioner, will re-duce varnishing, condensation, etc.

NOTICEIf the fuel has been treated with winterizer, runengines for ten minutes to make sure the treatedfuel is present in all lines and parts of the en-gines.

3. Drain water from the fresh water system and the hotwater heater.

4. Winterize the engine and drive systems as recom-mended in the engine owner's manual (applies toboth gas and diesel systems). Portions of thiswinterization procedure may require that the boatbe lifted. Winterization of engine and boat systemsshould be performed by qualified service person-nel.

5. Lift the boat only at the designated “sling” labels.See Section P-7 Hull Support in this manual for addi-tional details.

B. After Lifting

1. Remove the drain plug.

2. Thoroughly wash the fiberglass exterior, especiallythe hull bottom. Remove as much marine growthas possible. Wax lightly.

3. Lower boat onto cradle properly or place boat ontrailer. Be sure boat is adequately supported. Theboat should be raised slightly under the forward sup-ports or trailer tongue to improve drainage to thetransom drain.

4. Be sure all the water is completely drained from thefresh water system. Disconnect all hoses, checkvalves, etc. and blow all the water from the systemusing very low air pressure. The use of nontoxic,fresh water system antifreeze is recommended asan alternative to disassembling the water system.Refer to Section J-7 - System Maintenance in thismanual for information on winterizing the water sys-tem.

5. Winterize the head as recommended by the headmanufacturer. If the boat is equipped with a holdingtank, mix some antifreeze solution and pour it intothe head. Transfer some of the antifreeze to theholding tank by flushing the head. Also, refer toSection J-7 - System Maintenance for additionalinformation.

6. Drain or winterize the air conditioning and generatorsystem. Follow the appropriate manufacturer’s di-rections. Be sure all water intake filters are drainedthoroughly.

7. Ensure that all water is removed from the sumppump, bilge pump and bilge pump lines. Dry thehull bilge, and self-bailing cockpit drain troughs.Water freezing in these areas could cause damage.See Section K-3 - Hull Drainage Systems.

8. Remove the batteries and store in a cool place.Clean the batteries using clear, clean water. Be surethe battery has sufficient water and clean terminals.Keep the batteries charged throughout the storageperiod. DO NOT store the batteries on a concretefloor or other damp or conductive surface.

9. Drain the alcohol out of the stove (if applicable) andstore alcohol in a cool, dry place away from heat orspark.

10. Clean the boat interior thoroughly. Vacuum carpets,and dry clean drapes and upholstery jackets as nec-essary.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Section RPage 2


™378

11. Wash exterior fiberglass components, wax lightly.

12. Clean exterior upholstery with hand dish washingsoap and water, rinse, and dry thoroughly.

13. Remove all oxidation from exterior hardware andapply a light film of moisture - displacing lubricant.

C. Prior to Winter Storage

1. Remove as many cushions as possible. Removestorage lids or hatches. Open as many locker doors,as possible. Open the refrigerator door. Leave theseareas open to improve ventilation.

2. Spray the weather covers and the boat upholsterywith Lysol Spray Disinfectant™. Enclosed areassuch as the refrigerator, shower basin, storage lockerareas, etc. should also be sprayed with Lysol Disin-fectant™.

3. Place small dishes of rodent poison such as D-Con™in a number of areas around the boat. Be sure dishesare placed near the head and the engines, as ro-dents will destroy upholstery, water intake and dis-charge hoses.

4. If the boat will be in outside storage, properly sup-port a storage cover and secure it over the boat.DO NOT secure the cover tightly to the boat. Thisdoes not allow adequate ventilation and can lead todry rot. DO NOT store the boat in a damp storageenclosure. Excessive dampness can cause electri-cal problems, corrosion, and dry rot.

Placing an electric or fuel burning heating unitin the bilge of the boat during cold weather couldcause fire or explosion and is not recommended.

5. DO NOT use the bimini top or camper top as a win-ter storage cover. The life of these covers may besignificantly shortened if exposed to harsh weatherelements for long periods.

Section RPage 3


™378

R - 2 GENERAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

* Or as Required

ECIVRESHCNUALTATSRIFDNA

*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES

-LANOSAES-IBYREVEROYLROSHTNOM6

001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

noitatnemurtsnIdnaenignE EnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMenignE rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

snoitcennoCdnasesoHmetsyStsuahxEtcepsnI

srellepmIdnasnoitcennoC,sesoHmetsySgnilooCtcepsnI

srelleporPkcehC

sgnittiFlluH-urhTllAkcehC

gninaelCeguaG

smetsySslortnoC FnoitceSotrefeR

tnemtsujdAtfihSdnaelttorhT

tseThctiwSytefaSlartueN

noitacirbuLlortnoCdnaelbaC

smetsySgnireetS GnoitceSotrefeR

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaegakniL

ecivreSgnireetSrewoP rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

stnemtsujdAgnireetS

noitacirbuLmetsySgnireetS

smetsySlacirtcelE HnoitceSotrefeR

snoitcennoCyrettaBtcepsnI

retaWyrettaBkcehC

noitcepsnIelbaCyrettaB

noitarepOtnempiuqElacirtcelEtloV21

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnagniriWtloV21


noitcepsnIgniriWtloV021

tseTytiunitnoCmetsyStloV021

noitcepsnIretpadAdnadroCrewoPerohS

noitarepOthgiLytiraloP

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaelcatpeceR

ecnanetniaMrotareneG rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

tsuahxEdnaekatnIretaWrotareneGtcepsnI

Section RPage 4


™378

* Or as Required


*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

metsySleuF InoitceSotrefeR

skaeLroftcepsnI

noitcepsnIredneSleuF

noitcepsnIretliFleuF

noitcepsnIknaTleuF

smetsySretaW JnoitceSotrefeR

smetsySretaWllAtcepsnI

snoitcepsnIknaTgnidloH&yerG,hserF

metsySretaWhserFhsulF&niarD

metsySretaWetsaWhsulF&niarD

metsySretaWyerGhsulF&niarD

eganiarDdnanoitalitneV KnoitceSotrefeR

nnoitarepOrewolBdaeH&enignE

gninaelCmetsyStneVrewolB

gninaelCdnanoitarepOpmuPegliB

gulPniarDmosnarTkcehC

noitarepOnibaCwodniWtfA&hctaHkceD

tnempiuqEroiretnI LnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMdaeH rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

noitcepsnIgnittiFlluH-urhT

gninaelCrotaregirfeRdnaxoBecI

metsySleuFevotS

ecnanetniaMevotS rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

gnizitengameDdnagninaelCdaeHoeretS

noitarepOwodniWnibaCtfA&hctaHnibaC

tnempiuqEroiretxE MnoitceSotrefeR

thgiltopSnaelC

noitaiveDcitcengaMrofssapmoCkcehC

leveLdiulFbaTmirTkcehC

egakaelrofmetsySbaTmirTkcehC

yretslohpU NnoitceSotrefeR

yretslohpUnaelC

tepraCnaelC

Section RPage 5


™378

* Or as Required


*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

losyLhtiwyretslohpUyarpS

erawdraHgnitnuoMdnasegniHtaeSkcehC

srevoCrehtaeW OnoitceSotrefeR

srevoCrehtaeWhsaW

losyLhtiwsrevoCrehtaeWyarpS

lluHdnastnenopmoCssalgrebiF PnoitceSotrefeR

).cte,staes,sliargniruces(sgninetsaFllAkcehC

ylhguorohTssalgrebiFnaelC

saerAdaerT-noNllAdnasediSlluHxaW

egamaDrofsaerAssalgrebiFtcepsnI

sriapeRpU-hcuoTroniMmrofreP

tniaPgniluoF-itnAylppA-eRdnalluHdnaS

ecnanetniaMetisopmoC&krowdooW QnoitceSotrefeR

draoBratSnaelC dedeeNsA

selbaT&mirTyrrehCnaelC dedeeNsA

Section RPage 1


™378

R - 1 WINTERIZATION

A. Prior to Lifting for Winter Lay-up

1. Pump out the head (dockside discharge), and besure the holding tank is empty. Flush the head hold-ing tank with soap, water and a deodorizer (e.g., LysolLiquid™). Add more water if necessary. Have thecleaning solution pumped out.

2. Have the fuel tank either 75%-80% full (to allow forexpansion) or completely empty. See the EngineOwner's manual for recommendations. Also, checkwith the dry dock operators for recommendations.If winter storing with a full fuel tank, gasolinewinterizer such as Sta-bil® fuel conditioner, will re-duce varnishing, condensation, etc.

NOTICEIf the fuel has been treated with winterizer, runengines for ten minutes to make sure the treatedfuel is present in all lines and parts of the en-gines.

3. Drain water from the fresh water system and the hotwater heater.

4. Winterize the engine and drive systems as recom-mended in the engine owner's manual (applies toboth gas and diesel systems). Portions of thiswinterization procedure may require that the boatbe lifted. Winterization of engine and boat systemsshould be performed by qualified service person-nel.

5. Lift the boat only at the designated “sling” labels.See Section P-7 Hull Support in this manual for addi-tional details.

B. After Lifting

1. Remove the drain plug.

2. Thoroughly wash the fiberglass exterior, especiallythe hull bottom. Remove as much marine growthas possible. Wax lightly.

3. Lower boat onto cradle properly or place boat ontrailer. Be sure boat is adequately supported. Theboat should be raised slightly under the forward sup-ports or trailer tongue to improve drainage to thetransom drain.

4. Be sure all the water is completely drained from thefresh water system. Disconnect all hoses, checkvalves, etc. and blow all the water from the systemusing very low air pressure. The use of nontoxic,fresh water system antifreeze is recommended asan alternative to disassembling the water system.Refer to Section J-7 - System Maintenance in thismanual for information on winterizing the water sys-tem.

5. Winterize the head as recommended by the headmanufacturer. If the boat is equipped with a holdingtank, mix some antifreeze solution and pour it intothe head. Transfer some of the antifreeze to theholding tank by flushing the head. Also, refer toSection J-7 - System Maintenance for additionalinformation.

6. Drain or winterize the air conditioning and generatorsystem. Follow the appropriate manufacturer’s di-rections. Be sure all water intake filters are drainedthoroughly.

7. Ensure that all water is removed from the sumppump, bilge pump and bilge pump lines. Dry thehull bilge, and self-bailing cockpit drain troughs.Water freezing in these areas could cause damage.See Section K-3 - Hull Drainage Systems.

8. Remove the batteries and store in a cool place.Clean the batteries using clear, clean water. Be surethe battery has sufficient water and clean terminals.Keep the batteries charged throughout the storageperiod. DO NOT store the batteries on a concretefloor or other damp or conductive surface.

9. Drain the alcohol out of the stove (if applicable) andstore alcohol in a cool, dry place away from heat orspark.

10. Clean the boat interior thoroughly. Vacuum carpets,and dry clean drapes and upholstery jackets as nec-essary.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Section RPage 2


™378

11. Wash exterior fiberglass components, wax lightly.

12. Clean exterior upholstery with hand dish washingsoap and water, rinse, and dry thoroughly.

13. Remove all oxidation from exterior hardware andapply a light film of moisture - displacing lubricant.

C. Prior to Winter Storage

1. Remove as many cushions as possible. Removestorage lids or hatches. Open as many locker doors,as possible. Open the refrigerator door. Leave theseareas open to improve ventilation.

2. Spray the weather covers and the boat upholsterywith Lysol Spray Disinfectant™. Enclosed areassuch as the refrigerator, shower basin, storage lockerareas, etc. should also be sprayed with Lysol Disin-fectant™.

3. Place small dishes of rodent poison such as D-Con™in a number of areas around the boat. Be sure dishesare placed near the head and the engines, as ro-dents will destroy upholstery, water intake and dis-charge hoses.

4. If the boat will be in outside storage, properly sup-port a storage cover and secure it over the boat.DO NOT secure the cover tightly to the boat. Thisdoes not allow adequate ventilation and can lead todry rot. DO NOT store the boat in a damp storageenclosure. Excessive dampness can cause electri-cal problems, corrosion, and dry rot.

Placing an electric or fuel burning heating unitin the bilge of the boat during cold weather couldcause fire or explosion and is not recommended.

5. DO NOT use the bimini top or camper top as a win-ter storage cover. The life of these covers may besignificantly shortened if exposed to harsh weatherelements for long periods.

Section RPage 3


™378

R - 2 GENERAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

* Or as Required


*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

noitatnemurtsnIdnaenignE EnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMenignE rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

snoitcennoCdnasesoHmetsyStsuahxEtcepsnI

srellepmIdnasnoitcennoC,sesoHmetsySgnilooCtcepsnI

srelleporPkcehC

sgnittiFlluH-urhTllAkcehC

gninaelCeguaG

smetsySslortnoC FnoitceSotrefeR

tnemtsujdAtfihSdnaelttorhT

tseThctiwSytefaSlartueN

noitacirbuLlortnoCdnaelbaC

smetsySgnireetS GnoitceSotrefeR

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaegakniL

ecivreSgnireetSrewoP rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

stnemtsujdAgnireetS

noitacirbuLmetsySgnireetS

smetsySlacirtcelE HnoitceSotrefeR

snoitcennoCyrettaBtcepsnI

retaWyrettaBkcehC

noitcepsnIelbaCyrettaB


noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnagniriWtloV21


noitcepsnIgniriWtloV021

tseTytiunitnoCmetsyStloV021

noitcepsnIretpadAdnadroCrewoPerohS

noitarepOthgiLytiraloP

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaelcatpeceR

ecnanetniaMrotareneG rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

tsuahxEdnaekatnIretaWrotareneGtcepsnI

Section RPage 4


™378

* Or as Required


*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

metsySleuF InoitceSotrefeR

skaeLroftcepsnI

noitcepsnIredneSleuF

noitcepsnIretliFleuF

noitcepsnIknaTleuF

smetsySretaW JnoitceSotrefeR

smetsySretaWllAtcepsnI

snoitcepsnIknaTgnidloH&yerG,hserF

metsySretaWhserFhsulF&niarD

metsySretaWetsaWhsulF&niarD

metsySretaWyerGhsulF&niarD

eganiarDdnanoitalitneV KnoitceSotrefeR

nnoitarepOrewolBdaeH&enignE

gninaelCmetsyStneVrewolB

gninaelCdnanoitarepOpmuPegliB

gulPniarDmosnarTkcehC

noitarepOnibaCwodniWtfA&hctaHkceD

tnempiuqEroiretnI LnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMdaeH rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

noitcepsnIgnittiFlluH-urhT

gninaelCrotaregirfeRdnaxoBecI

metsySleuFevotS

ecnanetniaMevotS rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

gnizitengameDdnagninaelCdaeHoeretS

noitarepOwodniWnibaCtfA&hctaHnibaC

tnempiuqEroiretxE MnoitceSotrefeR

thgiltopSnaelC

noitaiveDcitcengaMrofssapmoCkcehC

leveLdiulFbaTmirTkcehC

egakaelrofmetsySbaTmirTkcehC

yretslohpU NnoitceSotrefeR

yretslohpUnaelC

tepraCnaelC

Section RPage 5


™378

* Or as Required


*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

losyLhtiwyretslohpUyarpS

erawdraHgnitnuoMdnasegniHtaeSkcehC

srevoCrehtaeW OnoitceSotrefeR

srevoCrehtaeWhsaW

losyLhtiwsrevoCrehtaeWyarpS

lluHdnastnenopmoCssalgrebiF PnoitceSotrefeR

).cte,staes,sliargniruces(sgninetsaFllAkcehC

ylhguorohTssalgrebiFnaelC

saerAdaerT-noNllAdnasediSlluHxaW

egamaDrofsaerAssalgrebiFtcepsnI

sriapeRpU-hcuoTroniMmrofreP

tniaPgniluoF-itnAylppA-eRdnalluHdnaS

ecnanetniaMetisopmoC&krowdooW QnoitceSotrefeR

draoBratSnaelC dedeeNsA

selbaT&mirTyrrehCnaelC dedeeNsA

378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual Section SPage 1

™378

PRE-LAUNCH AND UNDERWAY

S - 1 LAUNCH AND CRUISE CHECKLIST

Get a current weather report. If the weather will not be favorable, postpone your trip.

If your boat has been out of the water, check to see that all bilge water has drained out.

Install hull drain plugs.

Inspect the hull and propeller for damage. Excessive dirt or marine growth will effect your boat’sperformance and fuel efficiency.

Check the electrical system and navigation lights.

If your boat has been in the water, run the bilge pump until the flow of water stops.

Check that all required safety equipment is on board and in good working condition. Examplesinclude personal flotation devices (PFDs), horn, fire extinguisher, visual distress signals, etc. Takealong a gallon of drinking water.

Check that other important equipment is on board. Examples include mooring lines, anchor andline, tool kit, first aid kit, etc.

Open engine compartment. Inspect for fuel odors and visible leaks in the fuel, oil, coolant, ex-haust and power steering systems.

Visually inspect engine for cracked hose, defective belts, or other signs of engine problems.Check engine oil and battery water levels. Check power steering fluid level. Check battery electro-lyte range.

Check fuel level. Fuel tanks should be filled to slightly less than capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

Check that all engine and accessory seacocks are operational.

Make sure navigation charts and equipment are on board.

Check operation of steering system, navigation lights, and operation of horn.

Make sure passengers and crew know what to do in case of an emergency and how to operatesafety equipment.

Make sure all required documents are on board.

File a float plan with a responsible party ashore.

Keep an eye on the weather. Be aware of possible changing conditions by monitoring localweather broadcasts prior to departure. The captain or first mate should personally monitor strongwinds and electrical storms.

Always keep accurate up-to-date charts of your boating area on board.


™378

S - 2 FUELING

Do not smoke, extinguish all open flames, STOPall engines and other devices that could causesparks, including the bilge blower. Do not useelectrical switches or accessories. Shut OFFall stoves that may produce a spark or flame.Close all openings into the cabin area of theboat.

A. Recommendations

When fueling or having your boat fueled by anattendant, be sure the waste pump-out or freshwater fitting is not mistaken for the gas fill.

Although alcohol boosts the octane level of gasoline, italso attacks the rubber fuel distribution lines and evenmetal fuel system components. Alcohol will permeatemost fuel hoses and other components such as fuelpump, gaskets and seals, and can also contribute tofuel system contamination.

The hoses we use in our boats are alcohol-resistant asare the materials used by the engine manufacturers. Ifonly fuel containing alcohol is available, or the pres-ence of alcohol is unknown, you must perform morefrequent inspections for leaks and abnormalities. Anysign of leakage or deterioration requires your immedi-ate attention. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s rec-ommendations on fuel type and octane ratings.

B. Preliminary Guidelines

1. Safely secure your boat to the dock.

2. Close all hatches, windows, doors and compart-ments to prevent accumulation of fuel vapors.

3. Ensure that a fire extinguisher is readily available.

4. Do not store fuel in areas that are not adequatelyventilated.

5. Use only fuel lubricants recommended by the en-gine manufacturer.

C. Pumping Fuel

Follow engine manufacturer’s recommendationsfor types of fuel and oil. Use of improper prod-ucts can damage the engine and void the war-ranty.

1. Be sure to fuel in a well-lit area gasoline spills areunnoticeable under poor lighting or in the dark.

2. Remove the gas fill cover.

3. Insert the fuel supply nozzle, keeping it in contactwith the fuel fill plate to guard against static pro-duced sparks.

4. Stand away from the fuel tank vent and gas fill dur-ing fueling. Splashback may occur and can be aneye irritant and/or a fire hazard.

5. Avoid spillage. Wipe up any excess fuel immedi-ately.

6. After pumping approximately 10 gallons of fuel intothe fuel tank, inspect the engine and fuel tank areafor any signs of leakage. If no leaks or other prob-lems are detected, resume fueling.

7. Allow space at the top of the tank for thermal ex-pansion.

8. If fuel cannot be pumped in at a reasonable rate,check for fuel vent blockage or a kink in the line.

D. After Fueling

1. Replace the gas fill cover and wipe up any fuelspilled. Discard rags used in a safe place ashore.

2. Open the engine compartment and all hatches, win-dows, doors and other compartments that wereclosed during fueling. Inspect these areas for theodor of fuel vapors and visible fuel leakage.

Investigate and correct any sign of fuel leak-age or indication of vapors before starting en-gine. Do not run blower or operate any electri-cal switch until problem is corrected. Fire orexplosion may result.


™378

S - 3 LOADING PASSENGERS AND GEAR

When loading your boat, remember to distribute theload evenly. Keep the load low and do not overload.Always step into the boat, never board by jumping.Have someone on the dock pass your gear aboard.Secure all gear firmly so it doesn’t move or interferewith operation of the boat. Passengers should boardthe boat one-at-a-time and be seated.

IMPORTANT: Passengers are prohibited from ridingon the bow with feet hanging over the side or ride whilesitting on the stern, gunwales or setbacks. The CoastGuard considers these acts to be negligent or grosslynegligent operation. They are prohibited by law becausefalls from moving boats are a major cause of fatal rec-reational boating accidents.

S - 4 STARTING PROCEDURES

The operation and maintenance manual supplied withyour engine provides pre-start, starting and cold-start-ing instructions. The following information is merely aguide and not intended to explain in detail all startingprocedures and instructions. Refer to your engineowner’s manual.

A. Preliminary Checks

1. Secure boat to the dock before attempting to startengine. The boat should be kept secure until theengine is running and warmed up.

2. Operate the bilge pump until the flow of waterstops.

3. Make sure the throttle is in the neutral position.

B. Starting

To prevent excessive exposure and reducethe possibility of carbon monoxide accumu-lation in the cockpit areas of the boat, the op-erator should provide adequate ventilation ineach of these areas. Utilize hatches, doors,windows and side vents to increase air move-ment. See Section B-2 for information aboutthe dangers of Carbon Monoxide.

Notice: Additional starting information is located in Sec-tion A.

1. Check all electrical systems and navigation lights.

2. Your boat is equipped with a battery selector switch,turn the battery switch to ON position.

3. If your boat has fuel injection, turn the key to startthe engine. Engine will not turn over if throttle isnot in the neutral position.

If your boat does not have fuel injection, depressthe engine warm-up button to advance the throttleseveral times and leave it in the SLOW/START po-sition. This will actuate the carburetor acceleratorpump and feed fuel to the engine. Turn ignition keyto START position.

4. When engine is cold, run engine approximately one(1) to two (2) minutes at fast idle speed (1200 to1500 RPM). This step is not necessary with fuelinjected engines.

5. Once engine has warmed up, check water tem-perature gauge to ensure engine temperature stayswithin optimum range. If temperature reading isabnormally high, stop engine immediately and in-spect for cause of high reading.

6. With engine running, voltmeter should show a read-ing between 12 and 15 volts.

7. Check steering operation. Turn steering wheel fullto port and starboard while observing rudder move-ment.

8. Inspect for fuel odors and visible leaks in the fuel,oil, coolant, exhaust and power steering systems.

9. Make sure boat is securely moored to the dockand engine is idling. Then move the throttle for-ward and then aft and back to neutral to check forproper operation of the shifting motion. Be careful.Leave the engine in gear for only a second or two.

S - 5 MANEUVERING

Boat steering is not self-centering. Steering iseffected by engine and propeller torque, trimtab setting, wave and current action and thespeed of the hull through the water. Constantattention to steering is required for safe op-eration.


™378

Once the boat has slowed and motor is idling, placethe shift in REVERSE. Gradually increasing reversepower with the throttle will allow you to stop the boat ina very short distance.

NOTE: A boat will not respond to steering in reversenearly as well as it does when going forward, so do notexpect to accomplish tight turning maneuvers whenbacking up.

Remember that all boats steer by the stern (the feelingis much like steering your automobile in reverse). Thismeans that the stern of your boat will swing in the di-rection opposite to your turn. For example, when youturn the helm wheel to the left, the stern of your boatwill swing in the direction opposite to your turn. This isespecially important to keep in mind when docking, op-erating in close quarters with other boats, or when ap-proaching a swimmer or downed skier in the water.

Always look behind you and to both sides of the boatbefore slowing down. Tell your passengers your inten-tions to allow them time to make adjustments to theirbalance or positions.

Slowly pull back on throttles, glance back and see if alarge following wave is approaching the transom. If sogive the engines a little throttle as the wave arrives tokeep wave from rolling over the transom.

Once you have spent enough time practicing maneu-vers and have a feel for how the boat handles, you willbe ready to run in open waters.

S - 6 ACCELERATION

Before accelerating to bring you boat on plane,be sure that the area in front of your boat isclear. The bow will rise out of the water mo-mentarily before you plane and may tempo-rarily obstruct your vision.

If you have never had your boat on plane before, choosea calm day for your first on plane experience. Neverboat beyond your ability and experience.

Before bringing your boat “on plane”, check the entirearea to make sure you have a clear, safe path. As youthrottle up to accelerate, your boat will increase its angleof trim, causing the bow to ride high. From a maximumangle, the boat will level out to its planing attitude withcontinued acceleration. This maximum angle is known

When all your pre-departure checks have been com-pleted and the engine has warmed up, you will be readyto leave the dock. Take into account the amount of wind,tide current, and other forces that may affect your ma-neuvering as you leave the dock. Idle speeds work bestwhen maneuvering to and from the dock. Do not forgetto release the mooring lines.

A. Leaving the Dock

You are ready to leave the dock after the engine haswarmed up. Check all gauges for appropriate readingsbefore casting off. If oil pressure is abnormally low orengine temperature is abnormally high, stop the engineimmediately. Check voltmeter to be sure the chargingsystem is working properly. Check for fuel, oil, and ex-haust leaks. Correct the cause of any abnormal condi-tion before getting underway.

Make sure passengers do not obstruct theoperator’s vision when casting off or while un-derway.

After making sure your boat is ready, check wind, tide,current and other forces that will affect the way youmaneuver your boat away from the dock. Throw moor-ing lines off to your boat. Shift your boat’s engine intoforward or reverse depending on whether you want tomove the bow or the stern away from the dock first.Run your engine at a slow speed as you move awayfrom the dock. If you move the bow out first, watch thatthe stern of the boat does not swing into the dock or apiling.

Once away from the dock, devote some time to learn-ing how to maneuver. Practice docking using an imagi-nary dock. Practice stopping and reversing.

B. Stopping

Boats have no brakes. Stopping is accomplished bybacking down on the throttle. Practice stopping maneu-vers and learn early how your boat reacts. From for-ward motion, pull the throttle back towards NEUTRAL.Depending on your speed, the distance the boat travelsuntil it comes to a complete stop will vary. The ability tomeasure the distance will only be acquired through ex-perience.


™378

Head Seas Use tabs to keep bow downand go at a slower speed.

Following Seas To prevent taking seawaterover

the bow, keep tabs up to keepbow up.

Listing Due to Use tabs independently toQuartering Seas, adjust for list. If listing to star-Beam Wind, or board, press port bow downUneven Load switch. If listing to port, press

starboard bow down switch.

Remember that most boats react very slowly to trimtabs. Often boat owners do not give trim tabs time towork. Press the trim tab switches for only one secondat a time and then allow some time for the boat to re-act. If the boat is still listing after a minute or two, pressthe trim tab switch again for a one second interval. Thelabels on the trim tab switches indicate what you wantyour boat to do, not what you want the tabs to do.

It is a good idea to take your boat out onto open watershortly after you get it and experiment with the trimtabs. After you get your boat onto plane, set the tabs invarious positions and note how your boat reacts. Thiswill give you a feel for how the trim tabs work.

It is possible to extend the cylinder life expectancy onyour trim tabs. To do this, keep the cylinders retractedwhile at dockside. Press both trim tab controls downuntil tabs reach their full up position.

as the “hump”. Because visibility, handling, and perfor-mance are reduced, it is advisable to get “over thehump” as soon as possible. A few seconds at full throttleshould get the boat over the hump and into its planingattitude.

After getting over the hump, accelerate until reachinga comfortable plane, then throttle down to cruisingspeed. This also will provide for better fuel efficiency.

S - 7 TRIMMING YOUR BOAT

Trim tabs are used to add lift to the boat’s stern, therebychanging the boat’s attitude (see Figure S1). This liftcan help the boat get on plane faster and remain onplane at slower speeds than if no tabs were used. Usedindependently, tabs can also correct listing conditionscaused by crosswinds, unbalanced loading and quar-tering seas. Trimming your inboard boat properly in-volves setting the trim tabs.

When you are sitting dead in the water, your trim tabswitches are in the BOW UP position. Accelerate untilyou get onto plane. At this point your boat will be plow-ing through the water with the bow down too far. Trimthe tabs down slightly until the bow comes up. If youtrim the tabs down too far, the propeller will cavitate.Your boat is trimmed correctly when it is just short ofpropeller cavitation, under ideal running conditions.

Trim your boat to compensate for seas, winds, or un-even loads.

Figure S1: Trimming the Boat with Trim Tabs


™378

S - 8 NAVIGATION LIGHTS

Although night activities are limited, cruising at night canbe very pleasurable. It can also be dangerous if youdon’t pay close attention to water levels and obstacles.Be especially careful of shallow waters and watch forsubmerged debris, rocks and other obstacles in thewater. Your navigation lights are intended only to pre-vent collision, not to improve your night vision. You maychoose to use a spotlight instead.

NOTE: It is illegal to use your spotlight as a headlight.Use it only temporarily to check the position of your boatand the surrounding area.

Your boat has one white (stern), one red (port) and onegreen (starboard) light. The stern light may be a remov-able pole light. To use the light, line up the two-prongplug in the pole with the receptacle in the base. Plug thelight in, and lock it into place with lever/slide lock. Whennot in use, stow the light inside your boat for safekeep-ing. This light can be turned on or off at the helm.

Check lights for proper operation before heading out atnight. You should also learn to identify the running lightcombinations for other vessels. We recommend thatyou participate in a boating safety course to further learnabout navigation lights and safe boating practices.

The anchor lights and navigation lights are controlledby a switch at the helm. The anchor light switch allowsyou to turn on just the stern (white) light when anchoredor moored. While underway, use the navigation lightswitch to turn on the stern (white), port (red) and star-board (green) lights. Lights are off when switches are inthe OFF position.

S - 9 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS

A. Storms

Storms sometimes appear without advance notice. Al-though weather information from meteorological obser-vation and reporting stations is available, weather bu-reaus are known to have failures in their predictions orinformation gathering equipment. There is no substitutefor a strong understanding of what action to take whenthe weather takes a turn for the worse. Many marinasfly weather signals. You should learn to recognize thesesignals and monitor your local weather forecasts beforeleaving port.

The present and forecasted weather conditions are ofprimary consideration, but a threat of possible stormsshould always be a concern. Observance of the fol-lowing information will help in your safety afloat if stormsdo occur:

• Keep a watch on the horizon for approaching stormindicators.

• Turn radio ON. Dial in local weather station andmonitor forecast. If your boat has a VHF radio,check the weather channels.

• The best possible situation is to return to a safeport if time allows.

• Close and secure all portals and hatches. Stow allloose gear below deck and tie down any gear re-quired to remain on deck.

• Reduce speed as the seas build. Make sure allpassengers are wearing their PFDs.

• If you lose power, keep the boat headed into thewaves by rigging a sea anchor off the bow. If thereis no sea anchor on board, use a canvas bucket orany object that will offer resistance.

• Radar reflectors (if installed on your boat) shouldbe 18 inches diagonally and placed 12 feet abovethe waterline.

B. Fog

Fog is a result of either warm surface or cold surfaceconditions. You can judge the likelihood of fog forma-tion by periodically measuring the air temperature anddew point temperature. If the spread (difference) be-tween these two temperatures is small, you likely willincur a fog situation. Remember the following guide-lines:

• Turn on running lights.

• As fog sets in, take bearings and mark your posi-tion on the chart while continuing to log your courseand speed.

• Make sure all persons aboard are wearing theirPFDs.

• If your boat has depth finding equipment, takesounding and match them with soundings on yourcharts.


™378

• Station a person forward on the boat as a lookout.

• Reduce your speed. From time to time, stop en-gine and listen for fog signals.

• Sound the proper horn or fog bell at proper inter-vals to warn other boaters.

• If there is any doubt in continuing boat movement,anchor. Listen for other fog signals while continu-ing to sound the proper fog horn or bell for a boatat anchor.

C. Running Aground

To prevent boat damage, DO NOT use deckhardware or water ski pylon for towing. Use acommercial towing service.

Operating in shallow water can present a number ofhazards. Sand bars in narrow inlets are constantly shift-ing, making it difficult to mark them with buoys. Some-times sand bars are indicated by waves as they forminto breakers when passing over sand bars. In coastalareas, tides can change water levels by as much as 30feet. Check with local marinas or Coast Guard stationsfor tide tables and current charts.

If your boat runs aground, first check persons aboardfor injury. Then check for damage to the boat. If thedrive unit strikes an underwater hazard, check for boatand drive unit damage. If the engine vibrates exces-sively after striking an underwater obstruction, it mayindicate a damaged propeller. If vibration is noticeable,return to port slowly to prevent further drive and en-gine damage from an out-of-balance condition. Watchthe temperature gauge to make sure you do not over-heat the engine.

If the boat is not taking on any water, it may be pos-sible to rock the boat by shifting the weight of the pas-sengers and gear and by raising the drive unit whilereversing the engine.

If you ground your boat on a sand bar, shut down theengine and seek help from another boater or radio forhelp. See your dealer as soon as possible, as sandingested in the engine cooling system can cause ma-jor engine damage.

D. Warning Markers

It is a good idea to find out about hazardous areas andhow they are marked by asking your local authorities.

• Boaters must also recognize the flag designs whichindicate that scuba divers are present and keepwell clear of the area.

• Watch for swimmers. Swimming areas may notbe marked. Steer clear from the area and alwaysremain alert.

• Distress flags indicate a fellow boater is in need ofassistance.

• Navigation markers serve as a means of identify-ing navigable routes and indicate water hazards.Boaters should become familiar with navigationmarkers and stay within marked boundaries andclear of hazards.

S - 10 REACTING TO EMERGENCIES

Be prepared to deal with emergencies before they hap-pen. Try to formulate a plan for each type of emer-gency in advance so that decisions can be made quicklyand without hesitation. Precious moments lost canmean the difference between losing and saving a life.

A. Flooding

If your boat starts taking on water, activate the bilgepump immediately. Make sure all passengers are wear-ing their PFDs. Open the engine compartment, lookfor the cause of the flooding. Check all hoses, throughhull fittings, seacocks and strainers. If flooding occursas a result of collision or grounding damage, call forassistance and head for shore if possible.

B. Capsizing and Man Overboard

By far, the largest number of boating fatalities involvecapsizing and falling overboard accidents. By being pre-pared ahead of time with an appropriate plan of action,you can greatly lower your chances and your passen-gers’ chances of becoming seriously injured.

C. Capsizing

Wear PFDs or have them readily available at all times.If your boat capsizes, and others were on board, lo-cate them and guide them to the safety of the hull.


™378

Even if the boat floats in an upside-down position, staywith it. The boat hull is much easier for rescuers tospot than a human head sticking out of the water. DONOT attempt to swim ashore, it may be further than itlooks.

D. Man Overboard

Think through and follow these procedures if some-one in your boat falls overboard.

• Remember, every second counts, you must actfast.

• Move throttles to idle position immediately and yell“MAN OVERBOARD.”

• Throw some floating object overboard immediately.Keep your required Type IV PFD accessible at alltimes for such an emergency.

• Keep the person in the water in sight at all times.Have a passenger do nothing but watch the per-son. Do not go into the water to help the victim.One person in the water is enough trouble.

• Circle around quickly, approaching into the windand waves. When the person is alongside, put theengine in neutral and throw them a Type IV PFDwith a line attached or extend a paddle or boat hookwithin his/her reach.

E. Collision

If a serious collision occurs, you should first check thecondition of all passengers aboard, then inspect yourboat to determine the extent of damage.

1. Make sure all persons aboard are wearing theirPFDs.

2. If you need help and your boat has a ship-to-shoreradio, first contact the U.S. Coast Guard (VHFChannel 16) or other rescue authorities immedi-ately.

3. Prepare to assist the other vessel unless your pas-sengers and/or boat are in danger.

4. If the bow of the other boat penetrated your boat’shull, prepare to block the opening once the boatsare separated.

5. Shore up the hole with a spare PFD or bunk cush-ion from your boat.

6. While blocking the hole, trim the boat so that thehole is out of the water.

F. Fire

Most fires are caused by electrical problems or care-less fueling practices. A fire on board your boat is aserious emergency. You must work quickly to imple-ment safety procedures. If a fire occurs, immediatelystop the engine.

1. Make sure all persons aboard are wearing theirPFDs.

2. If the fire is small, attempt to put it out with your fireextinguisher. If the fire is in the engine compart-ment, turn off the bilge blower. Do not open theengine compartment. This feeds oxygen to the fireand may cause it to flare up.

3. If the fire gets out of control, execute a distresssignal and call for help if equipped with a ship-to-shore radio.

4. All persons aboard should jump overboard andswim a safe distance away from the flames.

IMPORTANT: All persons aboard should know the lo-cation and proper operation of the fire extinguishers.

Guidelines

• Use only approved marine cooking and heatingsystems.

• Open flames demand constant attention.

• Keep flammable materials in approved containersin a overboard vented locker sealed from the inte-rior of the boat.

• Ensure ventilation systems are unobstructed.

• Remove mooring covers before starting engine.

• Check the bilge for fuel leaks.

• Extinguish smoking materials carefully.

• Use special care with flame or high temperaturesaround urethane foam.


™378

• Check cleaning products for flammability.

• Ventilate when cleaning or painting.

• Disconnect electrical system from its power sourcebefore performing maintenance.

• Replace breaker or fuse with same amperage de-vice.

• Electrical appliances must be within rated amper-age of boat circuits. Observe the boat carefullywhile the electrical system is being energized.

• Allow only a qualified marine electrician to servicethe boats electrical system.

G. Medical Emergency

Accidents while boating can and may happen. Be pre-pared to handle these emergencies when they hap-pen. Keeping a first aid kit and dry blankets on boardcan assist during these situations. It is also a good ideato contact your local Red Cross for information andtraining on first aid and CPR.

H. Propulsion Failure

Before you call for help regarding an engine or driveunit failure, it is a good idea to eliminate the possibilityof simple problems. Turn off the engine and check tosee that (1) there is fuel in the tank; (2) the enginecooling intakes on the outdrive are not clogged; (3)props are clean and free of weeds, netting, etc.; (4) nohoses are leaking; (5) there is oil in the engine.

Once you have checked out the possibilities listedabove and find they are not the problem, call for helpgiving your position and a detailed description of yourboat.

I. Control Failure

In the unlikely event of a shift/throttle failure, shut downthe engine immediately. Carefully check the controlconnections in the engine compartment to see if theyare secure. If not, try to locate the attaching hardwareand reassemble. If that is not possible, try to use what-ever is available such as paper clips, hair clips, tape,etc., to secure the connections. If a temporary repair ismade, return to port at the slowest steerable speedand be prepared to take emergency action should thetemporary repair fail also. Have your dealer make re-pairs before using the boat again.

J. Steering Failure

If a problem with the steering occurs, shut down theengine immediately. Check the connections to the out-board motor or drive unit in the engine compartment.Some boats have a push/pull cable while others willhave hydraulic hose connections. With cable connec-tions, check the attaching hardware and tighten it ifnecessary. If you have hydraulic hose connections,check to see if they are leaking. If so, tighten the con-nections and check the hydraulic fluid reservoir level.Most stern drives are power assisted and have theirown hydraulic reservoir and engine mounted drivepump; check the level of reservoir and drive pump belt.If the steering is not operating properly, do not operatethe boat and call for assistance.

K. Additional Underway Information

• Always be aware of local laws on noise limits. Noisemeans engine noise, radio noise or even yellingby people on your boat. Good seamanship de-mands that you operate your boat quietly so as notto infringe on the rights of others. Don't use thru-transom exhaust unless you are well off shore.

• You are responsible for any damage or injurycaused by your boat's wake. Observe no wakespeed zone warnings. Operate your boat with re-gard for the safety of other boats and people inyour boating area.

• Keep your engine well tuned to decrease exhausthydrocarbon emissions that pollute the air and wa-ter.

S - 11 RETURNING TO SHORE

A. Docking

Always approach the dock slowly. Think before acting.If you are wondering whether your boat will fit in a spaceagainst a dock, remember that pilings are often (butnot always) spaced 10 feet apart.

Remember that it is easier to control a boat in reversebecause a boat steers from the stern. When backinginto a slip, back so that bow swings into the wind ifpossible. You will have more control.

If you have a twin engine boat, center the steeringwheel. Use the throttles and shifters to control the boat’smovement.


™378

The mooring lines you will use most often are the bowline, the stern line, and spring lines as shown on Fig-ure S2. Each line has a specific purpose. The bow lineand the stern line secure your boat’s bow and stern.The two spring lines keep your boat from moving for-ward or backward when you are moored alongside adock.

If you are mooring your boat for a short time, bow andstern lines may be the only lines you will need. If youare mooring your boat for a longer time or the currentsare swift, you should use spring lines. The stern springline leads from the boat’s stern cleat forward to thepiling or cleat on the dock. The bow spring line leadsfrom the bow cleat aft to the dock.

If you are mooring your boat in a slip, bow and springlines, port and starboard, will keep your boat in posi-tion.

NOTE: If tides are a consideration, be sure to leaveslack in the lines to make up for the rise and fall of thewater while your boat is docked.

Figure S2: Mooring Lines

If possible, come in against the wind or current, which-ever is stronger. Approach the dock at a 30-45° angle.As the boat nears the dock, slowly swing parallel to it.Tie the bow line first; then the stern.

If wind or current is moving toward the dock, moveparallel to the dock further out. Let the wind or currentpush you in. Tie the stern first, then the bow.

Use extreme caution if wind or current is from yourstern. Back in towards the dock slowly at a slight anglewith engine in slow reverse. Gently swing parallel. Tiestern first, then the bow.

If the weather looks bad, use spring-lines from the bowand stern to dock amidships of the boat. Tie up on thedownwind side of the dock. If the wind is changeable,place fenders over the side between the boat and thedock.

B. Mooring

After you have positioned your boat next to the dock,you must secure it with mooring lines to keep it in posi-tion. Mooring lines must be long enough to secure yourboat in any docking situation. For example, the lengthof the lines for a 16-foot runabout should be at least 15feet. An eye splice at the end of each line works wellwith bow or stern cleats.

GlossaryPage 1


™378

GLOSSARY

ABAFT - Toward the rear of a boat.

ABEAM - At right angles to the keel of the boat.

ABOARD - On the boat.

ABREAST - Side by side.

ADRIFT - Loose, not on moorings or towline.

AFT - Moving toward the stern, you are going aft.

AGROUND - Stuck fast to the bottom.

AHEAD - In a forward direction.

ALEE - Away from the direction of the wind; opposite ofwindward.

ALOFT - Above the deck.

AMIDSHIPS - 1. An object or area midway between thebow and stern. 2. An object or area midway between theport side and the starboard side of a vessel.

AMPERE - The standard unit used to measure the drawof an electrical current.

ANCHOR RODE OR ROPE - The line (chain) connect-ing a vessel to its anchor.

ANCHOR BALL - A black, circular, day signal hoisted toshow that a vessel is anchored. Replaced at dusk by theanchor light.

ASTERN - Anywhere behind the boat, a reverse direc-tion, opposite of ahead.

ATHWARTSHIPS - A line, or anything else, running per-pendicular to the fore-and-aft center line of a boat.

BATTEN - A strip of wood or metal used to securetarpaulin(s) in place over a hatch. To batten down meansto secure for rough weather.

BEAM - 1. The widest distance across a boat from theoutside skin on one side to the outside skin on the other.2. A transverse structural member that stiffens and sup-ports a portion of the deck.

BEAM WIND - A wind blowing against the side of thevessel, perpendicular to the long axis of the vessel.

BILGE - The lowest interior area of a hull, used to col-lect water that has entered.

BILGE PUMP - A pump intended for removal of spray,rainwater, and the normal accumulation of water due toseepage and spillage; not intended for damage control.

BINNACLE - The stand or support for a magnetic com-pass occasionally used to mean helm.

BITT - A heavy and firmly mounted piece of wood ormetal used for securing lines.

BLOCK - A wooden or metal case enclosing one or morepulleys and having a hook, eye, or strap by which it maybe attached.

BOLLARD - A single post (wood, metal, or concrete) ona dock, pier, or wharf used to secure a vessel’s lines.

BONDING - The electrical connection of exposed me-tallic, non-current carrying components to a commonpoint on the main engine block.

BOW - The front end of the boat.

BOW LINE - A docking line leading from the bow.

BREAKER - A single breaking, plunging or spilling wave.

BREAKER LINE - The outer limit of the surf. However,all breakers may not be in a line. They can occur out-side the breaker line.

BRIDGE - The main vessel control station.

BROACH - The turning of a boat parallel to the waves,subjecting it to possible capsizing.

BULKHEADS - The interior walls of a boat.

BULWARK - The side of a vessel when carried abovethe level of the deck.

BUOY - An anchored float used for marking a positionon the water, a hazard, or a shoal.

GlossaryPage 2


™378

CAPSIZE - To turn over.

CAPSTAN - A machine that moves a cylindrical deviceon a shaft for the purpose of hauling up an anchor.

CAST OFF - To let go.

CATAMARAN - A twin-hulled boat, with the hulls beingside-by-side.

CHINE - The intersection of a boat’s bottom and side. Ifthis intersection is rounded, it is a “soft” chine. If theintersection is squared off, it is a “hard” chine.

CHOCK - 1. A fitting or hole in a railing or deck throughwhich a mooring or anchor line is routed. 2. A wedgeused to secure an item in place.

CIRCUIT BREAKER - A device used to interrupt an elec-trical circuit when current flow exceeds a predeterminedlevel.

CLEAT - A double-ended deck fitting to which lines aresecured; usually anvil-shaped.

COAMINGS - Raised lips around cockpits or hatchesused to keep water from entering

COCKPIT - An exposed deck area (usually aft) that issubstantially lower than the adjacent deck.

COMBER - A wave on the point of breaking. A comberhas a thin line of white water on its crest, known as “feath-ering.”

COMPANIONWAY - The steps or ladder leading down-ward from a deck.

COMPARTMENTS - Rooms divided by bulkheads.

COUNTER - The overhang at the stern of a boat.

CRADLE - A framework, generally made of wood, usedto support a boat when it is out of the water.

CREST - The top of a wave, breaker or swell.

CUDDY - A small sheltered cabin in a boat.

CURRENT -1. The movement of water, 2. The flow ofelectrical charge.

DEAD AHEAD - Directly in front of the boat.

DEAD RECKONING - A plot of courses steered and dis-tances traveled through the water.

DECK - A permanent covering over a compartment, hullor any part thereof.

DINGHY - A small, open boat used for ship to shoretransportation.

DISPLACEMENT - The weight of water dislocated bythe hull of a vessel.

DISPLACEMENT HULL - A hull that “displaces” a vol-ume of water equal to the weight of the boat. A hulldesigned to run in the water rather than on top of thewater. When a displacement hull moves through thewater, it pushes that water out of the way. Water willthen flow around the hull and fill the “hole” the boat leavesastern.

DOCUMENTED VESSEL - Documented yachts havebeen specially registered with the U.S. Coast Guard. Alldocumented yachts must have their name and home(hailing) port marked on some conspicuous place on thehull. Numbering is not required. Advantages includelegal authority to fly the yacht ensign, privilege of record-ing bills of sale, and other instruments of title with fed-eral officials, and preferred status for mortgages. Docu-mentation does not exempt the unit from any State orFederal taxes. All safety and equipment regulations stillapply.

DOLPHIN - A group of piles driven close together andbound with wire cables into a single structure.

DRAFT - 1. The depth of a boat from the actual waterline to the bottom of the lowest part of the boat (e.g., thepropeller tip or rudder). 2. The depth of water necessaryto float a boat.

DROGUE - Any device streamed astern to check avessel’s speed, or to keep its stern up to the waves in afollowing sea.

DYE MARKER - A brightly colored chemical that spreadswhen released into water; normally used to attract atten-tion.

EBB TIDE - A receding tide.

EVEN KEEL - To be floating evenly without listing to ei-ther side.

GlossaryPage 3


™378

EXHAUST SYSTEM - The means by which the hot en-gine (or generator) exhaust gases are moved from theengine to an outboard port and then released into atmo-sphere.

EYE SPLICE - A permanent loop spliced in the end of aline.

FAST - Said of an object that is secured to another.

FATHOM - Six feet.

FENDER - A device (usually constructed of rubber orplastic) positioned so as to absorb the impact betweenvessels or dock.

FETCH - The unobstructed distance that the wind canblow over the water to create waves.

FLARE - 1. Outboard curve of the hull as it comes up theside from the waterline; the reverse of tumble home. 2.A pyrotechnic device used for emergency signaling.

FLAT - A small deck that is built below decks, specifi-cally to support a piece of equipment.

FLEMISH - To coil down a line or rope on deck in a flat,circular, concentric arrangement.

FLOTSAM - Floating wreckage, trash or debris.

FLUKE - The palm of an anchor.

FOAM CREST - The top of the foaming water that speedstoward the beach after a wave has broken, commonlyreferred to as “white water.”

FOLLOWING SEA - A sea (waves) moving in the samedirection as a vessel.

FORE-AND-AFT - A line, or anything else, that runs par-allel to the longitudinal center line of a boat.

FOREFOOT - The portion of a vessel’s keel that curvesupward to meet the stem.

FOREPEAK - A compartment in the bow of a boat.

FORWARD - Toward the bow.

FREEBOARD - The minimum vertical distance from thesurface of the water to the gunwale.

FREQUENCY - The number of crests passing a fixedpoint at a given time.

FRONTS - Where opposing warm and cold air massesmeet, generally producing a band of wet, stormy weatherwherever they meet.

GALLEY - The kitchen area of a boat.

GALVANIC CORROSION - A potential electrical differ-ence exists between dissimilar metals immersed in aconductive solution (e.g., salt water). If these metalstouch or are otherwise electrically connected, this po-tential difference produces an electron flow betweenthem. The attack on the less corrosion resistant metal isusually increased and the attack on the more resistantmetal is decreased, as compared to when these metalsare not touching.

GANGWAY - The area of a ship’s side where peopleboard and disembark.

GASKET - A strip of sealing material, usually rubber, setalong the edge of a water or gas tight door, port, cover orhatch.

GELCOAT - The thin outer layer of pigmented plasticcovering a fiberglass vessel.

GLAND - The movable part of a stuffing box, which whentightened, compresses the packing.

GROUND - Electrical term meaning the electrical po-tential of the earth’s surface, which is zero.

GROUND SPEED - A vessel’s speed made good overthe earth’s surface along a course or track.

GROUND TACKLE - The anchor, anchor rodes, andother fittings that are used to secure a vessel at anchoror dockside.

GUNWALE - 1. The line where the upper deck and thehull meet. 2. The upper edge of a boat’s side.

HALYARD - A line used to hoist a flag or pennant.

HATCHES - Cover on hatchways.

HATCHWAYS - Access ways through decks.

HARDTOP - A permanent cover over the cabin or cock-pit.

GlossaryPage 4


™378

HAWSER - A heavy rope or cable used for mooring ortowing.

HEAD - A toilet or lavatory area.

HEADING - The direction that a vessel is going with ref-erence to true, magnetic, or compass north.

HEADWAY - The forward motion of a vessel through thewater.

HEAVE TO - To bring a vessel up in a position where itwill maintain little or no headway, usually with the bowinto the wind.

HEAVY WEATHER - Stormy weather with high seas andstrong winds.

HEEL - To tip to one side.

HELM - The wheel or tiller that manually controls theboat’s steering system.

HELMSMAN - The individual steering the vessel.

HIGHS - A center of pressure surrounded by lower pres-sure on all sides. Caused by a mass of cooler, sinking,drier air. This raises the area ground level air pressureand provides clear skies.

HULL - The main body of a boat.

INBOARD - 1. From either the port or starboard side ofa boat toward the fore-and-aft centerline of a boat. 2.The dock side of a moored boat.

INLAND RULES - Nautical “Rules-of-the-Road” that ap-ply in U.S. lakes, rivers, and coastal waters.

INTERNATIONAL RULES - Nautical “Rules-of-the-Road”that are in effect by international agreement to the highseas.

ISOBARS - Lines of equal air pressure that connect allthe local points on a weather map. These lines are usu-ally closed and define high or low pressure air masses.

ISOTHERMS - Isotherms are lines that are similar toIsobars except that Isotherms connect all the points thatare of equal temperature.

JETSAM - Refuse that sinks when discharged overboard.

KEDGE(S) - One or more anchors set out from agrounded vessel, usually astern, to 1) keep it from beingdriven further aground and 2) to aid in refloating.

KEEL - 1. The centerline of a boat hull bottom runningfore and aft, 2. The backbone of a vessel.

KNOT - 1. A maritime unit of speed equal to one nauticalmile per hour (6076 feet). 2. A term for hitches and bends.

LANYARD - A short line made fast to an object to secureit.

LATITUDE - The measure of angular distance in degrees,minutes, and seconds, north or south of the equator.

LAZARETTE - Storage compartment in the deck at thestern.

LEADLINE - A weighted line used to take depth mea-surements.

LEE - The direction opposite that of the wind.

LEEWARD - Away from the wind.

LIST - A vessel that inclines to port or starboard.

LORAN - Long Range Navigation. An electronic systemwhereby a navigator can determine position regardlessof weather.

LONGITUDINAL - Running lengthwise.

LOWS - A region of low atmospheric pressure. Hurri-canes are extremely concentrated low pressure systems.

LUBBER LINE - A mark or line on the compass parallelto the keel indicating forward.

MAST - A spar that is set upright to support lighting, rig-ging, or sails.

MOORING - An arrangement for securing a boat to amooring buoy or pier.

NAVIGATION LIGHTS - A set of red and green or whitelights which must be shown by all vessels between duskand dawn.

OVERHEAD - A ceiling or roof of a vessel.

OVERBOARD - Over the side of the boat.

GlossaryPage 5


™378

OUTBOARD - 1. From the fore-and-aft centerline of aboat toward both the port and starboard sides. 2. Theseaward side of a moored boat. 3. An engine that ismounted externally onto the transom of a boat.

PAINTER - A line to the bow of a small boat used formaking fast.

PASSAGEWAY - A corridor or hallway aboard ship.

PENNANT - The line by which a boat is made fast to amooring buoy; also pendant.

PERSONAL FLOATATION DEVICE (PFD) - A life pre-server.

PIER - A loading platform that extends at an angle fromthe shore.

PILASTER - A rectangular structural support column thatis an extension of the port and starboard aft cabin sidesand which supports the hardtop and flybridge.

PILING - Support, or protection for wharves, piers, etc.

PITCH - 1. The vertical (up and down) motion of a bowin a seaway, about the athwartships axis. 2. The axialadvance of a propeller during one complete revolution.

PITCHPOLING - A boat being thrown end-over-end.

PLANING HULL - At slow speeds, a planing hull will dis-place water in the same manner as a displacement hull.As speed is increased, the hull provides a lifting effectup onto the surface of the water.

POINT - One of 32 points of the compass that is equal to11-1/4 degrees.

PORT - 1. Looking forward, the left side of a boat, 2. Aharbor, 3. An opening for light or ventilation or passageof material in the side of a boat.

PORT BEAM - The left-center of a boat.

PORT BOW - Facing the bow, the front left side.

PORT QUARTER - Looking forward, a vessel’s left rearsection.

QUARTER - The sides of a boat aft of amidships.

QUARTERING SEA - Sea coming on a boat’s quarter.

RED-RIGHT-RETURNING - A term for helmsmen thatbuoys and day markers are on the right when returningfrom seaward.

REEF - A shallow underwater barrier.

REEVE - To pass a line through a block or other open-ing.

RIDGES - High pressure fingers extending out from ahigh.

RODE - The anchor line or chain.

RUNNING LIGHTS - Lights required to be shown onboats underway between sundown and sunup.

RUDDER - A vertical plate for steering a boat.

SALON - The main social cabin on a vessel, usually thelargest area, occasionally referred to as the deckhouse.

SCREW - A propeller.

SCUPPER - A drain from the edge of a deck that dis-charges overboard.

SEACOCK - A positive action shut-off valve connecteddirectly to the hull seawater intake and discharge piping.

SERIES - A group of waves which seem to travel to-gether and at about the same speed.

SHACKLE - A “U” shaped connector with a pin or boltacross the open end.

SHAFT - The long, round member that connects the en-gine or transmission to the propeller.

SHAFT LOG - A fitting at the hull bottom where the shaftconnecting an engine to its propeller penetrates the hull.A shaft log permits the shaft to rotate while simultaneouslypreventing water from entering the hull.

SHEER - The top of the hull’s curvature at the deck linefrom the bow to the stern.

SHEER STRAKE - The upper edge of the hull, immedi-ately below the deck.

SHEET BEND - A knot used to join tow ropes.

SHOAL - An area of shallow water.

GlossaryPage 6


™378

SILENCER - A baffled chamber installed in an exhaustsystem to reduce the noise.

SOLE - Term for deck, cabin or cockpit floor.

SPAR - A general term for booms, masts, yards etc.SPRING LINE - A pivot line used in docking, undocking,or to prevent the boat from moving forward or asternwhile made fast to a dock.

STARBOARD - Looking forward, the right side of a boat.

STARBOARD BEAM - The right-center of a boat.

STARBOARD BOW - When facing the bow, the frontright side.

STARBOARD QUARTER - When looking forward, theright rear section of the boat.

STEERAGEWAY - The lowest speed at which a vesselcan be controlled by the steering wheel.

STEM - The leading edge of a boat’s hull.

STERN - The back of a boat.

STRINGER - A fore and aft continuous member used toprovide a vessel longitudinal strength.

STRUT - A propeller shaft support that is below the hull.

SUMP - A pit or well into which water is drained.

SUPERSTRUCTURE - Deck houses and other struc-tures extending above the deck.

THWART - A seat or brace running laterally across aboat.

THWARTSHIPS - At right angles to the centerline.

TILLER - A bar or handle for turning a boat’s rudder, ormotor.

TOPSIDE - To go up to the top deck.

TRANSOM - The stern cross-section of a square sternedboat.

TRANSVERSE - Across the vessel; athwartships.

TRIM - Fore and aft balance of a boat.

TROUGH - 1. The valley that exists between waves. 2.A trough is the opposite of a ridge in that it is an elon-gated low-pressure area extending out from a low. Atrough normally indicates unsettled weather.

TUMBLE HOME - The opposite of flare. The shape ofthe hull as it moves outboard going down from the gun-wale to the waterline or chine.

UNDERWAY - Movement. Usually referring to a vesselproceeding forward.

V-BOTTOM - A hull with the bottom section in the shapeof a “V.”

V DRIVE - A drive system that has the output of the en-gine facing forward and coupled to a transmission. Theprop shaft is then coupled to the transmission.

WAKE - Moving waves, track or path that a boat leavesbehind it when moving across the water.

WATER LINE - The line of the water on the hull whenthe vessel is afloat.

WATCH - A 4 hour duty period while at sea.

WAVES - Waves are periodic disturbances of the sea’ssurface, caused by wind, seaquakes, and the gravita-tional pull of the moon and the sun.

WAVE GRADIENT - A wave’s slope or angle from troughto crest with respect to the horizon.

WAVE HEIGHT - From the bottom of a wave’s trough tothe top of the crest.

WEATHER DECK - A deck with no overhead protection.

WET EXHAUST - This term refers to an exhaust sys-tem where the cooling seawater is mixed with the ex-haust gases just after the riser. This mixture is thenejected through the drive or ports located in the transomor hull sides.

WHARF - A man-made structure bounding the edge ofa dock and built along the shoreline.

WHIPPING - The act of wrapping the end of a piece ofrope with small line, tape or plastic to prevent it fromfraying.

WINDLASS - A device used to raise and lower the an-chor.

GlossaryPage 7


™378

WINDWARD - Toward the direction from which the windis coming.

YAW - 1. To swing off course, as when due to the impactof a following or quartering sea. 2. Any motion about avertical axis.

Float PlanPage 1


™378

FLOAT PLANCopy this page and fill out before going boating. Leave the completed copy with a reliableperson who can be depended upon to notify the Coast Guard, or other rescue organization,should you not return as scheduled. DO NOT file this plan with the Coast Guard.

Name ________________________________________________ Telephone ______________________________

Description of Boat __________________________ Type _________ Color ____________ Trim ____________

Registration Number ___________________________________________________________________________

Length ___________________ Name __________________________ Make ____________________________

Four Winns® Hull Identification Number ___________________________________________________

Other Information _____________________________________________________________________________

Persons Aboard: Name Age Address Telephone

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Engine Type ___________________________________ HP ________________________________________

Number of Engines _______________________________ Fuel Capacity ________________________________

Survival Equipment:

PFDs __________________________ Flares ______________________ Mirror __________________________

Smoke Signals _________________ Flashlight ___________________ Food ___________________________

Paddles _______________________ Water ______________________ Anchor _________________________

Raft or Dinghy __________________ EPIRB ______________________ Sea Anchor _____________________

Navigation Equipment:

Compass ____________________ Loran ________________ GPS ______________ Radar ________________

Radio: Yes ________ No ________ Type ______________________ Frequency _________________________

Phone: Yes _______ No ________ Phone Number ________________________________________________

Destination ____________________________________ Estimated Time of Arrival ________________________

Expected to Return By ___________________________________________

AutoType ______________________License No. ______________ Where _______________________________

If not returned by ________________________call the Coast Guard, or ________________________________ Local Marine Authority

Coast Guard Telephone Number: ________________________________________________________________

Local Marine Authority Telephone Number: _______________________________________________________

Fuel LogPage 1


™378

FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Fuel Log378 Vista™ Owner’s Manual

™378

Page 2

FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Fuel LogPage 3


™378

FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Service LogPage 1


™378

SERVICE LOG

ETAD SRUOH DEMROFREPECNANETNIAM

Service LogPage 2


™378

SERVICE LOG


Service LogPage 3


™378

SERVICE LOG


Service InformationPage 1


™378

SERVICE INFORMATION

LEDOMTAOB

REBMUNNOITACIFITNEDILLUH

LEDOMENIGNE

)S(REBMUNLAIRESENIGNE

LEDOMEVIRD

)S(REBMUNLAIRESEVIRD

RETEMAIDRELLEPORP

HCTIPRELLEPORP

)S(REBMUNTRAPRELLEPORP

REBMUNRETLIFLIO

ROLOCTAOB

ROLOCYRETSLOHPUTIPKCOC

ROLOCYRETSLOHPUNIBAC

YTICAPACLEUF

EGASURH/NOLLAG.GVADETAMITSE:LEUF

)S(REBMUNYEKNOITINGI

REBMUNYEKXOBEVOLG

REBMUNYEKYAWNOINAPMOC

LEDOMRELIART

ROLOCRELIART

REBMUNLAIRESRELIART

RERUTCAFUNAM&EZISERITRELIART

RELAEDGNILLES

SSERDDA

ETATS&YTIC

REBMUNENOHP

SUOENALLECSIM

Locator DrawingPage 1

™378

378 VISTA LOCATOR DRAWING


™378

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. ROUTE WIRING ON PANEL AS SHOWN. TIE WRAP AT BREAKOUTS AND/OR EVERY 3".5. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.6. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

7. DIMENSION IS SHOWN FROM THE EDGE OF THE PANEL.

G01RUDDERPOSITION

G02STBD ENGINE TEMP

G03STBD OIL PRESSURE

G04STBDVOLTAGE

G05STBDFUEL LEVEL

G06PORTFUEL LEVEL

G07PORTVOLT

G08PORTOIL PRESSURE G09

PORTENGINE TEMP

G10CLOCK

025-2932PANEL, BLANK378V LOWER GAUGE

18 7

P06LOWER INSTRUMENTS

I

S

GND GRD +I

GND

S

I

GND

SIGND

I

GND

SI

GND

S+

GNDI

GND

S

I

GND

S

FARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIA

RUDDER ANGLESTBD WATER TEMPSTBD OIL PRESSURESTBD VOLTAGESTBD FUEL QUANTITYPORT FUEL QUANTITYPORT VOLTAGEPORT OIL PRESSUREPORT WATER TEMPCLOCK

GAUGE,RUDDER ANGLEGAUGE,WATER TEMP,FARIAGAUGE,OIL PRESSURE,FARIAGAUGE,VOLTAGE,FARIAGAUGE,FUEL,FARIAGAUGE,FUEL,FARIAGAUGE,VOLTAGE,FARIAGAUGE,OIL PRESSURE,FARIAGAUGE,WATER TEMP,FARIACLOCK

1111111111

024-0504024-0507024-0509024-0510024-0511024-0511024-0510024-0509024-0507024-0513

G01G02G03G04G05G06G07G08G09G10

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP

AMP

FUNCTION

020841LOWER INSTRUMENTS

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERMINAL,RING,PG,#8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, LOWER GAUGE, 378V PLUG,UMNL,15 CKT

QUANTITY

14251411

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390025-2932028-0452

ITEM

P06

FOUR WINNS PARTS LIST

YEL

YEL

LT +

TAN/REDS

STBD FUEL

INSTRUMENT LTS

S

G10CLOCKLT -

GND

+YEL

YEL

G09PORTENGINE TEMPLT

GND

IYEL

G08PORTOIL PRESSURE

S

LT

GND

IYEL

LT BLU/RED

G07PORTVOLTLT

GND

+YEL

G06PORTFUEL LEVEL

S

LT

GND

IYEL

G05STBDFUEL LEVEL

S

LT

GND

IPUR

YEL

PNK

G04STBD VOLT

LT

GND

+PUR

YEL

G03STBD OIL PRESSURE

S

LT

GND

IPUR

YEL

G02STBDENGINE TEMP

S

LT

GND

I

TAN

15

14

13

2

1

P06LOWER INSTRUMENTS15P

PANEL RETURN

STBD IGNITION

STBD OIL PRESS

STBD WATER TEMP

IGNITION BOTH

RUDDER ANGLE

PORT IGNITION

PORT OIL PRESS

CLOCK

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

I

GND

LT

G01RUDDER POSITION

PORT FUEL

PUR/YEL

LT BLU/BLK

PNK

TAN/RED

BRN/ORNPORT WATER TEMP

NOT USED

NOT USED

DK BLU

LT BLU/RED

DK BLU

PNK/GRN

YEL

WHT/PUR

PUR

PUR/YEL

DK BLU

PUR

PNK/RED

DK BLU

DK BLU

PUR

PUR

PUR

DK BLU

DK BLU

WHT/PUR

TAN

PNK/RED

PNK/GRN

DK BLU

DK BLU

LT BLU/BLK

DK BLU

DK BLU

BRN/ORN

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:08

TERM:08

TERM:02

TERM:02

TERM:02

TERM:02

378 VISTALOWER GAUGE

PANEL ASSEMBLYElectrical Schematics Page 1

™378

J15COMPASS

16 7

SIGSTBD

GNDBAT

1

5

4 3

2

6

GND

1

5

4 3

2

6

SIG

GNDBAT

1

5

4 3

2

6

SIGPORT

025-2930PANEL, BLANK, UPPER GAUGE 368V

G03024-0505PORT TACHOMETR

G02024-0512SYNCHRONIZER

G01024-0505STBD TACHOMETER

SIG

BAT

DK BLULT

GRA/REDS

G02SYNCHRONIZATION INDICATOR

S

GND

BATPUR/YEL

YEL

J15COMPASS2S2

1DK BLU

YEL

GRA

DK BLU

YEL

WHT/PURBAT

GND

LT

S

G01STBDTACHOMETER

GRA/RED

DK BLU

YEL

PURBAT

GND

LT

S

G03PORTTACHOMETER

GRA

GRA/RED

WHT/PUR

PUR

YEL

9

8

7

6

5

4

3NOT USED

DASH LTS

STBD TACHOMETER

PORT TACHOMETER

IGNITION BOTH

STBD IGNITION

PORT IGNITION

NOT USED

P07UPPERINSTRUMENTS9P

1

2PUR/YELDK BLU

DASH LT RET

GRA

FOUR WINNS WIRE LISTCOLOR

DK BLUPUR/YELYELPURWHT/PURGRA/REDGRADK BLUDK BLUDK BLUGRA/REDYELYELYEL

GA

1616161616161616161616161616

FIRST

P07P07P07P07P07P07P07G01J15G02G02G01J15G02

PIN

1245689LT2LTSGND1GND

PIN

LTBATGNDBATBATSS2LTLTS1GNDGND

TERM

4141414141414102420208084208

TERM

0208080808080842020208420808

NOTE

SASBSCSGSDSESF

NOTE

SA

SD

SGSHSBSC

SESF

SECOND

G01G02G01G03G01G02G01J15G02G03G03J15G02G03

FUNCTION

STBD TACH LTSYNC POWERSTBD TACH GNDPORT TACH POWERSTBD TACH POWERSYNC PORT TACH SIGNALSTBD TACH SIGNALCOMPASS LTSYNC LTPORT TACH LTPORT TACH SIGNALCOMPASS RETSYNC RETPORT TACH RET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPFARIAFARIAFARIA

FUNCTION

02084142

UPPER INSTRUMENTSCOMPASSSTBD TACHOMETERSYNCRONIZERPORT TACHOMETER

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,IGNI/SWTICH, 338VPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 2 CKTGAUGE,TACH, FARIA 6000RPM, TC9395GAUGE, SYNCRO, FARIA, GAUGE,TACH, FARIA 6000RPM, TC9395

QUANTITY

31072111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390028-0454025-2930028-0449028-0441024-0505024-0512024-0505

ITEM

P07J15G01G02G03


16 7

REAR VIEW

P07UPPER INSTRUMENTS9P

Electrical Schematics Page 2

378 VISTAUPPER GAUGE PANEL

ASSEMBLY W/ OUT NAV

™378



REAR VIEW

16 7

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTITEM

P07J15G01G02G03

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390028-0454025-3026028-0449028-0441024-0505024-0512024-0505

QUANTITY

31072111111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, 378V UPPER GAUGE W/NAVPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 2 CKTGAUGE,TACH, FARIA 6000RPM, TC9395GAUGE, SYNCRO, FARIA, GAUGE,TACH, FARIA 6000RPM, TC9395

FUNCTION

02084142


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP


FUNCTION


SECOND

G01G02G01G03G01G02G01J15G02G03G03J15G02G03

NOTE

SA

SD

SGSHSBSC

SESF

NOTE

SASBSCSGSDSESF

TERM

0208080808080842020208420808

TERM

4141414141414102420208084208

PIN


PIN


FIRST

P07P07P07P07P07P07P07G01J15G02G02G01J15G02

GA

1616161616161616161616161616

COLOR


FOUR WINNS WIRE LIST

GRA

DASH LT RET

DK BLUPUR/YEL

2

1


NOT USED

PORT IGNITION

STBD IGNITION

IGNITION BOTH

PORT TACHOMETER

STBD TACHOMETER

DASH LTS

NOT USED 3

4

5

6

7

8

9

YEL

PUR

WHT/PUR

GRA/RED

GRA

G03PORTTACHOMETER

S

LT

GND

BATPUR

YEL

DK BLU

GRA/RED

G01STBDTACHOMETER

S

LT

GND

BATWHT/PUR

YEL

DK BLU

GRA

YEL

DK BLU1

2

J15COMPASS2S

YEL

PUR/YELBAT

GND

S


SGRA/RED

LTDK BLU

BAT

SIG


G02024-0512SYNCHRONIZER


025-3027PANEL, BLANK, UPPER GAUGE 368V W/NAV

SIGPORT

6

2

34

5

1

BATGND

SIG

6

2

34

5

1

GND

6

2

34

5

1

BATGND

SIGSTBD

16 7

J15COMPASS

378 VISTAUPPER GAUGE PANEL

ASSEMBLY W/ NAV

™378



REAR VIEW

16 7

NOTES:

GRA

DASH LT RET

DK BLUPUR/YEL

2

1


NOT USED

PORT IGNITION

STBD IGNITION

IGNITION BOTH

PORT TACHOMETER

STBD TACHOMETER

DASH LTS

NOT USED 3

4

5

6

7

8

9

YEL

PUR

WHT/PUR

GRA/RED

GRA

G03PORTTACHOMETER

S

LT

GND

BATPUR

YEL

DK BLU

GRA/RED

G01STBDTACHOMETER

S

LT

GND

BATWHT/PUR

YEL

DK BLU

GRA

YEL

DK BLU1

2

J15COMPASS2S

YEL

PUR/YELBAT

GND

S


SGRA/RED

LTDK BLU

BAT

SIG


G02024-0519SYNCHRONIZATION IND


025-3026PANEL, BLANK, UPPER GAUGE W/NAV 378V

SIGPORT

6

2

34

5

1

BATGND

SIG

6

2

34

5

1

GND

6

2

34

5

1

BATGND

SIGSTBD

16 7

J15COMPASS



GA

1616161616161616161616161616

FIRST

P07P07P07P07P07P07P07G01J15G02G02G01J15G02

PIN


PIN


TERM

4141414141414102420208084208

TERM

0208080808080842020208420808

NOTE

SASBSCSGSDSESF

NOTE

SA

SD

SGSHSBSC

SESF

SECOND

G01G02G01G03G01G02G01J15G02G03G03J15G02G03

FUNCTION


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP


FUNCTION

02084142


DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,UPPER GAUGE W/NAV, 378VPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 2 CKTGAUGE,TACH, DIESEL FARIA, TC9943GAUGE, SYNCRO, FARIA, SY9758GAUGE,TACH, DIESEL FARIA, TC9943

QUANTITY

31072111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390028-0454025-3026028-0449028-0441024-0520024-0519024-0520

ITEM

P07J15G01G02G03


378 VISTA (DIESEL)UPPER GAUGE PANEL

ASSEMBLY W/ NAV

™378

XX

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153

42

41

41

4

RED/BRNORN

RED/WHT

RED

6

45

RED/WHT

RED

RED/BRNSTBD TANK

PORT TANK

CENTER

13

14

15

P08SWITCH PANEL

P07SWICH PANEL

J23SWITCH PANEL

6

DK BLUINSTRUMENT LTS

ORN/

WHT

YEL 1

4AW

GYE

L 14A

WG

COCKPIT LTS OUT

COCKPIT LTS OUT

EMERGENCY START OUT

ENGINE HATCH UP

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

ENGINE LTS OUT

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

GRA/BRN

GRA/BLU

GRA/WHT

GRA/BRN

BLK/ORN

GRN/ORN

ARCH LTS OUT

ANCHOR LT OUT

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P07SWITCH PANEL9P

YEL 1

4AW

GYE

L 14A

WG

YEL 1

4AW

GYE

L 14A

WG

PLATFORM LTS

RED/LT BLU

RED/ORN

RED/ DK BLU

ORN/

BLK

PLATFORM LTS

2

7

3

S05ENGINE ROOM LTSTERM: 02

2 3S06EMERGENCYSTARTTERM: 02

S10PLATFORMLIGHTSTERM: 02

PORT WIPER RUN

7 3

GRA/ORN

12

3

4

1

6

45

2

3

12

3

12

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

S04ENGINEHATCHTERM: 02

RED/BLK

BLK/REDWHT/ORN

BRN/RED 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWGORN/BLK

LT BLU/ORN

LT BLU

ORN

GRA/ORN

P08SWITCH PANEL12P

PLATFORM/ACC SW IN

NAV/ANCHOR LTS IN

INSTRUMENT / COCKPIT LTS IN

ENGINE HATCH IN

ARCH / ENGINE LIGHTS IN

WINDLASS/EMERG START IN

WIPERS/HORN IN

AFT BILGE MAN OUT

AFT BILGE IN

R01POWERRESISTOR

YEL 1

4AW

G

GRA/BRN

S11COCKPIT LTSTERM: 02

S12INSTRUMENT LIGHTSTERM: 02 7 3

2

1

LT BLU/ORN

S13NAV/ANCTERM: 02 2

54

6

1

LT BLU

GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

ORN/

GRA

14AW

G

GRA/BLU

4

37

ORN/

TAN

1

6

45

2

37

CB01WIPERBREAKERTERM: 02

7

S07WINDLASSTERM: 02

1

2

BLK/RED

ORN/BLK

RED/BLK3

GRA/WHT

ORN/GRN

S14ARCH LIGHTSTERM: 02

3

7

2

ORN

DK BLU

DK BLU

GRA/BRN

DK BLU

BRN/RED 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

S03AFT BILGE PUMPTERM: 02

3

7

2

WHT/ORNS02HORNTERM: 02

32

NAV LTS OUT

HORN OUT

WIPERS PARK

WINDLASS UP

STBD WIPER RUN

WINDLASS DOWN

ORN

7

YEL 1

4AW

G

S09FUEL TANK CONTROLTERM: 02

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

YEL 1

4AW

GYE

L 14A

WG

3

4

BLU/

YEL

1

6

4

5

2

LT B

LU/O

RN

GRA/ORN

S08ACCESSORYTERM: 02

S01WIPERSTERM: 02

BLK/ORN

ORN/GRN

GRN/ORN

GRA/RED 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

15

ORN/WHT

RED/LT BLU

RED/DK BLU

RED/ORN

RED/DK BLU

YEL 14AWG

GRA/ORN

ORN/WHT

GRA/RED 14AWG

ORN/GRN

J23SWITCH PANEL15S

GRA/GRN

PANEL RET

ORN

10

6

6

5

7

4

5

6

3

2

1

7

4

5

6

3

2

1

1

2

3

6

5

4

73

2

1

1

2

3

6

5

4

7

7

4

5

6

3

2

1

7

4

5

6

3

2

1

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

3

2

1

7

1

2

3

7

1

2

3

7

1

2

3

6

5

4

7

1

2

3

6

5

4

7

1

2

3

6

5

4

7

4

5

6

ITEM

P07P08J23CB01R01S01S02S03S04S05S06S07S08S09S10S11S12S13S14

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPAMPMP

CARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SW

FUNCTION

02404142BLANK PANELSWITCH PANELSWITCH PANELSWITCH PANELWIPERLIGHT DIMMERWIPERHORNAFT BILGE PUMPENGINE LID LIFTENGINE ROOM LTSEMERGENCY STARTWINDLASSACCESSORYFUEL TANK CONTROLPLATFORM LTSCOCKPIT LTSINSTRUMENT LTSNAV/ANCHOR LTSARCH LTS

QUANTITY

362151511111111111111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0453028-0390028-0454025-3041028-0449028-0452028-0443028-0466

028-0504028-0456028-0457028-0460028-0457028-0456028-0469028-0457028-0504028-0457028-1135028-0461028-0504028-0457

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, UPPER SWITCHPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTBREAKER, 15ARESISTOR, LIGHT POWERSWITCH,DPDT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,OFF (ON),CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,DPDT,NO LT,CONT III (ON)OFF(ON)SWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,NO LT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPDT,NO LT,(ON)OFF(ON),CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,DPDT,2 LTS,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPDT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPDT,2 LTS,CONT IIISWITCH,DPDT,2 LTS,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT III


905 FRISBIE STREETTITLETOLERANCES:

PANEL ASSEMBLY, UPPER SWITCH 378V

025-3041PANEL BLANK, UPPER SWITCH 378V

S07WINDLASS

S06EMERGENCY START

S05ENGINE ROOMLIGHTS

S01WIPERS

S02HORN

S03AFT BILGE PUMP

S04ENGINE HATCH

S08ACCESSORY S09

FUEL TANKCONTROL

S10PLATFORMLIGHTS

S11COCKPITLIGHTS

S12INSTRUMENTLIGHTS

S13NAV/ANCHORLIGHTS

R01POWERRESISTOR

SB01WIPERBREAKER

S14ARCH LIGHTS


378 VISTAUPPER SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLY

™378

A

12

12

J59SPOTLIGHT

J22IGN PANEL

J28IGN PANEL

INSTRUMENT LTS

YEL 1

4AW

G

R2612V RECEPTACLE

15

14

13

12

11

10

WHT/PUR 14AWG

WHT/RED SIB

RED/WHT 10AWG

RED 10AWG

CR03DIODE ASS'Y

1

2

3

S02STBD IGNITION

S01PORT IGNITION

IB

SYEL/RED

PUR 14AWG

CB01PORT IGNITION

15RED 10AWG

CB02STBD IGNITION

15RED/WHT 10AWG

PUR/YELCLOCK

TRIM TABS

BLOWER B OUT

BLOWER A OUT

RED 10AWG

RED/VIO 14AWG

STBD IGNITION

PORT IGNITION

STBD IGNITON IN

PORT IGNITION IN

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

WHT/PUR 14AWG

YEL/RED

J28IGN PANEL15S

WHT/REDPORT START

STBD STARTPUR/YEL

ORN/YEL 14AWGIGNITION BOTH

ORN/YEL 14AWG

FIREBOY

ORN/YEL 14AWG5 6

ORN/YEL 14AWG

S05BLOWER

3

7

2

R2512V RECEPTACLE

ORN/RED 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

PUR/YEL2

P62FIREBOY2P

FIREBOY

YEL/BLKFIREBOY RET1

YEL 14AWG

YEL/BLKORN/TAN 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

J16GAS VAPOR DETECTOR2S2

1ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

RED/WHT 10AWG

BRN/ORN

DK BLU

DK BLU

ORN/RED 14AWG

2

1WHT 14AWG

SPOTLIGHT RET

SPOT LIGHT

YEL 14AWG

J59SPOTLIGHT2S

SPOTLIGHT IN

YEL 14AWG

RED/VIO 14AWG2

1

J22IGN PANEL12S

INSTRUMENT LTS

SPOT LIGHT RET

CLOCK IN

TRIM TABS IN

BLOWER 1A IN

BLOWER 1B IN

PANEL RET

12V ACC PLUGS 3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WHT 14AWGYEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN

ORN/YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

10

11

12

BLOWER 2A IN

BLOWER 2B IN

ORN/TAN 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

YEL/BLK

14


CB01CB02CR03J16J28J22J59P62R25R26S01S02S03

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455025-2936028-0467028-0467025-0024-6028-0441028-0446028-0445028-0441028-0447028-1100028-1100028-1286028-1286028-0459

QUANTITY

104226211121111111111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10PANEL,BLANK,IGNITION, 368VBREAKER,15ABREAKER,15ADIODE,DUALRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,12V AFIRECEPT,12V AFISWTICH,IGNITION,IOSWTICH,IGNITION,IOSWITCH,DPST,CONT III

FUNCTION

0207414243

PORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITIONIGNITION BOTHGAS VAPOR DETECTORIGNITION PANELIGNITION PANELSPOTLIGHTFIREBOY12V RECEPTACLE12V RECEPTACLEPORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITIONBLOWER

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

MPMP

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAFIAFIGENERALGENERAL CARL SW

FUNCTION

FIREBOYBLOWER SW RETPORT IGN INSTBD IGN INPORT IGNSTBD IGNPORT STARTSTBD STARTIGNITION BOTHFIREBOYBLOWER 1B INBLOWER 1B INBLOWER 1A INBLOWER 1A INTRIM TABSCLOCKINSTRUMENT LTSACC PLUG RETACC PLUG RETGAS VAPOR12V ACC RECEPT12V ACC RECEPTSPOTLIGHTGAS VAPOR RETSPOTLIGHT RETPORT IGN INSTBD IGN INBLOWER 2A INBLOWER 2B IN

SECOND

P62S05CB01CB02S01S02S01S02CR03P62S05J22S05J22J22J22J22R26R25J16R25R26J59J16J59S01S02S05S05

NOTE

SA

SH

SF

NOTE

SA

SBSBSCSCSDSD

SGSESESF

SH

TERM

4102070702020202504102420242424242020242020242424202020202

TERM

4241434342424242424242424242424242420242420242024207074242

PIN

17LINELINEIISSCATHODE23968267--2++211BB52

PIN

11234567889910101112131-33+4-5LOADLOAD1011

FIRST

J28P62J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J22R26J22J22R25J22R25J22CB01CB02J22J22

GA

1616101014141616161614141414141616141414141414141410101414

COLOR

YEL/BLKYEL/BLKREDRED/WHTPURWHT/PURYEL/REDWHT/REDPUR/YELPUR/YELORN/YELORN/YELORN/YELORN/YELRED/VIOBRN/ORNDK BLUYELYELORN/REDORN/REDORN/REDWHTYELYELREDRED/WHTORN/TANORN/TAN


16

7

J16GAS VAPOR

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

I

S

B

I

S

B

P62FIREBOY

4

change to pins 41

R2612VRECEPTACLE

R2512V RECEPTACLE

S05BLOWER

CB02STBD IGNBREAKER

CB01PORT IGN BREAKER

S02STBD IGN

S01IGN SW

CR03DIODE ASSY

028-2936PANEL, BLANK, 368 IGNITION

Electrical Schematics

378 VISTAIGNITION/SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLY

W/OUT NAV PACKAGEPage 6

™378

A

change to pins 41

4

P62FIREBOY

B

S

I

B

S

I

7

4

5

63

2

1

J16GAS VAPOR

7

16


YEL/BLKYEL/BLKREDRED/WHTPURWHT/PURYEL/REDWHT/REDPUR/YELPUR/YELORN/YELORN/YELORN/YELORN/YELRED/VIOBRN/ORNDK BLUYELYELORN/REDORN/REDORN/REDWHTYELYELREDRED/WHTORN/TANORN/TAN

GA

1616101014141616161614141414141616141414141414141410101414

FIRST

J28P62J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J28J22R26J22J22R25J22R25J22CB01CB02J22J22

PIN

11234567889910101112131-33+4-5LOADLOAD1011

PIN

17LINELINEIISSCATHODE23968267--2++211BB52

TERM

4241434342424242424242424242424242420242420242024207074242

TERM

4102070702020202504102420242424242020242020242424202020202

NOTE

SA

SBSBSCSCSDSD

SGSESESF

SH

NOTE

SA

SH

SF

SECOND

P62S05CB01CB02S01S02S01S02CR03P62S05J22S05J22J22J22J22R26R25J16R25R26J59J16J59S01S02S05S05

FUNCTION

FIREBOYBLOWER SW RETPORT IGN INSTBD IGN INPORT IGNSTBD IGNPORT STARTSTBD STARTIGNITION BOTHFIREBOYBLOWER 1B INBLOWER 1B INBLOWER 1A INBLOWER 1A INTRIM TABSCLOCKINSTRUMENT LTSACC PLUG RETACC PLUG RETGAS VAPOR12V ACC RECEPT12V ACC RECEPTSPOTLIGHTGAS VAPOR RETSPOTLIGHT RETPORT IGN INSTBD IGN INBLOWER 2A INBLOWER 2B IN

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

MPMP

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAFIAFIGENERALGENERAL CARL SW

FUNCTION

0207414243

PORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITIONIGNITION BOTHGAS VAPOR DETECTORIGNITION PANELIGNITION PANELSPOTLIGHTFIREBOY12V RECEPTACLE12V RECEPTACLEPORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITIONBLOWER

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10PANEL,BLANK,IGNITION, 378VBREAKER,15ABREAKER,15ADIODE,DUALRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,12V AFIRECEPT,12V AFISWTICH,IGNITION,IOSWTICH,IGNITION,IOSWITCH,DPST,CONT III

QUANTITY

104226211121111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455025-2936028-0467028-0467025-0024-6028-0441028-0446028-0445028-0441028-0447028-1100028-1100028-1286028-1286028-0459

ITEM

CB01CB02CR03J16J28J22J59P62R25R26S01S02S03


14

YEL/BLK

ORN/TAN 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

BLOWER 2B IN

BLOWER 2A IN

12

11

10

ORN/YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN

YEL 14AWGWHT 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

312V ACC PLUGS

PANEL RET

BLOWER 1B IN

BLOWER 1A IN

TRIM TABS IN

CLOCK IN

SPOT LIGHT RET

INSTRUMENT LTS

J22IGN PANEL12S

1

2RED/VIO 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

SPOTLIGHT IN

J59SPOTLIGHT2S

YEL 14AWG

SPOT LIGHT

SPOTLIGHT RETWHT 14AWG

1

2

ORN/RED 14AWG

DK BLU

DK BLU

BRN/ORN

RED/WHT 10AWG

YEL 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG1

2

J16GAS VAPOR DETECTOR2S

ORN/TAN 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWGYEL/BLK

YEL 14AWG

1 FIREBOY RETYEL/BLK

FIREBOY

P62FIREBOY2P

2PUR/YEL

PUR 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWGR2512V RECEPTACLE

2

7

3

S05BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

65 ORN/YEL 14AWG

FIREBOY

ORN/YEL 14AWG

IGNITION BOTHORN/YEL 14AWG

PUR/YELSTBD START

PORT STARTWHT/RED

J28IGN PANEL15S

YEL/RED

WHT/PUR 14AWG

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

PORT IGNITION IN

STBD IGNITON IN

PORT IGNITION

STBD IGNITION

RED/VIO 14AWG

RED 10AWG

BLOWER A OUT

BLOWER B OUT

TRIM TABS

CLOCKPUR/YEL

RED/WHT 10AWG15

CB02STBD IGNITION

RED 10AWG15

CB01PORT IGNITION

PUR 14AWG

YEL/RED S

B I

S01PORT IGNITION

S02STBD IGNITION

3

2

1

CR03DIODE ASS'Y

RED 10AWG

RED/WHT 10AWG

B ISWHT/RED

WHT/PUR 14AWG

10

11

12

13

14

15

R2612V RECEPTACLE

YEL 1

4AW

G

INSTRUMENT LTS

J28IGN PANEL

J22IGN PANEL

J59SPOTLIGHT

12

12

025-2936PANEL, BLANK, 378 IGNITION

CR03DIODE ASSY

S01IGN SWS02

STBD IGN

CB01PORT IGN BREAKER

CB02STBD IGNBREAKER

S05BLOWER

R2512V RECEPTACLE

R2612VRECEPTACLE


378 VISTAIGNITION/SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLYW/ NAV PACKAGE

Page 7

™378

XX

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.

42

42

42

42

41

42

42

42

41

42

42

42


J04J05J06J07J08J19P22J24J25J26P27J23J20J21

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0446028-0445028-0442028-0443028-0446028-0445028-0451028-0447028-0447028-0447028-0389028-0441028-0441028-0441

QUANTITY

1470611111111111111

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL, 18-14SOCKET,UMNL, 12-10RECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTHOUSING,UMNL,6 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKT

FUNCTION

414243MAIN PANELMAIN PANELCABIN SW PANELSWITCH PANELSWITCH PANELPORT AFTIGNITION PANELRADARVHFSEATALKGENERATORPORT FUEL CONTROLSTBD FUEL CONTROLCENTER FUEL CONTROL

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

NOT USED

FUEL CONTROL RET

SWITCH PANEL RET

12

11

10YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

15

14

13

CENTER

PORT TANK

STBD TANK

RED/WHT

RED

RED/BRN

J23PORT FUELCONTROL2S

YEL 14AWG

REDRET

PORT TANK 2

1

P27GENERATOR

4816

36

16

J19PORT AFT

J06CABIN SW PANEL

-

16

16

16

16

1616

16

200 200

J05MAIN PANEL

J04MAIN PANEL

P22IGNITION PANEL

J24RADAR

J08SWITCH PANEL

J26SEATALK

SCALE: SHEET: OF:DATE:DRAWN:SIZE:

HARNESS ASSEMBLY,MAIN-HELM, 378V

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT .062 PLCS +/-

CADILLAC,MI 49601905 FRISBIE STREET

616-779-2331JJW 11/6/02 NTS 1

- PRODUCTION RELEASE

J07SWITCH PANEL

J25VHF

ORN/TAN 14AWGBLOWER 2B IN

BLOWER 2A IN

INSTRUMENT LTS

12

11

10

BLOWER 1B IN

BLOWER 1A IN

PANEL RET

12V ACC PLUGS

TRIM TABS IN

PANEL RET

CLOCK

SPOTLIGHT RET

SPOTLIGHT IN

ORN/RED 14AWG

WHT 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

RED/VIO 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12V ACC PLUGS IN

IGN PANEL RET

SPOTLIGHT IN

SPOTLIGHT RET

BLOWER 1A IN

BLOWER 1B IN

TRIM TABS IN1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 BLOWER 2B IN

BLOWER 2A IN

RADAR RET

RADAR IN

VHF IN

SEATALK IN

NAV INSTRUMENTS RET12

11

10

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

GRA/BRN

GRA/BRN

1

2

3

4 COCKPIT LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS OUT

COCKPIT LTS OUT

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J04MAIN PANEL15S

PLATFORM LTS

PLATFORM LTS

PLATFORM/ACC SW IN

NAV/ANCHOR LTS IN


ENGINE HATCH IN



AFT BILGE MAN OUT

AFT BILGE IN

COCKPIT LTS OUT

COCKPIT LTS OUT

EMERGENCY START OUT

ENGINE HATCH UP

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

ENGINE LTS OUT

ARCH LTS OUT

ANCHOR LT OUT



ENGINE HATCH IN


PLATFORM/ACC SW IN

NAV/ANCHOR LTS IN

AFT BILGE MAN OUT

AFT BILGE IN

COCKPIT LTS OUT

COCKPIT LTS OUT

EMERGENCY START OUT

ENGINE HATCH UP

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

ENGINE LTS OUT

GRA/BLK

GRA/BLK

ARCH LTS OUT

ANCHOR LT OUT

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

11

12

10

PLATFORM LTS

PLATFORM LTS

13

14

15

GENERATOR IGNITION

GENERATOR START

GENERATOR STOP

RADAR

RADAR RETYEL 14AWG

2

1

YEL/RED

PUR/GRA

BLK/GRA

NOT USED

GENERATOR IGNITION

GENERATOR START

GENERATOR STOP

NOT USED

NOT USED

6

5

4

3

2

1

P27GENERATOR6P

2

1 SEATALK RET

SEATALK

YEL 14AWG

2

1 VHF RET

VHF

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

RED/VIO 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

GRA/BRN

GRA/BRN

GRA/BLK

GRA/BLK

WIPERS/HORN INWIPERS/HORN IN

GRA/ORNGRA/ORN

ORN

ORN/WHT

LT BLU

GRA/WHT GRA/WHT

GRA/BLU GRA/BLU

ORN/BLK

BLK/ORN BLK/ORN

GRN/ORN GRN/ORN

GRA/RED 12AWG

GRA/ORN

GRA/ORN

RED/PNK 14AWG

RED/YEL

PNK/RED

DK BLU

LT BLU/GRN 12 AWG

LT BLU/BLU 12 AWG

LT BLU/GRN 12 AWG

LT BLU/BLU 12 AWG

DK BLUINSTRUMENT LTS

BRN/ORN 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

ORN

ORN/WHT

LT BLU

LT BLU/ORN

ORN/GRN 14AWGORN/BLK

GRA/RED 12AWG

YEL 14AWG

RED/PNK 14AWG

RED/YEL

PNK/RED

YEL 14AWG

PUR/GRA

YEL/RED

BLK/GRA

WHT 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

LT BLU/ORN

ORN/GRN 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

J06CABIN SW PANEL4S

J19PORT AFT12S

J05MAIN PANEL12S

J07SWITCH PANEL9S

J08SWITCH PANEL15S

P22IGN PANEL12P

J24RADAR 2S

J25VHF2S

J26SEATALK2S J21

CENTER FUELCONTROL

18

1

2CENTER

RETRED/WHT

YEL 14AWG

J21CENTER FUELCONTROL2S 42

1

2STBD TANK

RETRED/BRN

YEL 14AWG

J20STBD FUEL CONTROL2S 42

J20STBDFUEL CONTROL

J23PORT FUEL CONTROL

18 18


378 VISTAMAIN HELM

HARNESS ASSEMBLYPage 8

™378

GRN 12AWG15

WHT 12AWG14

BLK

10AW

G CB41BERTH OUTLETS

20

BLK/RED 12AWG

BLK/RED 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

BLK/RED 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRA 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R23AIR CONDITIONER

R28AFT CABIN OUTLET

R22MICROWAVE

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

GND1

BLK 10AWG

BLK

10AW

GBL

K 10

AWG

TB04SHOREGROUND

TB02SHORE 1NEUTRAL

TB03SHORE 2NEUTRAL

TB01AC LINE IN

GRN 14AWG

GRN 10AWG

GRN 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

GRN 10AWG

WHT 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

GRN 10AWG

WHT 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

GRN 10AWG

WHT 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

BLK

10AW

G

WHT

10A

WG

BLK 10AWG15

CB32BATTERY CHARGER

CB03SHORE 1 MAIN

DS02REVERSEPOLARITY

DS01AC#1ON

CB01GENERATOR 1

CB33WATER HEATER

20

CB34VACUUM

20

CB35COCKPITREFRIGERATOR

15

CB36GALLEYREFRIGERATOR

15

CB37RANGE

15

CB38MICROWAVE

20

CB39HEAD/ GALLEY OUTLET

20

CB40CABIN OUTLETS

15

DS04REVERSEPOLARITY

CB04SHORE 2 MAIN

CB02GENERATOR 2

DS03AC#2ON

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

GRN 10AWG

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

WHT 10AWG

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

WHT 10AWG

ORN 12AWG

BLU 12AWG

RED 12AWG

YEL 12AWG

YEL 12AWG

BLU 12AWG

BLK/RED 12AWG

BLK/RED 12AWG

BLK/RED 12AWG

BLK 10AWG

WHT 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

WHT 10AWG

BLK

10AW

G

WHT

10A

WG

BLK

10AW

G

WHT

10A

WG

GRN 14AWG

1

2

3 6

5

4

WHT

BLK

BLK

BLK

WHT

BLK

WHT

GRN 12AWG

ORN 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R32BATTERY CHARGER

BLU 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R24COCKPITREFRIGERATOR

RED 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R33WATER HEATER

YEL 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R29VACUUM

YEL 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWGR21GALLEYREFRIGERATOR

BLU 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R34RANGE

BLK/RED 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R30V-BERTH OUTLET

BLK/RED 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R25GALLEY OUTLET

BLK/RED 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R26HEAD OUTLET

GRA 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R31V-BERTH OUTLET

BLK/RED 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

R27FWD CABIN OUTLET

11 GRN 12AWG12

BLK/RED 12AWG

13

GRN 12AWG

GRN 12AWG

14 GRN 12AWG

11

12

13

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

WHT 12AWG

BLK/RED 12AWG

BLK 10AWG

S03SYSTEM VOLTAGE

MM01AC LOAD VOLTAGE

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

P60MAIN PANEL4P

YEL 14AWG

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

CABIN LTS RET

WIPER RET

BERTH LTS RET

NOT USED

SWITCH PANEL RET

FUEL CONTROL RET

NOT USED

10

11

12

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/BLK

BRN/BLK

STEREO/AMP RET

STEREO

AMP

STEREO MEMORY

1

2

3

4

YEL 14AWG

P96MAIN PANEL4P

RED/GRA 14AWG

RED/GRA 14AWG

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

RED/GRA 14AWG

DS37PNL LT.

DS36PNL LT.

DS35PNL LT.

DS34PNL LT.

DS30PNL LT

DS31PNL LT.

DS32PNL LT.

DS33PNL LT.

DS25PNL LT.

DS24PNL LT.

DS23PNL LT.

DS22PNL LT

DS26PNL LT.

DS27PNL LT.

DS28PNL LT.

DS29PNL LT.

RED

8AW

G

RED

10AW

GRE

D10

AWG

RED

10AW

GRE

D10

AWG

RED

10AW

GRE

D10

AWG

RED

10AW

GRE

D10

AWG

RED

10AW

GRE

D10

AWG

RED

10AW

G

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

RED/

PUR

10AW

G

7

4

5

63

2

1

4

5

63

2

1

RED/PUR 10AWG50

CB17HELM MAIN

DS05GENERATOR ONYEL

YEL

YELRED/PUR

5 ORN/TAN 14AWG

5 ORN/TAN 14AWG

10ORN/WHT

5 LT BLU

5 ORN/BLK

10RED/PNK 14AWG

10ORN/BLK 14AWG

10RED/YEL

10PNK/RED

15ORN/RED 14AWG

10ORN/GRN 14AWG

10LT BLU/ORN

15GRA/RED 14AWG

10ORN

10RED/VIO 14AWG

10ORN/PUR

10ORN/BLU 14AWG

20ORN/RED 14AWG

20

10BRN

10 TAN 14AWG

10BRN/GRN 14AWG

10TAN/BLK 14AWG

10GRA 14AWG

15

CB47CABIN MAIN

50RED 10AWG

15

5 BLU

RED/

PUR

10AW

GRE

D/PU

R10

AWG

RED/

PUR

10AW

GRE

D/PU

R10

AWG

RED/

PUR

10AW

GRE

D/PU

R10

AWG

RED/

PUR

10AW

GRE

D/PU

R10

AWG

RED/

PUR

10AW

GRE

D/PU

R10

AWG

RED/

PUR

10AW

GRE

D/PU

R10

AWG

YEL

RED/GRN 14AWG

CB11BLOWER A

CB12BLOWER B

CB13HORN/WIPERS

CB14NAV/ANCHOR LTS

CB15WINDLASS/EMERGENCY START

CB16RADAR

CB17AUTO PILOT

CB18VHF

CB19NAVIGATION INSTRUMENTS

CB2012V DC PLUGS

CB21ARCH/ENGINE LTS

CB22COCKPIT/DASH LIGHTS

CB23ENGINE HATCH/SPOTLIGHT

CB24PLATFORM LTS/HELM ACC SW

CB25TRIM TABS

RED/

PUR

10AW

G

ORN/TAN 14AWG

15

14

13

12

11

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CB29CABIN / STEP LTS

CB30HEAD LIGHTS / VENT

CB31READING LTS/CABIN 12V PLUGS

CB32GALLEY / BERTH LTS

CB33TV/DVD

CB35FRESH WATER PUMP

CB36VAC-U-FLUSH

CB37OVERBOARD DISCHARGE

CB38COCKPIT / GALLEY REFRIG

CB39STEREO/AMP

CB40PANEL LIGHTS

P05MAIN PANEL12P

P04MAIN PANEL15P

BRN/BLK 14AWG

BRN/GRA 14AWG

CB35FWD BILGE PUMP

5

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J01MAIN PANEL9S

CB34SHOWER SUMP PUMP

9

8

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

P02MAIN PANEL9P

TB05DC RETURNS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

RED/PUR

DS45PNL LT.

DS44PNL LT.

DS43PNL LT.

DS42PNL LT.

DS38PNL LT

DS39PNL LT.

DS40PNL LT.

DS41PNL LT.

DS49PNL LT.

DS48PNL LT.

DS47PNL LT.

DS46PNL LT

DS50PNL LT.

DS51PNL LT.

DS52PNL LT.

DS53PNL LT.

DS57PNL LT.

DS56PNL LT.

DS55PNL LT.

DS54PNL LT

DS58PNL LT.

DS59PNL LT.

LT BLU/ORN

YEL 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

YEL

YEL

PUR/GRA

YEL/RED

BLK/GRA

RET

RETRET

YEL 14AWGYEL 14AWGYEL 14AWG

LT BLU/ORN

YEL 14AWGORN/RED 14AWGBRN/GRA 14AWG

BRN/BLK 14AWGBRN/GRN 14AWG

TAN 14AWG

GRA 14AWGOVERBOARD DIS

CABIN 12 V PLUGSFWD BILGE MAN

FWD BILGE AUTOFRESH WATER PUMP

SHOWER SUMP PUMP

BRN

ORN/BLU 14AWGTAN/BLK 14AWG

ORN/PUR

GALLEY/BERTH LTS

REFRIGERATORCABIN/ STEP LTS

AUTO PILOTVAC-U-FLUSHHEAD LTS/VENT

TV/DVD

RET

RED/GRN 14AWG

ORN/PUR

ORN/RED 14AWG

P96MAIN PANEL4P

YEL 14AWG

4

3

2

1

READ LTS

BED RAM

RETURN

ORN

ORN/GRN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

PUR/GRA

YEL/RED

BLK/GRA

RED/VIO 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

GRA/RED 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

ORN/TAN 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

GENERATOR STOP

GENERATOR START

GENERATOR IGNITION

NAV/ANCHOR LTS IN

PLATFORM/ACC SW IN


ENGINE HATCH IN



WIPERS/HORN IN

NAV INSTRUMENTS RET

SEATALK IN

VHF IN

RADAR IN

RADAR RET

BLOWER 2A IN

BLOWER 2B IN

TRIM TABS IN

BLOWER 1B IN

BLOWER 1A IN

SPOTLIGHT RET

SPOTLIGHT IN

PANEL RET

12V ACC PLUGS IN

ORN/WHT

LT BLU

LT BLU/ORN

GRA/RED 14AWG

ORN/BLK

RED/PNK 14AWG

RED/YEL

PNK/RED

1

2BRN/BLK 14AWG

RED/GRN 14AWG

P95MAIN PANEL2P

REFRIGERATOR

FWD BILGE

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

ORN/BLK 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

AUTO PILOT/FWD TV RETYEL 14AWG

A

A

A

A

MM02DC LINE VOLTAGE

S01BLOWER

S02GENERATOR CONTROL


378 VISTAAC/DC MAIN PANELPANEL ASSEMBLY

Page 9

™378


378 VISTASONY STEREO W/ AMPHARNESS ASSEMBLY

STEREO RET 1STEREO 2STEREO MEMORY 3LEFT FRONT SPKR 4LEFT FRONT SPKR RET 5LEFT REAR SPKR 6LEFT REAR SPKR RET 7RIGHT FRONT SPKR 8RIGHT FRONT SPKR RET 9RIGHT REAR SPKR 10RIGHT REAR SPKR RET 11NOT USED 12

BLK

RED

YEL

WHT

WHT/BLK

GRN

GRN/BLK

GRA

GRA/BLK

PUR

PUR/BLK

J04STEREO12P

S01SONY STEREO HARNESS

FUNCTION

STEREO RETSTEREOSTEREO MEMORYLEFT FRONT SPKRLEFT FRONT SPKR RETLEFT REAR SPKRLEFT REAR SPKR RETRIGHT FRONT SPKRRIGHT FRONT SPKR RETRIGHT REAR SPKRRIGHT REAR SPKR RET

SECOND

J04J04J04J04J04J04J04J04J04J04J04

NOTENOTE TERM

4141415757575757575757

TERM

5151515151515151515151

PIN

1234567891011

PINFIRST

KW1KW1KW1KW1KW1KW1KW1KW1KW1KW1KW1

GA

1616162020202020202020

COLOR

BLKREDYELWHTWHT/BLKGRNGRN/BLKGRAGRA/BLKPURPUR/BLK



J04S01

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-1036028-0448027-1823

QUANTITY

3811

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14PIN,UMNL,24-18RECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTSONY STEREO HARNESS

FUNCTION

4157STEREO ADAPTORSONY STEREO

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPSONY

NOTES:

™378


378 VISTASONY AMPLIFIER


17655BWREVISED (RE-CONFIGURE TOP END OF HARNESS NEAR JO1,JO2,MOVED TERMS.J01 & J02,ADDED P/N'S TO J01,J02DELETED WIRE LIST,ADDED NOTE 6

A

3

3

33

10

AFT STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR

AMP POWER

3

3

3

22

36

3

24

64

6

6

TB01 PANEL RET

CB05 STEREO

P02RADIO

J01RADIO

BLK

NOT USED

RADIO MEMORYRADIO

RADIO RET

ORN/GRN

PUR/BLK

P02RADIO12S

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1BLK

BLK/BLU

BLU

NOT USED

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

RADIO MEMORYRADIO

RADIO RET

GRN

BLK/ORN

BLK/GRN

ORN

BLK/RED

RED

ORN/GRN

PUR/BLK

J01RADIO12P

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

AMP REMOTE POWERBLU

BLK/BLU

BLU

GRN

BLK/ORN

BLK/GRN

ORN

BLK/RED

RED

BLU

RED 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

RED 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

FWD PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR

AM01AMPLIFIER

AMP POWERCB05 STEREO

TB01 PANEL RET

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH2. WIRING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.3. COLOR CODE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60000.4. TERMINATE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153.5. BA-BZ WIRES ARE A PART OF THE SAME MULTIWIRE CABLE.6. ALL WIRE TO BE 16 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED


AM01CB05J01P01TB01

PART NUMBER

028-0195028-0390028-0454

028-0445028-0451

QUANTITY

2114REFREF11REF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#10,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14AMPLIFIER,SONY 754BREAKER,10ARECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTTERMINAL BLOCK,10 POS

FUNCTION

134142AMPLIFIERSTEREO BREAKERRADIORADIODC RET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP

AMPAMP

30

™378


C

CR12STOVE

ST01

C

C

GRNBLANKWHTYEL

VIEW C-C

STOVE


FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTMANUFACTURER

AMPAMPANDERSON

ANDERSONANDERSONANDERSONANDERSONANDERSONANDERSONANDERSONANDERSON

FUNCTION

122123

MICROWAVEGALLEY OUTLETHEAD OUTLETPORTR VBERTH OUTLETVACUUMREFRIGERATORSTOVEMICROWAVEGALLEY OUTLETHEAD OUTLETPORT VBERTH OUTLETSTOVE

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#8,12-10TERM,SS,#10,12-10TERM,ANDERSON,30A

RECEPTACLE,ACRECEPTACLE,ACRECEPTACLE,ACRECEPTACLE,ACHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCH

QUANTITY

61224

REFREFREFREF11111111

PART NUMBER

028-0194028-0200028-0498

028-0502028-0502028-0502028-0502028-0502028-0502028-0502028-0502

ITEM

R23R24R25R26R10R11R12R13R14R15R16ST01

FUNCTION

VACUUM HOTVACUUM NEUTRALVACUUM GROUNDREFRIGERATOR HOTREFRIGERATOR NEUTRALREFRIGERATOR GROUNDSTOVE HOTSTOVE NEUTRALSTOVE GROUNDMICROWAVE HOTMICROWAVE NEUTRALMICROWAVE GROUNDGALLEY OUTLET HOTGALLEY OUTLET NEUTRALGALLEY OUTLET GROUNDHEAD OUTLET HOTHEAD OUTLET NEUTRALHEAD OUTLET GROUNDPORT VBERTH OUTLET HOTPORT VBERTH OUTLET NEUTRALPORT VBERTH OUTLET GROUND

SECOND

R20R20R20R21R21R21ST01ST01ST01R23R23R23R24R24R24R25R25R25R26R26R26

NOTENOTE

BABABABBBBBBBCBCBCBDBDBDBEBEBEBFBFBFBGBGBG

TERM

212112212112232323212112212112212112212112

TERM

232323232323232323232323232323232323232323

PIN

L1L2GL1L2G123L1L2GL1L2GL1L2GL1L2G

PIN

123123123123123123123

FIRST

R10R10R10R11R11R11R12R12R12R13R13R13R14R14R14R15R15R15R16R16R16

GA

121212121212121212121212121212121212121212

COLOR

GRAWHTGRNBLUWHTGRNYELWHTGRNORNWHTGRNREDWHTGRNREDWHTGRNREDWHTGRN

R14GALLEYOUTLET

R24

WHT

GRN

REDM

MGRNBLANKWHT

VIEW M-M

RED

R13MICROWAVE R23

WHT

GRN

REDI

IGRNBLANK

VIEW I-I

BLU

VIEW J-J

WHTBLANK GRN

J

J RED

GRN

WHT

R21R11REFRIGERATOR

55

WHT

GRN

GRA

R20R10VACUUM

F

FGRNBLANKWHTGRA

VIEW F-F

ORN WHT

R10 THROUGH R16AC CONNECTIONS7 PLACES 110

R26PORT VBERTH OUTLET

20

20

7025

30

R20VACUUM

R24GALLEY OUTLET

R23MICROWAVE

ST01STOVE R25

HEAD OUTLET

R21REFRIGERATOR

7230

2424

WHTRED

VIEW K-K

BLANK GRNK

K RED

GRN

WHT

R25R15HEADOUTLET

RED

VIEW N-N

WHTBLANK GRN

N

N RED

GRN

WHT

R26

R16PORTVBERTHOUTLET

378 VISTAPORT AC SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™378


B BW 5/1/02 17863 RO

TB11GENERATOR

6

6

R23PORTVBERTHOUTLET

R33

WHT

GRN

REDD

DGRNBLANKWHT

VIEW D-D

RED

15126

TB11GENERATOR

GEN1

GEN1GENERATOR

GRN

WHT

BLK BLK

GRN

WHT

115

50 120

RED

VIEW B-B

WHTBLANK GRN

B

B RED

GRN

WHT

R31R21DINETTEOUTLET

160

WHT

GRN

GRA

R30R20AIRCONDITIONER

A

AGRNBLANKWHTGRA

VIEW A-A

R33STBD VBERTH OUTLET

R31DINETTE OUTLET

R30AIR CONDITIONER

252585

ITEM

GEN1R30R31R33R20R21

R23

PART NUMBER

028-0194028-0195028-0196028-0200028-0498

028-0502028-0502

028-0502

QUANTITY

321612REFREFREFREF11

1

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#8,12-10TERM,RING,#10,12-10TERM,RING,1/4,12-10TERM,SS,#10,12-10TERM,ANDERSON,30AGENERATOR, KOHLER 4CZRECEPTACLE,ACRECEPTACLE,ACRECEPTACLE,ACHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCH

HOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCH

FUNCTION

1213142123GENERATORAIR CONDITIONERDINETTE OUTLETSTBD VBERTH OUTLETAIR CONDITIONERFWD CABIN OUTLET

STBD VBERTH OUTLET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPANDERSON

ANDERSONANDERSON

ANDERSON


25

25

R20

R21

R23

378 VISTASTARBOARD AC SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™378

TB11

CB61

CB60

CB61

CB60

GND60SHORE POWER 1

GRN

WHT

BLK BLK

GRN

WHT

TB11 GND61SHORE POWER 2

GRN

WHT

BLK BLK

GRN

WHT

AC GROUND

33

24

3 3

24

20

AC GROUND20 65

131

SHORE POWER 2

SHORE POWER 1

6

6

SHORE POWER 2

SHORE POWER 1

TB11 GND9AC GROUND

GRN GRN

COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR

BATTERY CHARGER

GND9

CH01BATTERY CHARGER

WH01WATER HEATER

R04COCKPITREFRIGERATOR

B

B

GRNBLANKWHTORN

VIEW B-B


GRAWHTGRNORNWHTGRNBLUWHTGRNBLKWHTGRNBLKWHTGRNGRN

GA

12121212121212121210101010101010

FIRST

R01R01R01R02R02R02R03R03R03TB11TB11TB11TB11TB11TB11TB11

PIN

1231231231234567

PIN

123123L1L2GLOADLOADGLOADLOADG-

TERM

23232323232323232321212121212121

TERM

23232323232321211214141414141415

NOTE

BABABABBBBBBBCBCBCBDBDBDBEBEBE

NOTESECOND

WH01WH01WH01CH01CH01CH01R04R04R04CB60CB60GND60CB61CB61GND61GND9

FUNCTION

WATER HEATER HOTWATER HEATER NEUTRAL WATER HEATER GROUNDBATTERY CHARGER HOTBATTERY CHARGER NEUTRALBATTERY CHARGER GROUNDCOCKPIT REFIGERATOR HOTCOCKPIT REFIGERATOR NEUTRALCOCKPIT REFIGERATOR GROUNDSHORE 1 HOTSHORE 1 NEUTRALSHORE 1 GROUNDSHORE 2 HOTSHORE 2 NEUTRALSHORE 2 GROUNDAC GROUND

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPANDERSONCARLINGCARLING

ANDERSONANDERSONANDERSONANDERSONANDERSON

PORTAGE WIREPORTAGE WIRE

FUNCTION

1214152123SHORE1SHORE2PANEL GROUNDCOCKPIT REFRIGERATORWATER HEATERWATER HEATERBATTERY CHARGERBATTERY CHARGERCOCKPIT REFRIGERATORAC MAINSSHORE POWER 1 GROUNDSHORE POWER 2 GROUND

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,PG,#8,12-10TERM,RING,1/4,12-10TERM,RING,3/8,12-10TERM,SS,#10,12-10TERM,ANDERSON,30ABREAKER,30A DP IGNITION PROTECTBREAKER,30A DP IGNITION PROTECTAC GROUNDRECEPTACLE,ACHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHHOUSING,ANDERSON,4 WAY W/LATCHTERMINAL STRIP,10 POSGROUND BOX GROUND BOX

QUANTITY

161915REFREFREFREF111111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0194028-0196028-0197028-0200028-0498

028-0502028-0502028-0502028-0502028-0502027-1727

ITEM

CB60CB61GND9R04WH01R01R02CH01R03TB11GND60GND61


WHT

GRN

BLU

CH01

R04

R02CHARGER

R03COCKPITFRIGERATOR

A

A

GRNBLANKWHTGRA

VIEW A-A

WATER HEATERR01WATERHEATER

WH01

R01

B

B

A

A

C

CGRNBLANKWHTBLU

VIEW C-C

160 60

40

5030

CB60 CB60

CB61 CB61

GND60

GND61

TB11

TB11

TB11

24

R02

R03

24

24

24

POWER2 24 WAS 45; ADDED TO & REMR02 BATTERY CHARGER, R03 COCKPIT AC GRND 24 WAS 45; SHORTENED LENSHORE POWERS 131 WAS 235.


378 VISTAAFT AC SYSTEMS


™378


378 VISTACOCKPIT/PLATFORM LIGHTS

PANEL ASSEMBLY

GRA/BRN

BLU/RED

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

COCKPIT LTS

COCKPIT LTS

PLATFORM LTS INRED/BRN

RED/GRAPLATFORM LTS

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P20TRANSOM SWITCH9P

PLATFORM LTS

COCKPIT LTS INGRA/BRN

RED/GRA

5

1

2

3 6

5

4

7 7

4

5

63

2

1

P20TRANSOM SWITCH9P

12

RED/GRA

2

1

3

BLU/RED

RED/BRN

S01COCKPIT LTS

GRA/BRN

21

RED/GRA3

S02PLATFORMLIGHTS

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPCARLINGCARLING

FUNCTION

4102

TRANSOM SWITCHCOCKPIT LIGHTSPLATFORM LIGHTS

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PANEL,BLANK, COCKPIT/PLATFORM 378VPLUG, UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH, SPDT, ON-NONE-ON CONT XISWITCH, SPDT, ON-NONE-ON CONT XI

QUANTITY

661111

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-0177025-2940028-0449028-1776028-1776

ITEM

P20S01S02


GRA/BRN

S01COCKPITLIGHTS

S02PLATFORMLIGHTS

025-2940PANEL, BLANK,COCKPIT/PLATFORM 378V

™378

Page 16Electrical Schematics

5

P03CABIN SWITCH9P

18

7

4

5

63

2

1 1

2

3 6

5

4

7 7

4

5

63

2

1

P06CABIN SWITCH PANEL4P

6 6

025-2941PANEL, BLANK,CABIN LIGHTS 378V

S01STEPLIGHTS

S02COCKPITLIGHTS

S03CABINLIGHTS

378 VISTACABIN LIGHTS

PANEL ASSEMBLY


P03P06S01S02S03

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390025-2941028-0449028-0448028-1135028-1752028-1135

QUANTITY

129111111

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, CABIN LIGHTS 368VPLUG, UMNL,9 CKTPLUG, UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH, SPDT, ON-ON CONT IIISWITCH, DPDT, 0N-0N CONT IIISWITCH, SPDT, ON-ON CONT III

FUNCTION

0241

CABIN SWITCHCABIN SWITCH PANELSTEP LIGHTSCOCKPIT LIGHTSCABIN LIGHTS

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPAMPCARLCARLCARL

P06CABIN SW PANEL4P

COCKPIT LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS OUT

COCKPIT LTS OUT

LT BLU/DK BLU

LT BLU/DK BLU

LT BLU/GRN

LT BLU/GRN

LT BLU/GRN

LT BLU/GRN

LT BLU/DK BLU

LT BLU/DK BLU

ORN/PUR

NOT USED

NOT USED

CABIN LTS OUT

GRA/BLK

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

ORN/PUR CABIN/STEP LTS IN

GRA/BRN

S03CABIN LTSTERM:02

3

1

2

GRA/BRN

S02COCKPIT LTSTERM:02

GRA/BLK

3

4

GRA/BRN1

6

4

5

2

P03CABIN SWITCH9P

S01STEP LIGHTSTERM:02

3

1

2

BLU/RED

GRA/BLK

GRA/BLK

GRA/BRN

GRA/BRN

1

2

3

4

CABIN LTS OUT

STEP LTS OUT

STEP LTS OUT

NOT USED

NOT USED

™378



J96J97J98J99J100P101J103J104J105J106

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0112028-0390028-0454028-0451028-0442028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0447028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441

QUANTITY

422231111111111

DESCRIPTION

FASTON,.250,16-14,SMINSFASTON,.110,20-16PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKT

FUNCTION

02274142MAIN PANELDINETTE SPEAKERSSTOW LTCLOSET LTREADING LTAFT CO MONITORREADING LTREADING LTREADING LTREADING LT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

LS04AFT DINETTE SPKR

LS05FWD DINETTE SPKR

AFT DINETTE SPKR -

AFT DINETTE SPKR +

FWD DINETTE SPKR -

FWD DINETTE SPKR +

RETURN

BED RAM

READ LTS

NOT USED

J105READ LT2S

J104READ LT2S

1

2

3

4

YEL 14AWG

ORN/TANLT BLU/RED

J96MAIN PANEL4S

BED RAM SWTERM: 02ORN/TAN

YEL 14AWG

J98STOW LT2S

RET

STOW LTLT BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

2

1

J100READ LT2S

RET

READ LTLT BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

2

1

P101AFT CO MONITOR2P

RET

AFT CO MONITORLT BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

2

1

J102READ LT2S

RET

READ LTLT BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

2

1

J103READ LT2S

RET

READ LTLT BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

2

1

RET

READ LTLT BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

2

1

BLU/BLK

BLU

-

+

GRA/BLK

GRA

-

+

TERM: 02

TERM: 27

TERM: 02

TERM: 27

GRA/BLK

GRA

BLU/BLK

J97DINETTE SPKRS4S

4

3

2

1BLU

1

2

YEL 14AWG

LT BLU/REDRET

CLOSET LT

J99CLOSET LT2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

LT BLU/REDRET

READ LT

72

36

24

LS04AFT DINETTE SPKR

J102READING LT

P101AFT CO MONITOR

204

72

72

36

24 24

LS05FWD DINETTE SPKR

33

24

J105READING LT

J104READING LT 3

J103READING LT

48

242424

24

84

24

J96MAIN PANEL

96

36

BED RAM SW

J97DINETTE SPEAKERS

J98STOW LT

J99CLOSET LT

J100READ LT

3

378 VISTASTBD CABIN

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™378


378 VISTAV-BERTH SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLY

P20STEP SWITCH2P

NOT USED

5

3

724

3

6

TO STEP LT

LEVEL BY

- - PRODUCTION RELEASE- -

FUNCTION

STEP LTS RETCABIN LTSCABIN LTS INCABIN LTS INSTEP LTS OUTSTEP LTS OUTSTEP LTS INSTEP LTS INBERTH/NIGHT LTS INNIGHT LTBERTH LT

SECOND

-P21P21P21P20-P21P21P21P21P21

NOTENOTE

SASA

TERM

4241414141424141414141

TERM

4102020202020202020202

PIN

-2342-56789

PIN

12132213213

FIRST

P20S01S01S01S02S02S02S02S03S03S03

GA

1616141416161414161616

COLOR

YELDK BLU/REDLT BLU/GRNLT BLU/GRNDK BLU/WHTDK BLU/WHTLT BLU/DK BLULT BLU/DK BLUORN/GRADK BLU/GRYDK BLU/YEL

FOUR WINNS WIRE LISTMANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPCARLCARLCARL

FUNCTION

414202

STEP SWITCHBERTH SWITCHCABIN LIGHTSSTEP LIGHTSBERTH/NIGHT LIGHTS

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PANEL,BLANK, VBERTH 368VPLUG, UMNL,2 CKTPLUG, UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH, SPDT, ON-ON CONT IIISWITCH, SPDT, 0N-0N CONT IIISWITCH, SPDT, ON-OFF-ON CONT III

QUANTITY

821111111

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-0454028-0177025-2939028-0447028-0449028-1135028-1135028-0461

ITEM

P20P21S01S02S03


DK BLU/YELBERTH LTS

DK BLU/RED

ORN/GRA

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

DK BLU/RED

2

1

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

3

S01CABINLIGHTS

DK BLU/LT BLU

9

8

7

6

4

3

2

1

CABIN/LTS

CABIN LTS IN

CABIN LTS INLT BLU/GRN 14AWG

DK BLU/WHT

LT BLU/DK BLU 14AWG

ORN/GRA

NIGHT LT

BERTH/NIGHT IN

STEP LTS IN

9

8

7

6

4

3

2

1

P21BERTH SWITCH9P

STEP LTS INLT BLU/DK BLU 14AWG

DK BLU/GRY

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

S02STEP LTS

2

1

DK BLU/YEL

3

S03BERTH/NIGHTLIGHTS

1

2

3 6

5

4

77

4

5

63

2

11

2

3 6

5

4

7

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH2. WIRING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.

86

P21BERTH SWITCH9P

7

3

LT BLU/DK BLU 14AWG

1

2

DK BLU/WHT

LT BLU/DK BLU 14AWG

1

2

P20STEP SWITCH2P

STEP LT RET

STEP LTS OUT

YEL

2

1

YEL

DK BLU/WHT

S03BERTH/NIGHTLIGHTS

S02STEPLIGHTS

S01CABINLIGHTS

025-2939PANEL, BLANK,VBERTH 378V "02"

™378

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1YEL

GAUGE RET

GAUGE POWER

NOT USED

GREY WATER LEVEL

BRN

BRN/WHT

J86FRESH/WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR4S

J86FRESH/WASTELEVEL INDICATOR

PRODUCTION RELEASE

REVISEDBY

DESCRIPTIONCHECKEDBY

DATEREVISIONLEVEL

REVISIONS

ORN/

BLU

YEL7

2

3

S04HEAD VENT

DK BLU/GRN

20 20

20J85GRAY WATER LEVEL

HEAD VENT

J85GRAY WATER LEVEL4S

BRN/LT BLU

BRN

FRESH WATER LEVEL

WASTE LEVEL

GAUGE POWER

GAUGE RETYEL

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

BLU/GRA

S03HEAD LIGHT

ORN/BLU

32

GRA

GRA/BLU

S02OVERBOARD DISCHARGE

32

BRN/WHT

TAN/BLK

S01VAC-U-FLUSH

32

BRN/WHT

ORN/BLU

BLU/GRA

BRN/LT BLU

BRN/PNK

BRN

GRA

GRA/BLU

TAN/BLK

BRN/WHTPANEL RET

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE IN

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

VAC-U-FLUSH

P28HEAD SWITCH12P

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

WASTE LEVEL

FRESH WATER LEVEL

HEAD LIGHT

HEAD LIGHT/VENT INBRN

BRN

BRN/WHTPANEL RET


OVERBOARD DISCHARGE

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

VAC-U-FLUSH

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

YEL

LEVEL SENDER PWR

WASTE LEVEL SENDER

FRESH WATER LEVEL

HEAD LIGHT

GRAY WATER LEVEL

P28HEAD SWITCH

6

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

7

YEL

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1


J85J86P28S01S02S03S04

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454025-2945028-0442028-0442028-0451028-0457028-0456028-0457028-0457

QUANTITY

1112711111111

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,HEAD SWITCHRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTSWITCH,UNLIT ON OFF,CONT IIISWITCH, UNLIT (ON) OFF,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST ON OFF,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,ON OFF,CONT III

FUNCTION

024142HEAD PANELGRAY WATER LEVELFRESH/WASTE LEVELHEAD SWITCHVAC-U-FLUSHOVERBOARD DISCHARGEHEAD LIGHTHEAD VENT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPAMPCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SW

BLU/GRN

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

7

YEL

-

7

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH2. WIRING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.3. COLOR CODE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60000.4. TERMINATE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153.

BRN/PNK

025-2945

S01VAC-U-FLUSH

S02OVERBOARDDISCHARGE

S03HEAD LIGHT

S04HEAD VENT


378 VISTAHEAD SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLY

™378


378 VISTAFORWARD DECK SYSTEMS


YEL 14AWG

NOT USED

CABIN LTS RET

WIPER RET

BERTH LTS RET

4

3

2

1

J49AFT CENTERCABIN LT

36

12

30

GRN1

2

3

4

J61BERTH SPKRS4S

BLK/GRN

ORN

BLK/ORN

PORT BERTH SPKR +

PORT BERTH SPKR -

STBD BERTH SPKR +

STBD BERTH SPKR -

YEL 14AWG

J60MAIN PANEL 2S

YEL 14AWG

TERM: 27

TERM: 02

TERM: 27

TERM: 02

+

-

LS01STBD BERTH SPKR

ORN

BLK/ORN

+

-

LS02PORT BERTH SPKR

GRN

BLK/GRN

J50PORT CABIN LT2S

J49AFT CENTER CABIN LT2S

1

2ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

1

2ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

P23MAIN PANEL9P

NOT USED

WIPERS PARK

PORT WIPER RUN

STBD WIPER RUN

WINDLASS UP

WINDLASS DOWN

HORN OUT

NAV LTS OUT

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1WHT/ORN

BLK/RED

RED/DK BLU

RED/ORN

RED/BLK

NOT USED

RED/LT BLU

GRA/GRN

1

2

RET

POWER

1

2

RET

POWER

J43STBD VBERTH LT2P

1

2DK BLU/YELYEL 14AWG

CABIN LTS

FWD NIGHT LT

VBERTH LTS

NOT USED

ORN/RED 14AWG

DK BLU/GRA

DK BLU/YEL

J18FWD DECK SYSTEMS4S

4

3

2

1

YEL 14AWG

WHT/ORN

YEL 14AWG

RED/LT BLU

RED/ORN

YEL 14AWG

RED/LT BLU

RED/DK BLU

WINDLASS DOWN

WINDLASS UP

J47STBDCABIN LT

1

2DK BLU/YEL

J40PORT CENTER VBERTH LT2S

YEL 14AWG

1

2DK BLU/YEL

YEL 14AWG

J41PORT VBERTH LT2S

1

2DK BLU/YEL

YEL 14AWG

J42STBD CENTER VBERTH LIGHT2S

GRA/GRN

YEL 14AWG

J58PORT NAV LT2S

GRA/GRN

YEL 14AWG

J57STBD NAV LT2S

1

2BLK/RED

RED/BLK

J56WINDLASS2S

J47STBD CABIN LT2S

YEL 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG 2

1

J46CENTER CABIN LT2S

YEL 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG 2

1

YEL 14AWG

J45FWD CABIN LT2S

ORN/RED 14AWG 2

1

WW01PORT WIPERTERM: 02

WW02STBD WIPERTERM: 02

J46CENTERCABIN LT

1

2

J54HORN2S

1

2ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

J48AFT STBD CABIN LT2S

YEL 14AWG

DK BLU/GRA2

1

J44FWD NIGHT LT2S

-

-

PARK

PARK

RUN

RUN

J50PORT CABIN LT

J48AFT STBDCABIN LT

12

48J61BERTH SPKRS

96

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

02274142FWD DECKSWITCH PANELVBERTH LTVBERTH LTVBERTH LTVBERTH LTFWD NIGHT LTCABIN LTCABIN LTCABIN LTCABIN LTCABIN LTCABIN LTHORNWINDLASSSTBD NAV LTPORT NAV LTMAIN PANELBERTH SPKRS

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.110,20-26PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKT

QUANTITY

827441111111111111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0112028-0390028-0454028-0442028-0449028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0442028-0442

ITEM

J18P23J40J41J42J43J44J45J46J47J48J49J50J54J56J57J58J60J61


™378

FUNCTION

BUTTON POWERBUTTON POWERBUTTON POWERWINDLASS UPWINDLASS UPWINDLASS DOWNWINDLASS DOWN

NOTE

SA

SB

SC

TERM

51424242414241

PIN

LINE112122

SECOND

FH01J80J81J80P59J81P59

NOTE

SA

SB

SC

TERM

11514208420842

PIN

+LOAD1UP2DOWN2

FIRST

WR01FH01J80WR01J80WR01J81

GA

16161616161616

COLOR

REDREDREDRED/BLKRED/BLKBLK/REDBLK/RED


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPBUSS3MAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

08114142WINDLASS BUTTONFUSE HOLDERWINDLASS UPWINDLASS DOWNWINDLASSWINDLASS RELAY

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#8,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,.250PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14FUSE,ATC,3AFUSE HOLDER,INLINERECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTWINDLASS RELAY

QUANTITY

212411111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0189028-0193028-0390028-0454028-0506

028-0441028-0441028-0447065-0842-02

ITEM

F13FH01J80J81P59WR01


NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH2. WIRING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.3. COLOR CODE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60000.4. TERMINATE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153.5. SA-TZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

BLK/RED

RED/BLK

ORIGINAL RELEASE

REVISEDBY


DATEREVISIONLEVEL

F13WINDLASS BUTTONS

3A

RED

3

WINDLASS DOWN

WINDLASS UP1

2BLK/RED

RED/BLK

P59WINDLASS2P

DOWN

POWER1

2BLK/RED

RED

J81WINDLASS DOWN2S

UP

POWER1

2RED/BLK

RED

J80WINDLASS UP2S

WR01WINDLASS RELAY

WR01WINDLASS RELAY

J80WINDLASS UP

J81WINDLASS DOWN

P59WINDLASS

F13WINDLASSBUTTONS

WR01WINDLASS RELAYPOWER

WR01WINDLASS RELAYUP

WR01WINDLASS RELAYDOWN

3 33

3

3 3

3

3

FH01FUSEHOLDER


378 VISTAWINDLASS RELAY (MAXWELL)

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™378


378 VISTAWINDLASS FOOT PEDAL (MAXWELL)

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

TERMINAL RING, 3/8 16-14 (028-0193) WAS TERMINAL RING 1/4 16-14 (028-0189)6/23/00T.WOODARDA

FUNCTION

WINDLASS PEDAL RETWINDLASS PEDAL POWER

NOTETERM

4141

PIN

12

SECOND

P81P81

NOTE

BABA

TERM

1010

PIN

-+

FIRST

FP01FP01

GA

1616

COLOR

BLK/REDRED


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMP

FUNCTION

1141FOOT PEDALWINDLASS PEDAL

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14FOOT PEDAL,MAXWELLPLUG,UMNL,2 CKT

QUANTITY

22REF1

PART NUMBER

028-0193028-0390

028-0447

ITEM

FP01P81


RED

BLK/RED

REVISEDBY


DATEREVISIONLEVEL

REVISIONS

POWER

RET1

2

P81WINDLASS PEDAL2P

FP01FOOT PEDAL

P81WINDLASS PEDAL

FP01FOOT PEDAL

FP01FOOT PEDAL

3

3

36

™378


378 VISTASPOTLIGHT


SPOT LIGHTCONTROL(ON HELM)

12

BLK GRY


P1P27 PER CONN.

PART NUMBER

1-640511-01-640511-0350967-1

QUANTITY

1 1 14

DESCRIPTION

CONN.HOUSING,9 CKTCONN.HOUSING,9 CKTPIN,MALE

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP

ORGYEL

BRNGRN

34

56

78

9 N/C

BLUN/C

12

34

56

78

9

SPOT LIGHT(ON BOW)

16 AWG

P1SPOT LIGHTCONTROL UNIT

P2SPOT LIGHT

420

12

™378

18

128

2424

45

3260

40 40

144

J81COCKPIT LIGHTAT HELM

J80COCKPIT LIGHT AT HELM STEP

J82COCKPIT LT

J96ENGINE LT

J97ENGINE LT

7518

12

GND9MAIN PANELGND

MP01MAIN PANEL POWER

1212

PRODUCTION RELEASE

BY LEVEL

- -

3

GND11

48

GND10

GND7

3

GND11

GND10

FWD BILGE

REFRIGERATOR

J95MAIN PANEL2S

BLU/RED

BRN/BLK2

1

ARCH UPPER PORT SPKR +

ARCH UPPER PORT SPKR -

ARCH LOWER PORT SPKR +

ARCH LOWER PORT SPKR -

ARCH UPPER STBD SPKR +

ARCH UPPER STBD SPKR -

ARCH LOWER STBD SPKR +

NOT USED

ARCH LOWER STBD SPKR -

1

2BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

J86COCKPIT REFRIG2S

EMERGENCY START

RET

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

ENGINE HATCH UP

J89ENGINE HATCH2S

P30EMERGENCY START2P

YEL 14AWG

BLK/ORN2

1

1

2LT BLU/GRN 12AWG

LT BLU/PUR 12AWG

FWD BILGE

2

J75BATTERY SW PANEL2S

1BRN/BLK 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWGAFT BILGE

AUTO BILGEBRN/RED

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE

BILGE RET

4

2

1

3

BRN/ORN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

J92AFT BILGE PUMP 4S

GRA/ORN

J85ENGINE LT2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

P19PORT AFT12P

J90ARCH12S

ARCH LOWER STBD SPKR -

NOT USED

GRA/GRN

WHT/ORN

BLK/RED

RED/BLK

RED/DK BLU

RED/ORN

RED/LTBLU

GRA/WHTARCH LOWER STBD SPKR +

ARCH UPPER STBD SPKR -

ARCH UPPER STBD SPKR +

ARCH LOWER PORT SPKR -

ARCH LOWER PORT SPKR +

ARCH UPPER PORT SPKR -

ARCH UPPER PORT SPKR +

GRA/BLU

GRA/WHT

YEL 14AWG ARCH/ANCHOR RET

ARCH LTS

ANCHOR LT

12

11

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9RED/GRA

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

RED/GRA

LT BLU/PUR 12AWG

LT BLU/GRN 12AWG

GRN/ORN

BLK/ORN

GRA/BRN

GRA/BRN

GRA/BLU

GRA/WHT

AFT BILGE MANUAL

AFT BILGE IN

PLATFORM LTS

PLATFORM LTS

ENGINE HATCH UP

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

ENGINE LTS

EMERGENCY START

COCKPIT LTS

COCKPIT LTS

ARCH LTS

ANCHOR LT

72

J89ENGINE HATCH

48

48

60

J86COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR

P19PORT AFT

48

J84COCKPIT LT

J83COCKPIT LT

36

P30EMERGENCYSTARTJ75

BILGEPUMPS

J87ENGINE LT

J85ENGINELT

J90ARCH

12

24

48

J88COCKPIT LT

24

84

24

12

54

12

J92BILGE PUMP

40J91PLATFORM LTS

12

11

10

1

2BLU/RED

J80COCKPIT LT2S

YEL 14AWG

1

2BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

J81COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

027-2380NTS11/6/02J.J.W.

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF FOUR WINNS IS PROHIBITED

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.

616-779-2331

905 FRISBIE STREETCADILLAC,MI 49601

3 PLCS +/- .020ANG +/- .5˚

2 PLCS +/- .03FRACT +/- 1/16

TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,AFT DECK 378V

SIZE:

C

DRAWN: DATE: SHEET:

CHECKED: DATE:

SCALE:

APPROVED: DATE:

DWG NUMBER:

GRA/GRN

RED/LT BLU

RED/BLK

RED/ORN

RED/DK BLU

BLK/RED

WHT/ORN1

2

3

4

5

6

78

9

P94STEREO SPKRS9P

COCKPIT LTS

PLATFORM LTS

J20TRANSOM SWITCH9S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

PLATFORM LTS

PLATFORM LTS

COCKPIT LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

YEL 6AWG

GND9MAIN PANEL GROUND GND7

PORT GROUND BUSS

MP01MAIN PANEL POWER SS01

SHIP SYSTEMS BREAKERRED 6AWG

YEL 14AWG

2

1

J87ENGINE LT2S

GRA/ORN

J91PLATFORM LTS2S

YEL 14AWG

RED/BRN 2

1

RED/GRA

RED/GRA

GRA/BRN

RED/BRN

BLU/RED

GRA/BRN

24

P94STEREO ARCH SPKRS

24

12

J95MAIN PANEL

12

12

SS01SHIP SYSTEMSBREAKER

3 3

GRA/WHT

1

2

J96ENGINE LT2S

YEL 14AWG

J97ENGINE LT2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

GRA/ORN

GRA/ORN

YEL 14AWG

BLU/RED

BLU/RED

1

2

J82COCKPIT LT2S

J84COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

J83COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

BLU/RED

J88COCKPIT LT2S

1

2BLU/RED

YEL 14AWG

18

J20TRANSOM LTSW PANEL

57

GRA/BLU AR01AFT STEREO REMOTE LT

AR01AFT STEREO REMOTE LT

GND BUSS

12

3

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

1116414264PORT AFTTRANSOM SW PANELEMERGENCY STARTBAT SW PANEL/BILGE PUMPSCOCKPIT LT AT HELM STEPCOCKPIT LT AT HELMCOCKPIT LTCOCKPIT LTCOCKPIT LTENGINE LTCOCKPIT REFRIGENGINE LTCOCKPIT LTENGINE HATCHARCHPLATFORM LTSBILGE PUMPARCH SPKRSMAIN PANELENGINE LTENGINE LT

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,3/8,14-16TERM,RING,1/4,6PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,PIDG,BULLET,MALE,16-14,.156PLUG,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKT

QUANTITY

2222431111111111111111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0193028-0286028-0390028-0454028-1727028-0451028-0443028-0447028-0441028-0041028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0445028-0441028-0442028-0449028-0441028-0441028-0441

ITEM

P19J20P30J75J80J81J82J83J84J85J86J87J88J89J90J91J92P94J95J96J97


16

16

16

37

64

11

11

42

42

43

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

41

41

41

42

TES:ENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.IRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.

TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153IRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.

XXElectrical Schematics Page 24

378 VISTAAFT DECK

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™378

NOTES:1. TERMINATE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153.2. COLOR CODE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60000.3. WIRE TYPE TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.4. LENGTHS ARE SHOWN IN INCHES, +/- 1 INCH. CUMULATIVE TOLERANCE BUILDUP NOT TO EXCEED +/- 2 INCHES IN OVERALL LENGTH BETWEEN TERMINATION POINTS.

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

27414263ARCH LTANCHOR LTARCH LTARCH

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.110,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,FASTON,.205,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKT

QUANTITY

411641111

PART NUMBER

028-0112028-0390028-0454028-1288028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0449

ITEM

J110J111J112P90


- PORT UPPER SPKR +

- PORT LOWER SPKR +

- STBD LOWER SPKR +

- STBD UPPER SPKR +

J112ARCH LT

J111ANCHOR LT

J110ARCH LT

P90ARCH

LOWER TERM 63 +STBD SPKR TERM 27 -

UPPER TERM 63 +STBD SPKR TERM 27 -

+ LOWER TERM 63- PORT SPKR TERM 27

+ UPPER TERM 63- PORT SPKR TERM 27

J112ARCH LT2S

J111ANCHOR LT2S

J110ARCH LT2S

1 21 21 2

GRA/WHTGRA/BLUYEL 14AWGGRA/GRNWHT/ORNBLK/REDRED/BLKRED/DK BLURED/ORNRED/LT BLUGRA/WHT

123456789101112

ARCH LTSANCHOR LTARCH/ANCHOR RETARCH UPPER PORT SPKR +ARCH UPPER PORT SPKR -ARCH LOWER PORT SPKR +ARCH LOWER PORT SPKR -ARCH UPPER STBD SPKR +ARCH UPPER STBD SPKR -ARCH LOWER STBD SPKR +ARCH LOWER STBD SPKR -NOT USED

P90ARCH12S

48 68

6

33

3 3

6 6

8 24 24

6 6

10

3 3

86

3

3

6


378 VISTAARCH SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™378


RED/BRNYEL YEL RED/BRNRED/BRNYEL RED/BRNYEL

SP

SP

J23PLATFORM LT2S

J21PLATFORM LT 2S

J20PLATFORM LT2S

J22PLATFORM LT2S

21212121

J20PLATFORM LT

J21PLATFORM LT

J22PLATFORM LT

J23PLATFORM LT

31

6

316

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPWAYTEK

MFG PART #

-------794270-1794269-1350923-322544

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PLUG,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTSEAL,UMNL,WIRE,2CKTSEAL,UMNL,INTERFACE,2 CKTSPLICE,2-16,1-14AWGHEAT SHRINK SEAL W/ SEALANT

QUANTITY

28111115122

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-0454028-0447028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-1772028-1771--

ITEM

--P91J20J21J22J23S1S2SPSEAL


P91PLATFORM LTS

YELRED/BRN

12

PLATFORM LTS RETPLATFORM LTS

P91PLATFORM LTS2S

326

31

6

S2 S1S1 S1 S1 S1

FUNCTION

4142PLATFORM LTSPLATFORM LTPLATFORM LTPLATFORM LTPLATFORM LT----

41

42 42 42 42

SPLICES TO BE USEDWITH #22544 HEATSHRINK SEALS

378 VISTAPLATFORM LIGHTS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™378


378 VISTAHULL SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

VENT

RET

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

41

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

41

42

41

41

42

42

56

02

02

AP01AUTO PILOT COMPUTER

ORN/BLK 14AWG

YEL 14AWGGND

AUTO PILOT/FWD TV RET

ORN/BLK 14AWG

PWR

BRN

ORN/RED 14AWG

BRN

BLU/WHT

BLU/WHT

BLU/WHT

BRN

1

2

YEL 14AWG

TV LT

RET

J46TV LIGHT2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

READING LT

RET

J45READING LIGHT2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

ANTENNA

RET

J43PWR ANTENNA2S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

STEP LT

RET

J41STEP LIGHT #32S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

STEP LT

RET

J40STEP LIGHT # 22S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

STEP LT

RET

J13STEP LIGHT #12S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

DVD

RET

J38DVD PWR2S

2

1 RET

TV

J2915"TV PWR2S

1

2

STEP LTS IN5

LT BLU/ORN

BLU/LT BLU 14AWG

FWD NIGHT LT

VBERTH/NIGHT LTS IN

DK BLU/YELVBERTH LTS9

8DK BLU/GRA

7

6 STEP LTS IN

1

2

J20FWD STEP LT2S

BLU/WHT

YEL 14AWGRET

STEP LT

BLU/LT GRN 14AWG

DK BLU/RED 14AWG

CABIN LTS INCABIN LTS

BLU/LT BLU 14AWGCABIN LTS IN4

3 BLU/LT GRN 14AWG

2

1

J21VBERTH SW9S

NOT USED

LIGHT

RETYEL 14AWG

BLU/GRA

J16HEAD LIGHT 12S

2

1

BLU/GRA

YEL 14AWG

2

1

J15HEAD LIGHT 22S

RET

LIGHT

J26VBERTH RECEPT

ORN/RED 14AWG +

YEL 14AWG-

BLU/GRN

J14HEAD VENT2S

YEL 14AWG

2

1

4

J33 PUMPFWD BILGE4S

AUTO BILGE

2

3MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGEBRN/GRA 14AWG

BILGE RET 1BRN/BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

P17FWD CO MONITOR2P

YEL 14AWG

MONITOR

RET

2

1

4

J34 SENDERGRAY WATER4S

NOT USED

2

3SENDER

NOT USEDBRN/WHT

RET 1YEL 14AWG

RET

4

J35 SENDERWASTE LEVEL4S

NOT USED

2

3SENDER

NOT USEDBRN/PNK

RET 1 YEL 14AWG

4NOT USED

SENDER 3

NOT USED 2BRN/BLU

J30 SENDERFRESH WATER4S

1YEL 14AWG

J10GALLEY LT 22S

LIGHT

RET

1

2

YEL 14AWG

RED/GRN 14AWG

LIGHT

RET

J11GALLEY LT 12S

1

2

YEL 14AWG

LT BLU/ORN

1

2

FRIG

RET

YEL 14AWG

J12REFRIGERATOR2S

LT BLU/ORN

PUMP

RET

J36VAC-U-FLUSH2S

BRN/WHT 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

2

1

GRA/BLU 14AWG

J37 PUMPOVERBOARD DISCHARGE2S

YEL 14AWG

PUMP

RET

2

1

TAN 14AWG

J32 PUMPSHOWER SUMP2S

YEL 14AWG

PUMP

RET

2

1

J31 PUMPFRESH WATER2S

PUMP

RET

2

1BRN/GRN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

P01MAIN PANEL9P

RET

TV/DVD

YEL 14AWGHEAD LTS/VENT

VAC-U-FLUSH

AUTO PILOT

CABIN STEP LTS

REFRIGERATOR

GALLEY/BERTH LTS

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

-YEL 14AWG

+ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN

J27GALLEY 12V RECEPTACLE

RED/GRN 14AWG

ORN/PUR

TAN/BLK 14AWG

ORN/BLU 14AWG

BRN

SHOWER SUMP PUMP

FRESH WATER PUMP

FWD BILGE AUTO

FWD BILGE MAN

12 V RECEPTACLES

OVERBOARD DIS

1

2

3

4

5

GRA 14AWG

TAN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

BRN/BLK 14AWG

BRN/GRA 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

GRAY WATER LEVEL

HEAD LT/VENT IN

HEAD LIGHT

FRESH WATER LEVEL

WASTE LEVEL SENDER

LEVEL SENDER PWR

YEL 14AWG

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J28HEAD SWITCH15S

VAC-U-FLUSH

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE


PANEL RETBRN/WHT 14AWG

TAN/BLK 14AWG

GRA/BLU 14AWG

GRA 14AWGBRN

BRN/PNK

BRN/BLU

BLU/GRA

ORN/BLU 14AWG

BRN/WHT

HEAD VENTBLU/GRN

YEL 14AWG

BRN/GRA

NOT USED

P18FWD DECK SYSTEMS4P

1

2DK BLU/GRA

3

4 CABIN LTSDK BLU/RED 14AWG

VBERTH LIGHTS

FWD NIGHT LIGHT

YEL 14AWG

DK BLU/YEL

LT BLU/ORN

BLU/LTGRN 14AWGCABIN LTS

BLU/LT GRN 14AWG

BLU/LT BLU 14AWG

BLU/LT BLU 14AWG

ORN/PUR

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

CABIN/STEP LTS IN

STEP LTS

STEP LTS

NOT USED

CABIN LTS

J03CABIN SW PANEL9S

6

7

9

8

J02MAIN PANEL9S

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

RET

RET

RET

YEL 14AWG

BRNPOWER

RET

P10TILT DOWN TV2P

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN 2. WIRE COLOR PER F3. TERMINATIONS XX

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP-

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP--AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

02414256

MAIN PANELFWD CO MONITORFWD DECKMAIN PANELCABIN SW PANELGALLEY LT 2GALLEY LT 1REFRIGERATORHEAD VENTHEAD LIGHT 2HEAD LIGHT 1HEAD SWITCHFRESH WATER SENDERFRESH WATER PUMPSHOWER SUMP PUMPFWD BILGE PUMPGREY WATER SENDERWASTE LEVEL SENDERVAC-U-FLUSHOVERBOARD DISCRGE PUMPTV PWR CONN.GALLEY 12V RECEPTACLEVBERTH 12V RECEPTACLEVBERTH SWITCHFWD STEP LIGHTTILT DOWN TV IN V-BERTHDVD POWERSTEP LIGHT # 1STEP LIGHT # 2STEP LIGHT # 3READING LIGHTTV LIGHT

QUANTITY

416105-

111111111111111111111REFREF111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454-

028-0449028-0447028-0448028-0443028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0445028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0442028-0442028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-1100028-1100028-0443028-0441028-0447028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441

ITEM

P01P17P18J02J03J10J11J12J14J15J16J28J30J31J32J33J34J35J36J37J29J27J26J21J20P10J38J13J40J41J45J46


DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14UNTERMINATED

PLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,12V, AFIRECEPT,12V, AFIRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2CKT

™378

WHT/PUR 14AWG

LT BLU/BLK

WHT/RED

RED/WHT 10 AWG

WHT/PUR 14AWG

TAN

GRA

LT BLU/RED

YEL/RED

RED 10 AWG

PUR 14AWG

TAN/RED

GRA/RED

DASH LT RET

NOT USED

PORT IGNITION

STBD IGNITION

IGNITION BOTH

PORT TACHOMETER

STBD TACHOMETER

DASH LTS

NOT USED

GND1 PORT ENGINE GROUNDTERM: 11

GND6 STBD ENGINE GROUNDTERM: 11

GND4 STBD ENGINE GROUNDTERM: 11

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN

RED/VIO 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

BLK/YEL 14AWG

RED 10AWG

YEL/BLK

WHT/YELPORT TAB SELECT

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BLK

RED/VIO 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1TAB POWER

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB UP

TAB DOWN

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

GND7TRIM TAB PUMP RETTERM: 04

YEL 14AWG

P71TRIM TAB PUMP4P

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/YEL

WHT/BLK

3

1

2

4

PORT TAB SELECT

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB UPWHT/BRN 14AWG

TAB DOWN

FF02STBD FUEL FILLTERM: 10

GRN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

FS02STBD FUEL SENDER

PNK

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

GND3PORT ENGINE GROUNDTERM: 11

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWGGND2 STBD ENGINE GROUNDTERM: 11YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

PNK/GRNRA01RUDDER ANGLETERM: 10

YEL 14AWG

FF01PORT FUEL FILLTERM: 10

GRN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

PNK/REDTERM:10

1

2

BLK/YEL 14AWG

J78BLOWER B2S

ORNYEL 14AWG

1

2

BLK/YEL 14AWG

J77BLOWER A2S

2

1

J74FIREBOY2S

P74FIREBOY2P

BLK/YEL 14AWGYEL/BLK

ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL/

RED

YEL/

RED

WHT

/RED

WHT

/RED

S36STBDNEUTRALSAFETYTERM: 03

S35PORTNEUTRALSAFETYTERM: 03

ORN/YEL 14AWG

PUR/YEL

RED/WHT 10AWG

PUR 14AWG

P28IGN PANEL15P

WHT/PUR 14AWG

YEL/RED

WHT/RED

TAN/REDLT BLU/RED

NOT USED

15

14

13

YEL 14AWG

PNK/GRN

DK BLU2

1

J29LOWER INSTRUMENTS15S

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

PUR/YEL

WHT/PUR 14AWG

TAN

LT BLU/BLK

PNK

PUR 14AWG

PNK/RED

BRN/ORN

GRA

DK BLU

2

1

J38UPPERINSTRUMENTS9S

PUR 14AWG

34

5

6

7

89

PUR/YEL

YEL 14AWG

WHT/PUR 14AWG

GRA/RED

P72STBD ENGINETERM: 51

NOT USED

ALARM

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

NOT USED

TACHOMETER

WATER TEMPERATURE

IGNITION (TO ENGINE)

IGNITION (FROM ENGINE)

START

OIL PRESSURE

TRIM/TILT

HM02STBD HOUR METERTERM: 02

YEL 14AWG

NOT USED

ALARM

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

P73PORT ENGINETERM: 51

NOT USED

TACHOMETER

WATER TEMPERATURE

IGNITION (TO ENGINE)

IGNITION (FROM ENGINE)

START

OIL PRESSURE

TRIM/TILT

HM01PORT HOUR METERTERM: 02

YEL 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

BLOWER A RET

BLOWER A

BLOWER B

BLOWER B RET

J39 TRIM TABS9S

YEL 14AWG

PORT FUEL

CLOCK

PORT WATER TEMP

PORT OIL PRESS

PORT IGNITION

RUDDER ANGLE

IGNITION BOTH

STBD WATER TEMP

STBD OIL PRESS

STBD IGNITION

PANEL RETURN

INSTRUMENT LTS

STBD FUEL

NOT USED

FIREBOY

IGNITION BOTH

STBD START

PORT START

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

PORT IGNITION IN

STBD IGNITON IN

PORT IGNITION

STBD IGNITION

BLOWER A

BLOWER B

TRIM TABSCLOCK

10

11

12

13

14

15

INSTRUMENT LTS

NOT USED

NOT USED

DK BLU

FS01FS02FF01FF02HM01HM02RA01S35S36P28J29J38J39P71P72P73J74P74J77J78

FS01PORT FUEL SENDER

TERM:09

TERM:10

TERM:10

TERM:09

TERM:10


378 VISTAAFT SYSTEMS


PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,16-14VENDER TERMINATED

FUEL SENDER,SWFUEL SENDER,SWFUEL FILL,SSFUEL FILL,SSHOUR METER,HOBBSHOUR METER,HOBBSRUDDER ANGLE SENDERSWITCH, NEUTRAL SAFETYSWITCH, NEUTRAL SAFETYPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,CMNL,4 CKTPLUG,ENGINE, OMCPLUG,ENGINE, OMCRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKT

FS01FS02FF01FF02HM01HM02RA01S35S36P28J29J38J39P71P72P73J74P74J77J78

028-0453028-0390028-0454

028-0452028-0446028-0443028-0443028-0204

028-0441028-0448028-0441028-0441

21731

REFREFREFREFREFREFREFREFREF11111

1111

40414251

PORT FUEL SENDERSTBD FUEL SENDERPORT FUEL FILLSTBD FUEL FILLPORT HOUR METERSTBD HOUR METERRUDDER REFERENCEPORT NEUTRAL SAFETYSTBD NEUTRAL SAFETYIGNITION PANELLOWER INSTRUMENTSUPPER INSTRUMENTSTRIM TABSTRIM TAB PUMPSTBD ENGINE PLUGPORT ENGINE PLUGFIREBOYFIREBOYBLOWER ABLOWER B

AMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPOMCOMCAMPAMPAMPAMP

™378

CHANGED BREADER ON CB32 AFT BILGE. 10 AMP WAS 5 AMP

-7-17-0218204K. CLOUSA

----

4

4

3

3

2

2

1

1

RELAY PIN REFERENCE

J30EMERGENCY START SWITCH24 7

RED 6AWG

BATT. 1

FEEDER

BATTERY SWITCHEMERGENCY START RELAYMOUNTING DETAIL

BAT 1

FIELD

FEEDER

BAT 2

DWG NUMBER:

DATE:APPROVED:

SCALE:

DATE:CHECKED:

SHEET:DATE:DRAWN:

DSIZE:

PANEL ASSEMBLY,BATTERY SWITCH, 378V

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT .032 PLCS +/-

.5˚ANG +/- .0203 PLCS +/-

CADILLAC,MI 49601905 FRISBIE STREET

616-779-2331

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF FOUR WINNS IS PROHIBITEDBParker 07/24/01 NTS

025-2950

RED 8AWG

RED 8AWG

RED 8AWG

RED 2 AWG

RED 14AWG

RED 14AWG

BATT. 1FEEDER

POWER2

J30EMERGENCY START SWITCH2J

1YELLOW 14AWG

RED/GRY 14AWGRETURN

24 7

CB30SHIPS SYSTEMS

80A

PRODUCTION RELEASE-

REVISEDBY


DATEENNUMBER

REVISIONLEVEL

REVISIONS

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. ROUTE WIRING ON PANEL AS SHOWN. TIE WRAP AT BREAKOUTS AND/OR EVERY 3".5. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.6. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.



P75

J30

CB30CB31CB32CB33CB34CB35CB36S25S26RY30RY31

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0286028-0189028-0399028-0193-028-0192028-0196028-0447028-0390028-0441028-0454025-2942028-0482028-0482028-0396028-0393028-1756028-1756028-1756028-0551028-0551028-1753028-1753

QUANTITY

6134221611212111111111111

DESCRIPTION

RECEPTACLE,FASTON,.250,18-14RECEPTACLE,FASTON,.250,12-10TERM,RING,1/4,6TERM,RING,#8,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,2TERM,RING,3/8,16-14TERM,RING,1/4,12-10TERM,RING,1/4,2TERM,RING,1/4,16-14PLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPIN,UMNL,18-14RECEPTACLE,UMNL,2 CKTSOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,BATTERY SWITCHBREAKER,80A BREAKER,80ABREAKER,10ABREAKER,5ABREAKER,50ABREAKER,50ABREAKER,50ASWITCH, BATTERY #2112 ON/OFFSWITCH, BATTERY #2112 ON/OFFRELAY, BATTERY SWITCH PANELRELAY, BATTERY SWITCH PANEL

CODE

020716081811143110

41

42-SHIPS SYSTEMSWINDLASSAFT BILGEFWD BILGESHIPS SYSTEM CHARGERSTBD ENGINE CHARGERPORT ENGINE CHARGERSTBD ENGINE SWITCHPORT ENGINE SWITCHEMERGENCY STARTEMERGENCY START

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPPORTAGE WIRECARL SWCARL SWMPMPMPMPMPGUESTGUESTGENERALGENERAL

FUNCTION

EMERGENCY STARTEMERGENCY STARTEMERGENCY STARTEMERGENCY STARTWINDLASS/SHIPS SYSTEM CHARGERSHIPS SYSTEM CHARGERAFT BILGE INFWD BILGE INSTBD ENGINE CHARGERPORT ENGINE CHARGERAFT BILGEFWD BILGEEMERGENCY STARTEMERGENCY STARTEMERGENCY STARTEMERGENCY START

SECOND

RY31RY30CB30RY31CB31CB34CB32CB33CB35CB36P75P75J30J30RY31RY31

NOTE

SA

NOTE

SA

SBSCSBSC

TERM

31313131161702021717414142420808

TERM

18183131161410021111020208080808

PIN

22LINE1LINELOADLINELINELOADLOAD121243

PIN

FEEDERFEEDER11LINELINELINELINEBAT1BAT1LOADLOAD3434

FIRST

S25S26RY30RY30CB30CB31CB31CB32S25S26CB32CB33RY30RY30RY30RY30

GA

222268141488141414141414

COLOR

REDREDREDREDREDREDREDREDREDREDBRN/BLKBRN/ORNYELLOWRED/GRYYELLOWRED/GRY


BAT 2

BAT 1FEEDER

FIELD

P75BILGE PUMPS SWITCH

CB31WINDLASS80A

CB32AFT BILGE

10A

CB33FWD BILGE

5A

CB34SHIPS SYSTEM CHARGER

50A

50A

CB35STBD ENGINE CHARGER

50A

CB36PORT ENGINE CHARGER

BATTERY SWITCHMOUNTING DETAIL

AFT BILGEBRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/BLK 14AWG1

P75BILGE PUMPS SWITCH2P

2 FWD BILGE

RED/GRY 14AWG

YELLOW 14AWG

PIN 4PIN 3

PIN 2

PIN 1

RED 2AWG

SPACER TUBE, PLASTIC

WASHER, PLASTIC

NUT, #10-32

RY30/31RELAY, BATTERY SWITCH PANEL



WASHER, PLASTIC

WASHER, PLASTIC

NUT, #10-32

NUT, #10-32

MOUNT STUD, #10-32

NUT, #10-32

WASHER, LOCK, INTERNAL TOOTH


025-2942PANEL BLANK

S25BATTERY SWITCH

025-2942

S25STBD ENGINE

S26PORT ENGINE

CB32AFT BILGE

CB33FWD BILGE

CB34SHIPS SYSTEMSCHARGER

CB35STBD ENGINECHARGER

CB36PORT ENGINECHARGER

CB30SHIPS SYSTEMS

CB31WINDLASS

S25BATTERY SWITCH

025-2942PANEL BLANK



NUT, #10-32

MOUNT STUD, #10-32

RY31EMERGENCY START

RY30EMERGENCY START

S25STBD ENGINE

S26PORT ENGINE

RY31EMERGENCY START

RY30EMERGENCY START


378 VISTABATTERY SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLY

Page 29

™378

REAR PANEL VIEW

P30TRIM TABS9P

C

TAB POWER TO S21-5. WAS TO S20-5 EN# 15532TAB UP TO S21-4. WAS TO S20-4.TAB DOWN TO S21-6. WAS TO S20-6.

8/28/00J.J.W.C

ORN

14AW

G

ORN 14AWG

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S21STBD TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/YEL

WHT/YEL

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S20PORT TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

TAB DOWN

TAB UP

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB POWER1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ORN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BRN 14AWG

PORT TAB SELECTWHT/YEL


P30S20S21

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390025-2185028-0449028-0460028-0460

QUANTITY

34281111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,TRIM TABSPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT IIISWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT III

FUNCTION

0242BLANK PANELTRIM TABSPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPCARL SWCARL SW

FUNCTION

TAB POWERPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECTTAB UPTAB DOWN

TAB POWERTAB POWERTAB DOWNTAB UPPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

SECOND

S21S20S21S21S21S20S21S21S21S21S20S21

NOTE

SASDSESFSG

SBSA

NOTE

SCSCSBSGSFSDSE

TERM

020202020202020202020202

TERM

414141414102020202020202

PIN

533462256411

PIN

123455526433

FIRST

P30P30P30P30P30S20S20S21S20S20S20S21

GA

141616141414141414141616

COLOR

ORNWHT/YELWHT/BLKWHT/PNKWHT/BRNORNORNONRWHT/BRNWHT/PNKWHT/YELWHT/BLK


P30TRIM TABS

DESCRIPTION

REVISIONSREVISEDBY

DATEREVISIONLEVEL

ORIGINAL RELEASE-

1

2

3 6

5

4 1

2

3 6

5

4

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. ROUTE WIRING ON PANEL AS SHOWN. TIE WRAP AT BREAKOUTS AND/OR EVERY 3".5. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.6. SA-TZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.


12 7

SWITCHED WHT/PNK AND WHT/BRN WIRES IN P30A K.E.H. 2/26/99

SWITCHED WHT/PNK AND WHT/BRN WIRES ON S20 AND S21B K.E.H. 10/22/99

S20PORT TAB

S21STBD TAB


378 VISTATRIM TABS

PANEL ASSEMBLY

A G E N M A R C O M P A N Y

P A R T # 0 9 0 - 2 7 4 4